1. List of Readings
      1. and Freedoms
      2. I Unit Three: Student and ? Parent Rights and Responsibilities
      3. Unit Four: Criminal Law and Wrap Up
      4. Unit Four. Cn i minal Law and Wrap Up (continued)
      5. Additional Readings
  1. UNIT ONE
  2. INTERSECTION OF LAW AND EDUCATION:
  3. I ? THE CANADIAN CHARTER OF
  4. RIGHTS AND FREEDOMS
  5. Reading 1.1 ?
      1. Constitutional Issues
      2. 1. Introduction
      3. 2. Right of Schools to Expel or Suspend
      4. (b) Student Dress
      5. (c) Insignia and Buttons
      6. 4. Freedom of Religion
      7. 6. Public Funding of Private Schools
      8. 9. Relevant Sections of Constitutional Documents
      9. (h) United States Constitution
      10. Article VI
      11. Amendment 1 (1791)'
      12. Amendment 4(1791)
      13. Amendment 5 (1791)
      14. Amendment 6(1791)
      15. Amendment 7(1791)
      16. Amendment 8(1791)
      17. Amendment 9 (1791)
      18. Amendment 10(1791)
      19. Amendment 13(1865)
      20. Amendment 14(1868)
      21. Amendment 16(1913)
      22. Amendment 19(1920
      23. Amendment 24(1964)
      24. Amendment 26(1971)
      25. R. v. M.H.?
  6. Reading 1.3 ?
      1. No Male/Female Comparisons are Possible in Some Situations
  7. Reading 1
      1. Summary of Facts
      2. Argument of Defence—Outline
  8. I ?? TEACHER RIGHTS
  9. PART
  10. ONE: RESPONSIBILITIES
  11. I ? PART TWO
  12. NEGLIGENCE, INTENTIONAL TORTS, AND
  13. EDUCATIONAL MALPRACTICE
      1. Description Of Proceedings
      2. Issues
      3. 2. Inquiry as to any error by the Board of Reference
      4. (b) Definition of the word "misconduct"
      5. (d) Error in the majority award
      6. (e) Admissibility of lay opinion
  14. 3. Determining the Moral Standards of the Community by Objective Testimony I
      1. Summary
      2. Judgment
    1. Reading 2.2
      1. Indian Students Benefit from Discrimination
      2. Freedom of Expression in Canada
      3. Contractual Relationships in Teacher Employment
      4. Implications for Educators
      5. 2. Medical Background'
      6. (a) Introduction
      7. (d) How Serious is AIDS?
      8. 3. AIDS and School Employment
      9. (a) Introduction
      10. (c) School Employment Policies and AIDS
      11. (d) Employment Discrimination and Termination
      12. (ii) Standard for suspension, discharge or dismissal
      13. (e) Employment Discrimination and Hiring Practices
      14. (iii) Physical Disability
      15. 4. AIDS and School Children
      16. (a) Introduction
      17. 2. Confidentiality
      18. 3. Risk Assessment
      19. (d) The U.S. Experience
      20. (e) Parents' Right to Refuse to Send Children
      21. (I) AIDS ? and the Curriculum
      22. 5. Conclusion
  15. Reading 2.5? Summary—Negligence
      1. In Order for There to be a Cause of Action, ?
      2. the Plaintiff must Show the Following:
      3. I Breach of Duty of Care
      4. Causation
      5. Introduction
      6. Teachers as Professionals
      7. Educational Malpractice
      8. Duty and Standard of Conduct
      9. Proximate Cause
      10. Levels of Teacher Autonomy
      11. Judicial Conservatism
      12. Conclusion
  16. STUDENT AND PARENT RIGHTS AND
  17. 1 ? RESPONSIBILITIES
      1. Introduction
      2. Students and the Lower Courts: Conflicting Signals
      3. Supreme Court of Canada Decisions: In Search of Principles
      4. Fundamental Freedoms
      5. Legal Principles and Educational Considerations
      6. Concluding Comment
      7. Notes
  18. Reading32
      1. General
      2. Freedom of Conscience and Religion
      3. Religious Exercises
      4. Family Life Education
      5. Censorship
      6. Home Schooling
      7. Minority Language Educational Rights
      8. Program Development and Delivery
      9. Geographical limitations
      10. Special Education
      11. Indian Land Chims
      12. Conclusion
      13. educator acting in loco parentis, in place of and instead of the parent
      14. 2. The educator acting in parens patriae, as government in order to protect the
      15. What Are The y and When Do They Apply?
      16. Under the Charter
      17. Application
      18. What Is Your Role under the Young Offenders Act
      19. Corporal Punishment in Schools
      20. How Can You Be Sanctioned for Using Force on Students?
      21. Key to Legal Uteracy Criminal Sanctions
      22. Does Failure to Follow Instructions Justify the Use of Force?
    1. Will a Teacher Necessarily Be Convicted for Using Force ?
    2. Is There Less Tolerance for the Use of Force ?
      1. in Contemporary Canadian Society?
      2. Can a School Bus Driver Invoke the Section 43 Defense?
    3. What Effect Does School Legislation Have on a Determination ?
      1. under the Criminal Code?
    4. Can Teachers Use Force on Older, Mentally Handicapped "Students!'? ?
      1. Is a Mental Retardation Counsellor charged ? with ? the daily care of
      2. profoundly retarded persons "in loco parentis" vis-à-vis these persons?
      3. 4. if all of the above questions had been answered in the affirmative, was this
      4. punishment "by way of correction'?
      5. Reading 3.4
    5. Parental Participation Policy for Schools: A Comparative
    6. Legislative Analysis of Reform and Dynamic Conservatism in
      1. British Columbia, Alberta, and Quebec
      2. Introduction
      3. Reprinted
      4. with permission
      5. Conceptual Framework
      6. Dynamic conservatism: A predisposition to stability
      7. I hgisIative Efficacy
      8. Statutory Provisions
      9. Comparative Analysis of Legislative Efficacy
      10. Formal decision rules
      11. Intervention by constituency groups and oversight
      12. References
  19. CRIMINAL LAW AND WRAP-UP
    1. Reading 4.2
      1. Reprinted
      2. with permission
      3. from:
      4. Reading 4.3
    2. It's High Thne Copycats Start Paying the Piper
      1. Reprinted
      2. from:
    3. Reading 4.4
    4. Reading 4.5
      1. Here is What CIA Members Should Be Doing Now:
    5. Reading 4.6
      1. H ? I
    6. Reading 4.7
      1. Regina v. LI.3
      2. The Facts
      3. The Youth Court's Decision
      4. The District Court's Decision
      5. Regina v J.M.G.
      6. The Facts
      7. The Youth Court and District Court Decisions
      8. Regina v. H.
      9. The Decision of the Court of Queen's Bench (11. v. MJL, 1986)
      10. Conclusion
      11. I. Introduction
      12. H. The Common Law System—An Overview
      13. M. Sources oF Law
      14. D. Periodicals/Journals
      15. E. Encyclopedias And Digests
      16. V. Finding Legislation
      17. VI. Finding The Law
      18. B. Statutes Judicially Considered
      19. VIII. Citing Statutes And Cases
      20. A. Statutes
      21. B. Citing Cases
      22. IX. Reading Cases
      23. X. Conclusion
      24. Heirarchy of the Courts in British Columbia and Canada ?
      25. A. BRITISH COLUMBIA
      26. COURT OF APPEAL OF B.C. ?
      27. SUPREME COURT OF B.C. ?
      28. PROVINCIAL COURT OF B.C.
      29. Criminal Division ? Family Division ? Small Claims Court
      30. B. FEDERALLY
      31. SUPREME COURT OF CANADA
      32. FEDERAL COURT OF CANADA ?
      33. Reprinted
      34. from:
  20. EDUCATION 445-4 LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
      1. REQUIRED TEXTS:
      2. COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
      3. SUPPLEMENTARY FEES:
    1. Educ ? bi ? 14
  21. EDUCATION 445-4 LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
      1. REQUIRED TEXTS:
      2. COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
      3. WMC 1300 291-3524
  22. EDUCATION 445-4 LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
      1. REQUIRED TEXTS:
      2. Simon Fraser University WMC 1300 291-3524
  23. EDUCATION 445-4 LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
      1. REQUIRED TEXTS:
      2. COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
  24. EDUCATION 445-4 LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
      1. REQUIRED TEXTS:
      2. COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
  25. EDUCATION 445-4 LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
      1. COURSE REQUIREMENTS:

Author/ Compiler:
?
Required
El
IT) ?
i-
1Y fl1,-,jcy ?
tc,o ?
Optional
Title or Course Title:
A: t-
?
CoA)gF
-rOf'&
Does this material include
copyrighted
works?
?
Yes
jJ'
No
If Yes, please complete & attach copyright worksheets
Printing options:
Bound (Cerlox or tape)
?
Stapled (For single article only)
3- Hole Punched and Shrink-
?
Shrink-wrapped only
wrapped
All information on this form is vital to the processing of your request.
Please fill out the appropriate sections and forward it to the Bookstore with your originals
and worksheets if any.
The Bookstore will provide a cover and title page for each package produced but you may
provide additional title pages, tables of contents or indices if you wish.
Agreement
(please check appropriate box)

a
•1
?
Page _of_
Custom Courseware
Item
#._Lof.j-for
Course
?
PLEASE COMPLETE ALL SEC11ONS OF THIS FORM
P.rk/. ki
irnLIncridical
(Include Vol. & No. if Journal)
W
--sWAWAV!W"X'ffl.
744
?
ISSN/ISBN
Author/Editor/Translator
C
uthor of Excerpt
Excemt Title
?
Year of Pub. (
?
I ?
Country
Cptt3A-T1'T
?
From page: (
?
III
?
I
To page:
?
(7
Total # of pages copied
71
Total pages in publication.
L
?
I
Publisher/Copyright Holder
......cfl.QP .......................................................................................
Item &......._of_for Course
?
PLEASE COMPLETE ALL SECTIONS OF THIS FORM
Rnnk/.InumaVDeriodical (Include Vol. & No. if Journal)
ISSN/ISBN
H
Author/Editor/Translator
Year of Pub.
Country
Publisher/Copyright Holder
Author of Excerpt
Excertt Title
From page:
j ?
I
To page: r
Total # of pages copied
Total pages in publication.

I
List of Readings
I
Unit One: Intersection of Law and Education: The
Canadian
Charter
ofRights
and Freedoms
1.1
W. H. Giles. "Constitutional Issues."
I
1.2
G. M. Dickinson. ?
"Criminal Process in the Schools and Young Offenders'
Law."
I
1.3
S. Day. "Equality Seekers Troubled by Affirmative Action Rulings."
1.4 M. LeBaron. ?
"Among Equals: Integration of Exceptional Children in
Regular Classroom."
I
Unit Two:
Part One: Teacher Rights and Responsibilities
I
2.1
G. M. Dickinson. "Teachers' Rights and Duties in an Era of Change."
2.2
E. L. Huribert, & M. A. Huribert. ?
"Freedom of Expression Outside the
I
2.3
J.
Classroom."
Graham. "AIDS in Schools: A Model of Enlightenment and Tolerance?"
2.4 R. Noonan. "The College of Teachers—A Case of Double Jeopardy?"
I
Part Two: Negligence, Intentional Torts, and Educational Malpractice
I
2.5 M. LeBaron. "Summary—Negligence."
2.6 M. LeBaron. ?
"Supervision
Hypothetical."
2.7 J. R. Covert. "Educational Malpractice and the Future of Teaching."
I
Unit
Three: Student and
?
Parent Rights and Responsibilities
3.1
R. F. Magsino. "Student Rights and the Charter: An Analysis of Legal and
I
Extra-legal Considerations."
3.2 J. C. Anderson. "Students and the Law: Curriculum Implications."
I.
3.3
E. Doctor. "Focus: Student Legal Rights and the Role of Schools."
3.4 Y. M. Martin. ?
"Parental Participation Policy for Schools: A Comparative
Legislative Analysis of Reform and Dynamic Conservatism in British
I
Columbia, Alberta, and Quebec."
Unit Four: Criminal Law and Wrap Up
I
4.1
H. Bohne. "Freedom and Fair Copies in the Information Age."
4.2
M. Vegh. "Students and Teachers Should Have a Copyright."
I
4.3
S. M. Crean. "It's High Time Copycats Start Paying the Piper."
4.4
"Facts: Copyright and Canadian Libraries."
4.5
"Legislative Update: Copyright and Canadian Libraries."
I

List of
Readings
Unit Four. Cn i
minal Law and Wrap Up (continued)
4.6 "Chronology: Copyright Legislation in Canad."
4.7 G. M. Dickinson. "Principals and Criminal investigations of Students:
Recent Developments."
Additional Readings
A. 1 V. Cockran. "The Basics of Legal Research."
A.2 T. Roberts. "Taking the Law into Your Own Hands."
I
-
iv -

Back to top


UNIT ONE
I

Back to top


INTERSECTION OF LAW AND EDUCATION:

Back to top


I
?
THE CANADIAN CHARTER OF

Back to top


RIGHTS AND FREEDOMS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I

Back to top


Reading 1.1
?
Constitutional Issues
1. Introduction
In the United States, several constitutional provisions of the federal government
influence the operation of schools. Among these are constitutional rights
guaranteeing freedoms of religion, speech, press and peaceable assembly, a right
to bear arms, protection against unreasonable searches, recourse to a grand jury
in case of capital punishment, protection against self-incrimination, the right of
due process, the right to own property, to have a speedy trial by an impartial jury,
protection against excessive bail, and against cruel and unusual punishments.
Such rights, however, are against the central, not the state governments.
As individual states joined the Union, most adopted provisions similar to those
set forth in the Constitution. Since these provisions are often a codification of the
law, some are relevant not only to U.S. schools and courts, but also to
Commonwealth schools and courts. For reference purposes, an abbreviated
version of relevant sections and parts of sections of the U.S. Constitution has been
included at the end of this chapter.
While all of the sections have some relevance, some, like Article 1, section 10,
the First Amendment, the Fifth Amendment and the Fourteenth Amendment
contain the key provisions for our purposes.
The Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, comprising sections 1-34 of the
Constitution Act, 1982 [enacted by the Canada Act, 1982 (U.K.), c. 11, Schedule B]
bears a striking resemblance to its American counterpart. Sections of the Charter
and other sections of the Constitution Act that could be relevant in educational
issues are reproduced at the end of this chapter. Many cases decided under the
U.S. Constitution may be applied under the Canadian Charter, and may be
important in helping principals and teachers decide what they should, or should
not, do. Sections of the Charter which may come to litigation include section 8
(regarding the right to search the person, the bags and the lockers of students for
alcohol, drugs or stolen property). Other sections of the Charter that may be
invoked in cases involving schools are sections 6(2), 7, 8, 9, 15 or 23.
I
The ability of a school or university to regulate and control the activities of the
students is partly controlled by the constitutional issues involved. At university,
where the staff is dealing with adults, this seems appropriate. For children,
' whose interests are sometimes sabotaged and destroyed by the Constitution,
instead of being nurtured, the matter is seriously at issue. What may seem
reasonable to someone who has no personal knowledge or understanding of a
situation involving young children may well be irrational and destructive to
I
someone concerned with, and committed to helping children grow. For this
reason, the judiciary has a very heavy responsibility in dealing with children, for
it too, in the end, is acting
in loco parentis.
I
The following cases under the U.S. Constitution are probably equally relevant
under the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Since the latter was enacted
I ?
only in 1982, there are as yet few cases on it; however, these cases are as relevant
Reprinted with permission from: Giles, W.H. (1988). Constitutional issues.
Schools and
students (
pp .
54-76). Toronto: Carswell.
I
Li
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

2—Reading 1.1
?
W.H. Giles
for the U.S. as the U.S. cases in this area are for Canada. A few cases from other
jurisdictions have also been included, where they are relevant to Canadian or U.S.
constitutional issues.
2. Right of Schools to Expel or Suspend
(a) For Drug Offences
The discovery of drugs in the possession of students in private or state schools is a
nightmare for administrators and principals. All evidence suggests that
prevention of drug abuse can best be achieved by the influence of nurturing,
supportive parents. Unfortunately, for a variety of reasons, parents cannot or will
not always fulfil this role. It is obvious that, in such cases, additional support
must come from the school. Teachers and principals must, often at great personal
sacrifice, do whatever they can to save a child threatened by substance abuse.
The educator acts in
loco parentis;
acting as a parent means exactly what it
says. There is legal as well as common-sense authority for this doctrine, which
goes beyond disciplinary to non-disciplinary matters:
Piesnicar v. Kovach,
430
N.E. 2d 648 (Ill. App. 1981).
Commonly, schools respond to the discovery of drugs by expulsion of the
student involved. However, the constitutional right to due process may affect the
school's right to expel. Where a New York State student sold marijuana on the
school grounds, his actions gravely affected the well-being of other students, and
gave the principal the authority to expel. The student's conduct made his
continued presence harmful to the welfare of the 'school:
Rutz v.
Essex
Junction,
457 A. 2d 1368 (Vt. 1983).
Where a student sold pills to other students representing them as "speed" when
they were innocuous caffeine pills, such selling did not violate school rules, and
did not represent grounds for expulsion:
McEntire u. Brevard County,
471 So. 2d
1287 (Fla. App. 1985). On the other hand, where a dean of students was told by a
student that the latter had purchased speed for resale to other students, who also
swore that he had done so, then, though the offending student recanted, it was
enough to expel the student for the balance of theyear, even if the substance sold
was, in fact, only
caffeine:
Jones v. Brevaro County School Bd.,
470 So. 2d 760 (Fla.
App. 1985).
The search of a student's locker and of a metal box found to contain drugs was
justified because school officials had reasonable grounds to suspect that the search
would turn up evidence that the student had broken the law. The search was
limited to the box in the locker where drugs were suspected from the beginning.
This does not violate the Fourth Amendment standard of reasonableness:
State of
Washington v. Brooks,
718 P. 2d 837 (Wash. App. 1986). Another Fourth
Amendment right was not violated where a student habitually kept drug
paraphernalia in his coat, was searched and was found to have drug material.
The tipster in this case had previously correctly advised of other drug users:
Martens v. District No. 220 Bd. of Education,
620 F.'.Supp. 29 (D.C. Ill. 1985). It was
likewise found appropriate to suspend a high school pupil who admitted
possessing marijuana, and drug equipment, where the suspension had been
authorized by local authorities: Brewer v. Austin independent School Dist.,
779 F.
2d 260 (1985). Where an assistant principal had reasonable grounds for thinking
that a student locker contained alcohol and the search revealed marijuana, it was
held that the search did not violate the studnt's rights under the Fourth
Amendment: State of West Virginia v. Joseph T.,
336
S.E.
2d 728 (W. Ya. 1985).

Constitutional Issues
?
Reading 1.! - 3
The use of heroin by students of the high school premises bears a reasonable
relation to, and may endanger, the health, safety and morals of other students, but
did not justify suspension in a case where the statute did not allow this:
Howard v.
Clark,
299 N.Y. S. 2d 65 (1969).
Since a school stands
in loco parentis,
in matters of discipline it has the right to
search a student's locker, after the student has been identified as a seller of
methedrine pills. When cigarettes made of marijuana and a plastic bag of
marijuana were found in the locker, they could be used as evidence for
disciplinary purposes:
Re Donaldson,
75 Cal. Rptr. 220 (Cal. App. 1969).
School board's expulsion of a student for possession of pills containing caffeine
and ephedrine was not arbitrary, unreasonable, capricious or oppressive, since
the student intended to give her classmates the pills. The possibility of some
students suffering allergic reaction existed. Also, the distribution of any sort of
pills in schools would directly contribute to the creation of a drug-oriented
atmosphere, or could lead to psychological dependence on the part of some
students: Wilson v. Collinsville Community Unit School Dist. No. 10,
451 N.E. 2d
939 (1983).
(b) On Other Grounds
Where a student deliberately carried a switchblade in school, but the notice of
hearing was defective, it was held that this defective notice was irrelevant, given
the student's certain carrying of a deadly weapon in school, and the certainty of
the same result (expulsion) if a fuller hearing had taken place:
McClain v.
La
f ayette
County Bd. of Education,
687 F. 2d 121 (1982).
However, a student making vulgar gestures towards a teacher after school,
and away from school, could not properly be suspended, for such action would be
contrary to his constitutional right of free speech:
Klein v. Smith,
635 F. Supp. 1440
(D.C. Me. 1986).
The suspension of two students for defacing school property by painting three-
foot-high numerals on a brick wall was not unconstitutional:
Clinton v. Municipal
Separate School Dist.,
477 So. 2d 237 (Miss. 1985).
Simple defiance can be another ground for suspension or expulsion. In New
Zealand, two girls handed out leaflets before morning assembly, then during the
assembly walked out, followed by 30 other girls. Normally, at the assembly a hymn
was sung, and short prayers said. Any girl who wished to avoid the religious part
of the assembly only needed a letter from parents to be excused. Neither of the girls
nor their followers obtained or handed in such a letter. After questioning the two
girls, the principal suspended them, refusing thereafter to readmit them. The
school board met and agreed that the suspension should stand till the year end
when an expulsion would take place. This was done so as not to prejudice their
possible university admission. The board's reason for the expulsion was not the
girls' refusal to take part in the religious process, but for openly defying the
authority of the principal. The New Zealand Court of Appeal concluded that since
section 63 of the Education Act authorized the governing body of the secondary
schools to permit religious observances during assemblies, and section 61 enabled
boards to require attendance, as long as an exemption would be given on parental
request, the
girls'
open defiance of the authority of the principal entitled the school
to suspend and/or expel them. No board is obliged to expel immediately:
Rich v.
Christchurch Girls' High School Bd. of Governors,
[1974] 1 N.Z.L.R. 1 (C.A.).

4—Reading 1.1 ?
W.H. Giles
I
Where two students in South Africa were 'involved in political activities
I
affecting their training college and another school, contrary to the Internal
Securities Act of 1982, and were suspended and expelled without a proper hearing,
and contrary to natural justice (due process), the expulsions were set aside by the
Court in the Transvaal Provincial Division:
Mathale et al v. Secretary for
Education,
[198614 T.F.D. 427.
Where a student entered the dormitory of female students without permission
I
in breach of the college rules and later waived his claim for future disciplinary
action, he was found to be properly expelled. A private college generally may not
Arbitrarily or capriciously dismiss a student, but so long as the college acts in good
faith and on reasonable grounds, its expulsion or suspension decision will not be
subject to review in the courts. A college must have broad discretion in
determining the appropriate sanctions for violations of its policies, and there are
no constitutional hearings in respect to expulsion from a private institution under
the Fourteenth Amendment: Coveney v. President and Trustees of the College of
Holy Cross,
445 N.E. 2d 136, 383 Mass. 16 (1983). A three-day suspension of seventh
grade students for fighting will not be overturned unless it is unreasonable,
capricious or oppressive: Donaldson u.
Bd.
of Education for Danville School Dist.,
424 N.E. 2d 737(1981).
A three-day suspension of seventh grade students for fighting will not be
I
overturned unless it is unreasonable, capricious or oppressive:
Donaldson v. Bd.
of Education for Danville School Dist.,
424 N.E. 2d 737(1981).
Where a statute exists making public school pupils subject to suspension and
punishment if they injure school property, and making the parents liable for the
amount of such damages, the statute is not unconstitutional, nor does it deprive
parents of their property without due process of law:
Palmyra Bd. of Education v.
Hansen,
153 A. 2d 393 (N.J. 1959).
In
Re B. and W. et al.
(1986), 52 O.R. (2d)',
' 728 (H.C.), a female student
complained to the university of sexual harassment by a fellow student
B.
The High
Court found that the university had jurisdiction, over the students' conduct. It
must make decisions with regard to the admission of students, and their rights to
remain. The university was entitled to consider matters other than academic
achievement in deciding who to accept and who to keep. The conduct of a student,
on or off the campus, was a matter that the university was entitled to consider.
Dental students were dismissed for violating the honour code by cheating on
their exams. The students did not bother to make representation, and were
properly expelled. The expulsion was not a breach of their rights under the
Fourteenth Amendment:
Patterson v. Hunt,
682 S.W. 2d 508 (Tenn. App. 1984).
1
3.
Control of Freedom of Expression
(a) General
I
In the U.S., the courts seem determined to inhibit school officials' attempts to
regulate the content of student expression. In most parts of the world, although
the schools do not overtly censor, they pressure, they discourage, they inhibit, and,
in extreme cases, they prohibit. Independent schools usually have provisions in
their contracts of admission which enable the schools to control, and if necessary,
to exclude children, if their speech or behaviour is unacceptable. Part of the
needed objective of schools is to regulate behaviour, because it is out of civility and
good manners that civilized behaviour grows. Even in the public schools, the
principal may properly regulate vulgar speech by the students. Thus, in
Bethel
?
I
I

Constitutional Issues
?
Reading 1.1 —5
I
I
School Dist. No. 403 v. Fraser, 106
S. Ct.
3159 (1986),
the U.S. Supreme Court
emphasized that while the decision dealt with controlling the manner in which a
student expressed an idea, the First Amendment dealt with the issue of content.
While children have always had the right to free speech, they do not have the right
to make, on public occasions, tasteless and lewd statements describing, in effect,
the sexual act of a male in making a nomination speech. Mr. Justice Burger, of
the U.S. Supreme Court, felt it was inappropriate in public discourse to use vulgar
and offensive language, which may be insulting to one sex, and damaging to
young children: ibid.
The question of content in a monthly student newspaper came up in
Kuhimeir
v.
Hazelwood School Dist., 795
F. 2d
1368 (1986),
a case in the Eighth U.S Circuit
Court of Appeals. It involved the censorship of two student articles, one about
three pregnant girls, and the other about the impact of divorce on students. The
principal censored the articles on the pregnant girls because he thought that the
girls could be identified despite the use of pseudonyms. The same reason was
given in the case of the girl whose parents had divorced. There was no discussion
with the staff of the student newspaper in advance, nor was there any attempt to
gain concurrence from the students; the stories were simply deleted. The court
concluded that, if the newspaper functions as a forum for student expression, then
an article can be censored only if the censorship is necessary to avoid substantial
interference with schoolwork or discipline or the rights of others—this being the
standard established by the Supreme Court in
Tinker v. Des Moines Independent
Community School Dist., 89 S.
Ct.
733 (1969).
The court felt that the newspaper was
both an open forum for student opinion and a part of the school curriculum. It was
the opinion of the court that the articles did not invade the privacy of the parents.
Obviously, much depends upon the society. It is submitted that such articles would
constitute an invasion of privacy in Canada. While the two teen-age girls
consented to the interview, did they have a real understanding of how the articles
could hurt them? They were children, and, in this writer's perspective, it was
almost immoral to pretend that they were adults, and to impose adult standards.
The interesting aspect of this decision, apart from the second-guessing by
observers like the writer, is that it clearly gives the school authorities greater
control over student publications if those publications do not permit student
opinions and are merely part of the curriculum. From the writer's point of view,
this decision is bad for children. A standard of consultation that involved the
divorced parents of the children, and the pregnant girls, should have been
imposed. This would have provided an important learning experience to the young
writers, who might thus have learned to be sensitive to the best interests of others.
If all of those whose privacy was being invaded had understood the consequences,
and had agreed to the publication, then the principal should have withdrawn his
objections. He did not know what the response of the "injured" parties would be,
and did not take the trouble to find out. In review, he was wrong not to do so. He
decided one way. The judges were equally ignorant of these important facts, and
they decided another way. In so doing, they encouraged the belief of the writer and
of the student editor, that it may be quite appropriate to destroy or further injure
the lives of others who are already injured. The principle of the right of the press,
for its own benefit, to injure others, is not an attractive one. The case has nothing
to do with freedom of the press. It has everything to do with making schools places
of caring, of sensitivity and of decency.
Kuhlmeir v. Hazelwood School Dist.,
supra,
should be of concern to educators and to jurists alike.
The right of freedom of speech does not extend to writing and distributing
copies of newspapers which "contained four letter words, filthy references, abusive
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I

6—Reading 1.1
?
W.H. Giles
and disgusting language and nihilistic propaganda":
Schwartz v. Schuker,
298 F.
Supp. 238 (D.C. N.Y. 1969).
(b) Student Dress
While in the U.K. and, elsewhere in the Commonwealth student dress is seen as
part of the disciplinary process, in U.S. state schools that can no longer. be
viewed
as being the case. Whereas in the U.K., New Zealand and Australia, uniforms are
normal in the state system as a means of eliminating class and economic
differences, in the U.S., there is less concern with the issue, and students may
wear what they wish, even if, in many cases, the
,
dress is seen as immodest and
offensive to good taste and common decency insofar as their elders are concerned.
In general, suspension of a student for not shaving, or for unconventional hair
styles is unconstitutional unless positive proof can be shown that such practices
are disruptive to the educational process, unsanitary or dangerous:
Dawson v.
Hillsborough County, Fla.,
322 F. Supp. 286 (F.C. Fla. 1971), affd 445 F. 2d 308
(1971).
If the doctrines set out in the
Dawson
case were applied, it is doubtful whether
a school could, in the absence of sexual or ordinary assault, prohibit the total
nudity of students. Proof that such a practice, is "disruptive, unsanitary or
dangerous" would be difficult to obtain without the expenditure of vast, sums of
money on sociological research.
Not all U.S. cases agree with the
Dawson
precedent. In an Arkansas case, the
court stated that school officials should have broad discretion in running the
schools and regulating student life. The university or school may impose
reasonable restrictions on dress, thereby reducing the student's normal freedom
to govern personal appearance:
Wallace v. Ford,
346 F. Supp. 156 (D.C. Ark. 1.972).
Student dress which is lewd, or deliberately draws attention to the student,
causing him to be a disruptive influence is no di#erent than verbal rudeness, and
may be controlled by the school: Ferrell v. Dallas Independent School Dist.,
261 F.
Supp. 545 (D.C. Tex. 1966) afFd 392 F. 2d 697 (1968)
(c) Insignia and Buttons
The U.S. courts have generally taken the position that the wearing of protest
insignia is legal, if not done in a manner that is disruptive to classroom discipline.
In one case, the right to wear arm bands was equated with the right to free speech,
which is protected under the First Amendment:
Tinker v. Des Moines
Independent Community School Dist.,
89 S. Ct. 733 (1969).
If buttons of a symbolic character can be worn without creating problems, that
is acceptable:
Burnside v. Byars,
363 F. 2d 744 (1966); however, if such buttons
produce disobedience, disrupt classroom procedures, and disturb other children
who want nothing to do with them, that is unacceptable:
Blackwell v. Issaquena,
363 F. 2d 749
(Miss.
1966). If there is evidence that the wearing of insignia would
provoke disorder, then it may be prohibited:
Guzick v. Drebus,
431 F. 2d 594 ( 1970).
This would include any symbols that could
\ support racism:
Smith v. St.
Tammany,
316 F. Supp. 1174 (D.C. La. 1970).
4. Freedom of Religion
In the United States, public schools may permit the release of students during
school hours for attendance at religious classes taught by religious teachers, but
not on the school premises:
Lanner v. Wimmer
662 F. 2d 1349 (1981).
?
1
I

I
Constitutional Issues
?
Reading 1.1 - 7
I
Where an Alabama statute authorized a daily period of silence in public
I
schools for meditation or voluntary prayer, this was held to be an endorsement of
religion and therefore in violation of the First Amendment:
Wallace v.
Jaffree,
105
S. Ct. 2479 (1985). Similarly, a West Virginia law provided the public schools with a
brief time at the beginning of each school day for any students desiring to exercise
their right to private meditation and prayer was found to be in violation of the
establishment clause of the First Amendment:
Walter v. West Virginia Bd. of
I
Education,
610 F. Supp. 1169 (D.C. W. Va. 1985).
Arkansas statutes forbidding the teaching of evolution in public schools and in
colleges and universities supported in whole or in part by public funds are
I
contrary to the freedom of religion mandate of the First Amendment:
Epperson v.
State of Arkansas,
393 U.S. 97 (1969). The provision of one minute of silence at the
discretion of the student before opening exercises each day violated the
establishment clause of the First Amendment, since the silence lacked secular
I
purpose:
May v. Cooperman,
780 F. 2d 240 (1985).
Bantu children who, because they were Jehovah's Witnesses, refused to
participate in prayers and hymn-singing at the school as being contrary to their
I
religion, were expelled from a school in South Africa. It was held that freedom of
religion, freedom of worship, and freedom of conscience were enshrined in the
common law. While such freedoms might be diminished or enlarged by
I
Parliament, it had not legislated such changes. The children were permitted to re-
attend school without participating in religious ceremonies:
Simonlanga v.
Masinga,
[1976] 2 W.L.D. 733.
I
5. Equality Rights and Discrimination
One of the objects of social concern in our day is the attempt to remedy past
'
discrimination against minorities, such as black or female workers, by legislating
provisions which may now seem unfair to white male workers.
I
The questions which arise may be posed as follows:
1. Why were the minority preferences established?
2. Who benefited from them?
1
3. Who suffered from the reverse discrimination?
In
Wygant v. Jackson Bd. of Education,
54 L.W. 4479 (U.S. C.A. 1986), the court
was asked to examine the legality of a 1972 collective bargaining agreement that
I
exempted black teachers from layoff provisions. White teachers who were laid off
had sued, claiming that they were protected by the equal protection clause of the
I
Fourteenth Amendment. The court concluded that no societal discrimination
alone was insufficient to justify a racial classification. Rather, the court had
insisted upon some showing of prior discrimination by the government unit
involved before allowing limited use of racial classifications in order to remedy
I
such discrimination.
In another case, Local 28 of the Sheet Metal Workers' mt. Assn. v. Equal
I
Employment Opportunity Comm., 54 L.W. 4984 (1986),
the Supreme Court
concluded that where the racism had been "egregious" and "contentious", it had to
be rectified and the minority membership increased to 29%. Although this action
involved a trade union, the issue of discrimination is equally applicable to schools.
I
Similarly, in
Local 93, International Association of Firefighters AFL, CIO v. City
of Cleveland,
106 S. Ct. 3063 (1986), the Supreme Court held that a consent decree
in a lower court providing that half the promotions be reserved for minority
I

8—Reading 1.1
?
W.H. Giles
firefighters, and that some ten firefighters should be promoted to captain,
battalion chief, or assistant chief forthwith, could bç upheld.
Pursuant to legislation concerned with equal opportunity between the sexes,
the appointment of a female who was deputy head of a school to the headship was
cancelled. The Director-General of Education in New South Wales, following his
own interpretation of the equal opportunity rule, had arbitrarily decided that
appointments to the role of principal would be decided on the basis of seniority.
When the matter was submitted to the court to determine whether the
appointment should be voided, the court held that the appointment was valid:
Anderson v. Director-General of Education,
[1978] 2 N.S.W.L.R. 423 (Sup. Ct.). On
similar facts see
Buchan v. Swan,
[1979]1 N.S.W.L.R. 19 (Sup. Ct.), where a male
appointment superseded the appointment of a female head because the prior equal
opportunity legislation had been published before the appointments were sought
and made.
While this last case is Australian, the principles in the legislation are similar
to those in the U.S. Constitution and the Canadian Charter of Rights.
In some cases, schools have prohibited students who are members of secret
societies from participating in athletics, literary clubs and music organizations,
and been upheld in doing so:
Wayland v. Bd. of School Directors,
86 P. 642 (Wash.
1906);
Wilson v. Bd. of Education of Chicago,
84 N.E. 697 (Ill. 1908). Expulsion was
found to be acceptable for breach of a prohibition of fraternity memberships:
Antell
v. Stokes
191 N.E. 407 (Mass. 1934);
Burkitt v. School Dist. No. 1,
246 P. 2d 566 (Ore.
1952). Students were asked to sign pledge cards that they would refuse to join
secret societies, in default of which their extracurricular privileges would be
prohibited. The right to impose such a requirement was upheld in
Coggins v. Bd.
of Education in Durham,
28 S.E. 2d 527 (N.C.
1944);:Wilson v. Abilene Independent
School Dist.,
190 S.W. 2d 406 (Tex. 1945).
In the United States, the incidence of eai1y marriages has increased
dramatically. While a school board may not compel school attendance of married
students, it may also not prohibit their attendance:
State v. Priest,
27 So. 2d 173 (La.
1946); State in the interest of Goodwin, Re,
39 So. 2d 731 (La. 1949);
McLeod v. State,
122 So. 737 (Miss. 1929);
Nutt v. Bd. of Education of Goodland,
278 P. 1065 (Kan.
1929). However, a limited temporary suspension, or a suspension for the
remainder of the school term for marrying have both been found to be lawful:
Alvin Independent Dist. v. Cooper,
404 S.W. 2d 76 (Tex. Civ. App. 1966);
State of
Tennessee v. Marion County Bd. of Education
302 S.W. 2d 57 (Tenn. 1957).
Similarly, a married girl may be suspended during :pregnancy:
State ex rel Idle v.
Chamberlain,
39175 N.E. 2d 539 (Ohio 1961). In another action, where unwed
mothers sought to return to school, their exclusion was found to be illegal:
Perry v.
Grenada Municipal Separate School Dist.,
300 F. Supp. 748 (D.C. Mass. 1969). In a
contrary view, where an unmarried girl became pregnant, her attendance in
regular classes was ended, but the court said she had the right to return:
Ordway
v.
Hargraves,
323 F. Supp. 1155 (D.C. Mass. 1971); A board can legally prohibit
participation of married students in extracurricular roles:
Kissick v. Garland
Independent School Dist.,
330 S.W. 2d 708 (Tex. Civ:App. 1959);
State ex rel Baker
v. Stevenson,
189 N.E. (2d) 181 (Ohio 1962);
Waterloo *Independent School Dist. Bd of
Education v. Green,
147 N.W. 2d 854 (Iowa 1967).
One of the questions that can be raised regarding sections 15 and 24 of the
Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms and the United States Constitution is
whether all children are able to obtain an education appropriate for their own
particular needs. In Mills v. Dist. of Columbia Rd. o/'Education,
348 F. Supp. 866

Constitutional Issues
?
Readinø 1.1 - 9
(D.C.
D.C. 1972), it was held that constitutionally no child could be effectively
excluded from public education, and that what funds there were should be
expended equitably in such a way that the child would obtain an education
compatible with his needs and his ability to benefit from it.
In Canada, the Charter addresses discrimination on the grounds of mental or
physical disability. This provision assures the funding of education for disabled
children. It does not, however, assure the funding of suitable education for gifted
or exceptional children.
Also, the meaning of the age provision of the Charter is difficult to determine.
It is an integral part of our law that parents speak for minor children, so it would
appear that only parents can take appropriate action if a child is suffering
discrimination under this head of the Charter. To date, the Charter has been
concerned with procedural rather than substantive provisions. The fact that in
section 15 age is set out among the criteria is a clear indication that schools will
eventually be involved in actions on the age discrimination issue.
6. Public Funding of Private Schools
Where legislation exists by which a school district provides free transportation to
schools a student residing in the area will be entitled to free transportation, even if
he goes to a private school:
Unionville v. Rotteveel,
487 A. 2d 109 (Pa. 1985). On the
other hand, a policy statement favouring the loaning of text books to private
schools does not overcome the prohibition that no public funds can go to any
sectarian institution
Matter of Certification, Re,
372 N.W. 2d 113 (S.D. 1985).
Similarly, a programme under which New York City received federal funds under
The Elementary and Secondary Education Act, and used these funds to pay the
salaries of public school employees who taught in parochial schools, violated the
establishment clause of the Constitution.
Shared time or dual enrolment is an arrangement between public and private
schools in which facilities are shared usually in a public school. The school board
is the determiner of whether or not the academic credit will be available to the
student from the private school. The provision of textbooks to school children
throughout the state in both public and private schools was held to be legal:
Cochran v. Louisiana State Bd. of Education,
281 U.S. 370, 50 S. Ct. 335 (1930).
Likewise, the loaning of textbooks to parochial school students free of charge was
not unconstitutional: Central School Dist. No. 1 Bd. of Education u. Allen
392 U.S.
236(1968).
Loans to private schools have been held to be permissible under the
establishment clause of the First Amendment. Also, the provision of diagnostic
speech and hearing tests, bus transportation, school lunches and other public
health services falls within the class of general welfare services to all children,
whether or not they attend church-related schools:
Meek v. Pittinger,
421 U.S. 349
(1975); Wolman v. Walter,
433 U.S. 229 (1977);
Everson v. Bd. of Education of Ewing
Twp., 330 U.S. 1 (1947). But the loaning of materials and equipment that could be
used in religious instruction is unacceptable:
Meek v. Pittinger, supra.
In South
Dakota, textbook loans to private schools are unconstitutional, because there are
state statutes prohibiting aid to sectarian schools and institutions. If such state
prohibitions did not exist, the loans would be valid:
Elbe u. Yankton Independent
School Dist.,
640 F. Supp. 1234 (D.C. S.D.,
1986).
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
11

JO —Reading 1.1
?
W.H. Giles
7.
Search and Seizure
In R.
v. G. (J.M.)
(1987), 56 O.R. 2d 705, the Ontario Court of Appeal considered the
right of a public school principal to search a 14-year-old child in grade seven who,
he had reasonable and probable cause to believe, was carrying drugs. Upon
examination, the student had been found to be in possession of three marijuana
cigarette butts. The student swallowed another. He was not told of his rights, if
any, when it was demanded that he remove his socks and shoes. The principal
who found the three cigarettes, called the police. They arrested the boy on a charge
of being in possession of a narcotic, giving him at that time the usual caution, and
informing him of his Charter rights. Section 8 of the Charter states that everyone
has the right to be secure against unreasonable search or seizure. Grange J.A.
speaking for the court, approved the U.S. case of
New Jersey v. T.L.O.,
105 S. Ct.
733 at 743-4 (1985) and quoted with approval (56 O.R. (2d) 705 at 709 and 710). White
J.'s comments in that case that:
the legality of a search of a student should depend simply on the reasonableness,
under all the circumstances, of the search. Determining the reasonableness of any
search involves a twofold inquiry: first, one must consider "whether the . . . action
was justified at its inception" . . . second, one must determine whether the search
as actually conducted "was reasonably related in scope to the circumstances which
justifies the interference in the first place" . . . when there are reasonable grounds
for suspecting that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is
violating either the law or the rules of the school. S,uch a search will be permissible
in its scope when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objective of
search and not excessively intrusive in light of the, age and sex of the student and
the nature of the infraction . . . By focussing attention on the question of
reasonableness, the standard will spare teachers and public administrators the
necessity of schooling themselves in the niceties of probable cause, and permit them
to regulate their conduct according to the dictates of reason and common sense.
A principal has a discretion to deal with breaches of discipline on his own, and
has the right to do that rather than call in either the parents or the police. He
cannot exercise that discretion until he knows the nature and extent of the offence.
Grange J.A. continued
(ibid.
at 710):
Although I am prepared to presume that the Charter applies to the relationship
between principal and student, that relationship is not remotely like that between a
policeman and a citizen. First, the principal has a substantial interest not only in
the welfare of the other students, but in the accused student as well. Secondly,
society as a whole has an interest in the maintenance of a proper educational
environment, which clearly involves being able to enforce school discipline
efficiently and effectively. It is often neither feasible nor desirable that the
principal should require prior authorization before searching his or her student
and seizing contraband.
A detention as defined in the Charter has little to do with a school.
He [the student] was subject to the discipline of the school and required by the nature
of his attendance to undergo any reasonable ;disciplinary or investigative
procedure. The search here was but an extension of normal discipline such as, for
example, the requirement to stay after school or to do extra assignments or the
denial of privileges.
(Ibid.
at 712). ?
V
Here the principal was not the agent of the police. There was no breach of the
Charter under section 8 or section 10 (b).
I

1
Constitutional Issues
?
Reading 1.1 -
ii
I
I
8. Issues Involving Teachers
In the U.S., loyalty requirements which were once imposed with absolute
impunity on teachers, now tend to be rejected because they violate the First, Fifth
I
?
and Fourteenth Amendments to the Constitution, and the right to academic
freedom: Keyishian v. Bd. of the University
of
the State of New York, 385 U.S. 589
(1967).
The right not to answer the question of whether or not one is a communist
I ?
is properly protected by the Fifth Amendment:
Slochower v. Bd.
of Higher
Education
of
New York (City), 350 U.S. 551 (1956).
In Kane v. University of B.C. Bd. of Governors, [1980] S.C.R. 1105,
a number of
I ?
propositions were delineated about discipline proceedings against a professor at
the University of British Columbia. The Supreme Court of Canada stated (at
1113)
that:
I
i. A high standard of justice is required when the right to continue at'one's
profession or employment is at stake; and
2. The tribunal must listen fairly to both sides, giving the parties to the
I ?
controversy a fair opportunity "for correcting or contradicting any relevant
?
statement prejudicial to their views."
9. Relevant Sections of Constitutional Documents
(a) Canadian Charter
of
Rights and Freedoms
Guarantee
of
Rights and Freedoms
1.
The Canadian
Charter of Rights and Freedoms
guarantees the rights and
freedoms set out in it subject only to such reasonable limits prescribed by law as
can be demonstrably justified in a free and democratic society.
Fundamental Freedoms
2.
Everyone has the following fundamental freedoms:
(a)
freedom of conscience and religion;
(b)
freedom of thought, belief, opinion and expression, including freedom of the
press and other media of communication;
(c)
freedom of peaceful assembly; and
(d)
freedom of association.
U ?
Mobility Rights
6.
(2) Every citizen of Canada and every person who has the status of a
I
permanent resident of Canada has the right
(b) to pursue the gaining of a livelihood in any province.
I
Legal Rights
7.
Everyone has the right to life, liberty and security of the person and the
right not to be deprived thereof except in accordance with the principles of
I
fundamental justice.
8.
Everyone has the right to be secure against unreasonable search or seizure.
I
9.
Everyone has the right not to be arbitrarily detained or imprisoned.
10. Everyone has the right on arrest or detention:
(a) to be informed promptly of the reasons therefor;

12 —Reading 1.1
?
W.H. Giles
(b)
to retain and instruct counsel without delay and to be informed of that
right; and
(c)
to have the validity of the detention determined by way of
habeas corpus
and
to be released if the detention is not lawful.
13. A witness who testifies in any proceedings has the right not to have any
incriminating evidence so given used to incriminate that witness in any
other proceedings, except in a prosecution for perjury or for the giving of
contradictory evidence.
Equality Rights
15. (1) Every individual is equal before and under the law and has the right to
the equal protection and equal benefit of the law without discrimination
and, in particular, without discrimination based on race, national or ethnic
origin, colour, religion, sex, age or mental or physical disability.
Minority Language Educational Rights
23. (1) Citizens of Canada
(a)
whose first language learned and still understood is that of the English or
French linguistic minority population of the province in which they reside,
or
(b)
who have received their primary school instruction in Canada in English
or French and reside in a province where the language in which they
received that instruction is the language of the English or French linguistic
minority population of the province,
have the right to have their children receive primary and secondary school
instruction in that language in that province.
(2)
Citizens of Canada of whom any child has received or is receiving primary
or secondary school instruction in English' or French in Canada, have the
right to have all their children receive primary and secondary school
instruction in the same language.
(3)
The right of citizens of Canada under subsections (1) and (2) to have their
children receive primary and secondary school instruction in the language
of the English or French linguistic minority population of a province
(a)
applies wherever in the province the number of children of citizens who
have such a right is sufficient to warrant the provision to them out of public
funds of minority language instruction; and
(b)
includes, where the number of those children so warrants, the right to have
them receive that instruction in minority language educational facilities
provided out of public funds.
Enforcement
24. (1) Anyone whose rights or freedoms, as guaranteed by this Charter, have
been infringed or denied may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to
obtain such remedy as the court considers appropriate and just in the
circumstances.
(2) Where, in proceedings under subsection (1), a court concludes that
evidence was obtained in a manner that infringed or denied any rights or
freedoms guaranteed by this Charter, the evidence shall be excluded if it is

I
Constitutional Issues
?
1.1 ?
13
I
established that, having regard to all the circumstances, the admission of it
in the proceedings would bring the administration of justice into disrepute.
General
25. The guarantee in this Charter of certain rights and freedoms shall not be
construed so as to abrogate or derogate from any aboriginal, treaty or other
rights or freedoms that pertain to the aboriginal peoples of Canada
including
(a)
any rights or freedoms that have been recognized by the Royal Proclamation
of October 7, 1763; and
(b)
any rights or freedoms that may be acquired by the aboriginal peoples of
Canada by way of land claims settlement.
26. The guarantee in this Charter of certain rights and freedoms shall not be
construed as denying the existence of any other rights or freedoms that
exist in Canada.
I
Citation
1 ?
34. This Part may be cited as the
Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
(h) United States Constitution
I
Article I
Section 8.
The Congress shall have Power to lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts
I
?
and Excises, to pay the Debts and provide for the common Defence and general
Welfare of the United States...
Section 10.
No state shall. .. pass any... law impairing the obligation of
I
contracts.
Article Ill
I
Section 1.
The judicial Power of the United States, shall be vested in one supreme
Court, and in such inferior Courts as the Congress may from time to time ordain
and establish. The Judges, both of the supreme and inferior Courts, shall hold
I
their Offices during good Behavior, and shall, at stated Times, receive for their.
Services, a Compensation, which shall not be diminished during their
Continuance in Office.
I ?
Section 2.
The judicial Power shall extend to all Cases, in Law and Equity, arising
under this Constitution, the Laws of the United States...
In all Cases affecting Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, and
I
?
those in which a State shall be Party, the Supreme Court shall have original
Jurisdiction. In all the other Cases before mentioned, the Supreme Court shall
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
27.
This Charter shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the
preservation and enhancement of the multicultural heritage of Canadians.
28.
Notwithstanding anything in this Charter, the rights and freedoms
referred to in it are guaranteed equally to male and female persons.
29.
Nothing in this Charter abrogates or derogates from any rights or
privileges guaranteed by or under the Constitution of Canada, in respect of
denominational, separate or dissentient schools.
I

14 —Reading 1.1 ?
W.H. Giles
have appellate Jurisdiction, both as to Law and Fact, with such Exceptions, and
under such Regulations as the Congress shall make.
Article
W
Section 1.
Full Faith and Credit shall be given in each State to the public Acts,
Records, and judicial Proceedings of every other State. And the Congress may by
general Laws prescribe the Manner in which such Acts, Records and Proceedings
shall be proved, and the Effect thereof.
Section 2.
The Citizens of each State shall be entitled to all Privileges and
Immunities of Citizens in the several States..
Article
V
The Congress, whenever two-thirds of both Houses shall deem it necessary, shall
propose Amendments to this Constitution, or on the Application of the
Legislatures of two-thirds of..the several States, shall call a Convention for
proposing Amendments, which, in either Case,
shall
be valid to all Intents and
Purposes, as part of this Constitution, when ratified by the Legislatures of three-
fourths of the several States or by Conventions in three-fourths thereof, as the one
or the other Mode of Ratification may be proposed by the Congress; Provided that
no Amendment which may be made prior to the Year One thousand eight
hundred and eight shall in any Manner affect the first and fourth Clauses in the
Ninth Section of the first Article; and that no State, without its Consent, shall be
deprived of its equal Suffrage in the Senate.
Article VI
This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in
Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the
Authority of the United States, shall be the Supreme Law of the Land; and the
Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or
Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.
The Senators and Representatives before mentioned, and the Members of the
several State Legislatures, and all executive and judicial Officers, both of the
United States and of the several States, shall be bound by Oath or Affirmation, to
support this Constitution; but no religious Test shall ever be required as a
Qualification to any Office or public Trust under the United States.
Amendment 1 (1791)'
Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or
prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the
press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the
government for a redress of grievances.
Amendment 4(1791)
The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects,
against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no
Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation,
and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to
be seized.

I
I
Constitutional Issues
?
Reading 1.1 - 15
Amendment 5 (1791)
No person shall. . . be subject for the same offence to be twice put in jeopardy of life
or limb; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against
himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor
shall private property be taken for public use without just compensation.
Amendment 6(1791)
In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and
public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district wherein the crime shall
have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by
law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation: to be confronted
with the witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtaining
witnesses in his favor, and to have the Assistance of counsel for his defence.
Amendment 7(1791)
In Suits at common law, where the value in controversy shall exceed twenty
dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved, and no fact tried by jury, shall
be otherwise re-examined in any Court of the United States, than according to the
rules of the common law.
Amendment 8(1791)
Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and
unusual punishments inflicted.
Amendment 9 (1791)
The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to
deny or disparage others retained by the people.
Amendment 10(1791)
The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by
it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.
Amendment 11 (1798)
I
The Judicial power of the United States shall not be construed to extend to any suit
in law or equity, commenced or prosecuted against one of the United States by
Citizens of another State, or by Citizens or Subjects of any Foreign State.
Amendment 13(1865)
Section 1.
Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except as a punishment for
crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted, shall exist within the
United States, or any place subject to their jurisdiction.
Section 2.
Congress shall have power to' enforce this article by appropriate
legislation.
Amendment 14(1868)
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 1.
All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the
jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the State wherein they
reside. No state shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges
or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any
I
F1

16—Reading 1.1
?
W.H. Giles
person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any
person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.
Amendment
15(1870)
Section 1.
The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not be denied or
abridged by the United States or by any State on account of race, color, or previous
condition of servitude.
Section 2.
The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate
legislation.
Amendment 16(1913)
The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes on incomes, from whatever
• ?
source derived, without apportionment among the several States, and without
?
regard to any census or enumeration.
Amendment 19(1920
Section 1.
The right of citizens of the United State's to vote shall not be denied or
abridged by the United States or by any State on account of sex.
Section 2.
Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate
legislation.
Amendment 24(1964)
Section 1.
The right of citizens of the United States to vote in any primary or other
election for President or Vice President, for electors for President or Vice
President, or for Senator or Representative in Congress, shall not be denied or
abridged by the United States or any State by reason of failure to pay any poll tax or
other tax.
Section 2.
The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate
legislation.
Amendment 26(1971)
Section 1.
The right of citizens of the United States, who are eighteen years of age
or older, to vote shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or by any State
on account of age.
Section 2.
The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate
legislation.

L
I
Reading 12 ?
Criminal Process in the Schools and Young Offenders Law
R. v. M.H.?
Alberta Court of Queen's Bench, Judicial District of Edmonton, June 26, 1986,
?
No. 8503-0478-S2
DECHENE, J. (orally): This has been a rather long and very interesting hearing,
and when I became aware of the complexity of the appeal and the probable length
of the argument, I informed counsel that I did not anticipate being able to write a
lengthy and well-considered judgment within a reasonable time. We therefore
proceeded on that understanding, that I would give an oral decision immediately
after the hearing.
I have listened carefully to the arguments of counsel. I do not pretend to have
read the numerous authorities cited to me, but I have heard counsel and I
certainly have read those excerpts from various decisions to which I was referred
and I believe I have a fairly good grasp of the problem.
I
The Crown appeals the dismissal by Her Honour Judge Russell of a theft
charge against the respondent, a young offender, as defined by the Young
Offender's
[sic]
Act. The main argument stems from the learned trial judge's
I
decision that the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms applies to school
principals and school teachers and that the evidence of a school teacher was
inadmissible because of Section 56 of the Young Offender's
[sic]
Act. Other
grounds of appeal dealt with the, question as to whether, on the facts of this case,
I
there had been a detention in the office of the principal, a detention within the
meaning of Section 10 of the Charter, and with the admissibility of the evidence of
that school principal and of three young accomplices.
I
The facts of the case are really not in dispute and they are, I think, accurately
summarized in the memorandum of the appellant. On or about the 22nd of March,
1984, the respondent and accomplices opened a locked classroom door at Laurier
I
Heights School in Edmonton. They went into the classroom, opened a filing cabinet
and removed cash from a purse belonging to Heather Field, Heather Field being a
teacher in that classroom.
The following day Miss Field addressed her class, of which the respondent was
a member, and advised them of the theft. She further advised that if the money
was returned, nothing further would be done. As a result of that the respondent
and at least two of the accomplices came forward and admitted the theft.
Sometime later this matter came to the attention of Mr. Powell, the principal at
Laurier Heights School. He spoke to all the individuals involved in his office. The
police were ultimately called and all the youths involved, including the
respondent, were charged. The youths were not advised by Mr. Powell of any right
to have an adult or a lawyer present while he spoke to them.
It is not, having regard to the conclusion which I have reached, necessary for
me to decide whether the Charter of Rights and Freedoms applies to educational
institutions such as the school in question in this action. If it were necessary to do
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Reprinted with permission from:
Dickinson, G.M. (1989). Criminal process in the
schools and young offenders law.
In A.W. Mackay,
Rights, freedoms, and the education
system in Canada
(pp. 395-397). Toronto: Edmond Montgomery.
I

2— Reading 1.2 ?
G.M. Dickinson
so, I would adopt the argument and the reasoningof Mr. Henkel and I would have
held that the Charter of Rights and Freedoms does not apply, having regard to the
provisions of the Constitution Act, the School Act and other authorities in
legislation. However, that is not necessary for my decision. The Young Offender's
[sic]
Act is the one which, in my view, governs this appeal. Section 56 of the Young
Offender's
[sic]
Act deals with the admissibility of evidence and says that:
(2) No oral or written statement given by a young person to a Peace Officer or other
person who is, in law, a person in authority is admissible against the young person
And I would hold here that the principal and the teacher are persons in authority
having regard to their dealings with a 13-year old student under their care. Such
evidence or such statement is not admissible unless:
(a)
The statement was voluntary.
Now, I would open a parenthesis here and say that the evidence, the transcript of
the evidence leads me to the conclusion that there was a voir dire entered into. It is
not clear whether there was a finding that under the ordinary rules of evidence
the statement was voluntary and there is no specific finding as to that.
But by subsection (b) it is not admissible unless:
(b)
the person to whom the statement was given has, before the statement
was made, clearly explained to the young person, in language appropri-
ate to his age and understanding, that...'
Firstly, he is under no obligation to give a statement. That
(ii) any statement given by him may be used as evidence in proceedings
against him,
(iii)
the young person has the right to consult another person in accordance
with paragraph (c), and
(iv)
any statement made by the young person is required to be made in the
presence of the person consulted, unless the young person desires
otherwise;
And in subsection (c) he is to be given a reasonable opportunity to consult with
parent, guardian or other persons.
In my view, there was a clear breach of that section in these proceedings.
There was no warning to the young person, there was no statement of his right to
consult counsel or another person or a guardian, and for that reason I think the
learned trial judge was right in finding the accused not guilty and not accepting
the evidence which had been tendered.
I therefore would find that if there was a detention by the principal, that he and
the teacher were persons in authority and that the statements made were not
shown to have been made voluntarily. I will therefore dismiss the appeal.
In the fall of 1986 the
Young Offenders Act
was amended to make it clear that an
adult chosen for purposes of consultation under section 56 is not a "person in
authority." The following provision has been added to section 56.

I
Criminal Process in the Schools and Young Offenders Law
?
Reading 1.2 —3
I
I
For the purpose of this section, an adult consulted pursuant to paragraph 56(2)(c)
shall, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, be deemed not to be a person in
authority.
"Parent" has also been redefined to include persons who have custody or control of
the young person.
Would this change in the
Young Offenders Act
have made any difference to the
outcome of R. v. M.H.?
Although findings that educators are "persons in authority" for the purposes of
confessions may not occur frequently, the
M.H.
case evidences the possibility of
such findings. In
The Queen u. AB.
(1986), 13 O.A.C. 68, the Ontario Court of
Appeal refused to treat parents as "persons in authority" for the purposes of
confessions made
by
their children to them. If educators derived their authority
solely through parental delegation, it would be reasonable to argue that educators
also ought not to be deemed "persons in authority" for such purposes. In the
J.M.G.
decision, however, the Ontario Court of Appeal clearly supported the idea
that principals' disciplinary authority is statute-based. This analysis would seem
to make it easier to rationalize holding them to be "persons in authority" for the
purpose of determining the admissibility of students' confessions.

I
I

Back to top


Reading 1.3
?
Equality Seekers Troubled by Affirmative Action Rulings
Co-Author of
Canadian Charter Equality Rights for Women: One Step Forward or
Two Steps Back
and Publisher of the Canadian Human Rights Reporter
Early court decisions interpreting section 15(2) of the Canadian Charter of Rights
and Freedoms send a warning to persons from historically disadvantaged groups.
The reason: interpretations of equality and affirmative action may become
badly confused if the early trends continue.
Section 15(2) of the Charter states that programs designed to overcome the
disadvantages of certain groups are not discriminatory, and do not violate the
equality guarantees in section 15(1). It is not clear yet, however, what programs or
laws will be protected by this provision.
Litigation on the subject of affirmative action will increase in Canada in the
1990s and it will be extremely important to clarifying our idea of equality.
Unfortunately, the early cases interpreting section 15(2) do not provide an
auspicious beginning.
There are two fundamental principles which must be embraced by the courts if
the Charter is to serve the needs of disadvantaged groups.
FIRST PRINCIPLE: Sections 15(1) and 15(2) are not contradictory
Sadly, in the first years of Charter litigation some courts have read these sections
as meaning different and opposing things. Section 15(1) has been read as
requiring the same treatment for all, while Section 15(2) allows different treatment
for the purpose of ameliorating disadvantage.
The Manitoba Court of Queen's Bench interpreted Section 15 in this split
fashion in Manitoba Rice Farmers Association v. Manitoba Human Rights
Commission
1
and the Saskatchewan Unified Family Court also viewed Section 15
this way in
Friesen v. Gregory.
2
For those who work in the equality rights
movement it is clear that interpreting equality as "same treatment", or "similar
treatment for those similarly situated", not only does not deliver equality, but
renders the problems of inequality invisible.
Here are some examples of the effect of this model of equality from women's
experience.3
Equal pay laws in most jurisdictions in Canada still require only that men and
women be paid the same when they perform the same work. These laws require,
then, that women, the consistently lower paid group, must do the same work as
men to obtain the same pay. But women and men in Canada, by and large, do not
do the same work. Most women low paid female enclaves. It is little surprise; laws
conceived in this way, based on the same treatment model of equality, have done
nothing to close the gap between men's and women's earnings.
Defining equality as providing women with the same treatment as similarly
situated men obscures the real inequality here. It ignores the historical sex
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
?
Reprinted from:
Day, S. (January 1990). Equality seekers troubled by affirmative action
I
?
ruling.
Canadian Human Rights Advocate, 6(1), 1-4.

2— Reading 1.3 ?
S. Day
segregation of the workforce, and the fact that women are paid less for their work
because they are women. Pay laws so conceived espouse equality, but actually
reinforce inequality.
No Male/Female Comparisons are Possible in Some Situations
The same treatment model of equality provides women with no help when they
are discriminated against because of experiences for which there is no male
analogue. On the one hand, it has been argued, sometimes successfully, that men
and women are so much the same that special protections for women—such as
regulations prohibiting male guards from performing body searches on female
prisoners 4 and special protections for young girls against rape
5 —should be struck
down.
In these cases plaintiffs argued that men and women are so much the same
that no special protections for women should be allowed. This argument ignores
the fact that women are overwhelmingly the victims of sexual assault and sexual
intimidation and men are overwhelmingly the perpetrators of these acts.
On the other hand, in other cases, lawyers have argued and courts have found
that men and women are so very different that there is no equality issue involved.
For example, the Ontario Court of Appeal ruled in
R. u. Morgenthaler 6
that
abortion was not an equality issue because women could not show that abortion
laws are more burdensome to them than they would be to men if men could get
pregnant. Therefore, as long as men cannot get pregnant, abortion is not an
equality issue.
The failure of the same treatment model to address the inequality which
women face makes it clear that the problem between men and women is not that
they are the same or that they are different. The problem is that men are dominant
and women are subordinate. Equality, as Catherine MacKinnon has shown us, is
not a question of sameness and difference, but a question of dominance and
subordination between groups.7
Nor is the same treatment model a reliable definition of equality for persons of
colour.
For example, the idea of multiculturalism contains within it the same
treatment model; it asserts that treating all races and ethnic groups the same
achieves equality.
A tolerant pluralism is something to aspire to, but it presumes equality
between racial and ethnic groups, and that can only be achieved if the inequality of
some groups is first acknowledged and then eliminated.
hen the concept of multiculturalism is indistinguishable from the same
treatment model of equality, it can obscure the fact that in Canada one race and a
few ethnic groups are dominant, and all others are subordinate.
For example, in some English majority parts of Canada today, English is a
second language for a high percentage of school children. When society provides
the same education for all children or skimps on what it provides to immigrant
children by way of extra and the different help, it assures that the dominant
group's will is dominant.

I
I
Equality Seekers Troubled by Affirmative Action Rulings
?
Reading 1.3 —3
I
Likewise, offering all children the same white education—which does not
acknowledge the history of the oppression of aboriginal peoples or indigenous
blacks in Canada—cannot be said to provide equality; in fact, it is simply racist.
The idea of equality must encompass the provision of whatever is necessary to
create real equality in these examples, extra language and other help for
immigrant children, and recognition in school curricula of the racist oppression
experienced by Canada's aboriginal peoples and other groups.
If equality is to be achieved, it must be recognized that sometimes equality
requires the same treatment of different groups and sometimes it requires
different treatment of different groups. Sometimes same treatment is the cause of
discrimination, and sometimes it is the appropriate remedy. It cannot, however,
be accepted as the model of equality itself.
In summary then, the interpretation of equality which all disadvantaged groups
require is one which:
recognizes that equality is a question of dominance and subordination between
groups,
• makes real conditions of inequality visible, and
• ensures that those conditions can be addressed effectively.
But, when sections
15(1)
and
15(2)
of the Charter are read by courts and lawyers
as contradictory, the assumption is that the norm of equality is treating everyone
the same, though special treatment may be justified under certain circumstances.
Because equality seekers cannot accept that equality means simply treating
dominant and subordinate groups in the same way—or simply treating the
disadvantaged and the advantaged alike—they cannot treat this as a cogent
interpretation of section 15 as a whole.
Rather, sections
15(1)
and
15(2)
must be seen to be complementary, with
15(2)
making it clear that the equality guaranteed in
15(1)
is not merely, or even
primarily, a matter of providing same treatment, but rather a matter of
addressing and overcoming the disadvantages of historically oppressed and
excluded groups.
Because this interpretation can better address the reality of inequality, it is the
one that best fits the purpose of section
15.
Second principle: section
15(2)
cannot be used to protect laws or programs which
are, in fact, discriminatory.
I
This may sound odd. How could section
15(2),
which specifically sanctions laws
and programs designed to
overcome
discrimination, be used to justify it?
Unfortunately, it is a legitimate fear.
I
So far the courts' interpretations and applications of section
15(2)
are very
troubling. For example, in a number of challenges to the
Young Offenders' Act,
courts have dealt with sections which provide that young offenders cannot earn
I
remission time on their sentences and cannot have jury trials, but can have the
disposition of their cases reviewed at anytime and can be transferred to adult
court.
8
Some courts found that while these provisions violated the age protections
of section
15(1),
they were "saved" by section
15(2)
because the
Young Offenders'
I ?
Act
as a whole is a program designed to ameliorate the disadvantages of young
people;
F1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

4—Reading. 1.3 ?
S. Day
Also, the B.C. Supreme Court in
Rebic u. The Queen
9
provided similar
analysis. At issue here were the sections of the
Criminal Code
which require
judges to order the indefinite incarceration of persons who are found not guilty by
reason of insanity.
The result of a finding of not guilty by reason of insanity is mandatory. There is
no sentencing hearing, as there is for those who are found guilty. Once the finding
is made, the judge is not allowed to consider whether the person is still insane, or
whether incarceration is necessary or appropriated Nor is the judge allowed to put
any time limit on the incarceration.
These sections of the
Criminal Code
have been the object of criticism for many
years.
The Law Reform Commission of Canada, the Obstacles Committee and the
Parliamentary Committee on Equality have all recommended major changes.
The sections are notoriously archaic and discriminatory in their treatment of
persons with mental disabilities.
The B.C. Supreme Court, however, ruled that the challenged provisions of the
Criminal Code
did not violate section 15 of the Charter because section 15(2)
applied and one of the objects of these
Criminal Code
provisions is "the
amelioration of conditions of individuals discriminated against because of mental
disability."
10
An Ontario Board of Inquiry recently handed down a similarly troubling
decision. In this case, Roberts v. Ontario (Ministry of Health), 11
a 73 year old man
challenged the terms of Ontario's Assistive Devices Program. This program
provides aids and devices to persons with disabilities.
However, the program is age-limited; only those 22 and under are currently
eligible. Mr. Roberts, who has chorioretinopathy, applied for funding for a device
which would magnify so he could read. The Ministry of Health rejected Roberts'
application, saying he was too old.
The Board of Inquiry ruled that the program is an affirmative action program
and that, therefore, the discrimination in the program on the basis of age was not
a violation of the Ontario Human Rights Code.
Two lines of reasoning emerge from these decisions, both very disturbing.
The first line of reasoning is that any program set up for one group only, no
matter how discriminatory in its effects or results for the group, must be an
affirmative action program or a program sanctioned by 15(2).
According to this reasoning, because the
Young Offenders' Act
and the "not
guilty by reason of insanity" provisions of the
Criminal Code
address one specific
group, treat them differently, and are considered well intentioned, they are
affirmative action programs.
Applying this analysis, sheltered workshops, in which people with disabilities
can earn as little as 50 dollars a month, with no coverage under Unemployment
Insurance, Canada Pension Plan, or Workers' Compensation, may also be
deemed to be affirmative action programs, protected by section 15(2).
This would be an absurd result, but the reasoning is the same as that in
Rebic.
In these cases, the confusion between what is discrimination and what is
affirmative action becomes complete.

I
Equality Seekers Troubled by Affirmative Action Rulings
?
Reading 1.3 —5
1
I ?
The second line of reasoning is that if there is an ameliorative program,
any discrimination within it is not discrimination.
Thus, though the courts say that provisions in the
Young Offenders' Act
would
I ?
otherwise be considered discriminatory, because the
Act
as a whole is designed to
be ameliorative, those discriminatory provisions are acceptable.
I
The Board of Inquiry in
Roberts
says the same thing. In a program designed
for disabled people, discrimination against some disabled people on the basis of
another characteristic is tolerable.
According to this logic then, a program designed to ameliorate the
I
disadvantages of black people could discriminate against black women, or a
program like the federal Language Training Program could discriminate against
immigrant women, without running afoul of the law.
The
problem at the heart of this faulty analysis is the adherence to the same
treatment model of equality. This analysis assumes that equality means treating
all groups the same, and any departure from that, any different or special
I
treatment, must be affirmative action protected by section 15(2). Having gotten this
far, courts and the
Roberts
Board of Inquiry throw up their hands: once "special
treatment" is involved, and the same treatment model is clearly inapplicable,
I
anything goes.
But some different treatment is just plain old discrimination, and must be
recognized as such. It is only by examining the
effects
of a law or program that
I
one can determine whether it is discrimination or affirmative action, not by
whether the same or different treatment is afforded.
Programs like sheltered workshops should not be assumed to be ameliorative,
I
rather than discriminatory, just because they involve different treatment of one
group and are well-intended. Their. effects must be studied.
I
Nor can it be accepted that in the name of affirmative action, discrimination
against some members of a target group can be tolerated. In some circumstances,
there may be a clear equality-based rationale for addressing a program to one part
of a target group. There may be ample justification, for example, for targeting
I
programs
to poor women.
However, courts and Boards of Inquiry must examine every case in detail and
consider carefully whether equality is served by any distinctions which are made
I
within a program. They cannot simply throw up their hands once they have
decided they are dealing with an ameliorative measure.
The early interpreters of section 15(2) have not been working within a developed
I ?
and coherent interpretation of section 15 as a whole. Nor have they rejected the
same treatment model of equality.
I
If, however, that model is rejected, as it has been by the Supreme Court in
Andrews v. the Law Society of British Columbia,
12
and if instead, courts and
Boards of Inquiry accept that equality requires whatever treatment is necessary to
I
produce an equal result, then the difference between an affirmative action
program and a program or law designed to produce equality disappears. There is
no difference at all.
If sections 15(1) and 15(2) are not separate and contradictory, but
complementary, then 15(2) makes it absolutely clear that the purpose of section 15
as a whole is to ameliorate the conditions of those who are disadvantaged and that
that is what
equality
requires. The idea that affirmative action is a separate,

6 - adirg 1.3 ?
S. Day
different concept from equality can be discarded. Affirmative action,-becomes then
what it clearly is—a means of creating equality, not a contradiction of it.
Endnotes
1
?
7 C.H.R.R. (1986) D/3315.
2 ?
(1986) 55 Sask. R. 245 (Unif. Fam. Ct.)
3 ?
This model is often referred to as formal equality. It asserts that equality means equality in the
form of the law, and it requires that laws treat similarly persons who are similarly situated.
4 ?
Weatherall v. A.G. Canada (1987), 11 F.T.R. 279 (F.C.T.D.).
5 R. v. Neely (1985), 22 C.C.C. (3d) 73 (Ont. Dist. Ct.) and R. i. Lucas (1985), 16 C.R.R. 1 (Ont. Dist.
CO. Both Neely and Lucas were reversed on the ground that s. 15 was not in force at the time the
charges were laid: (1986), 27 C.C.C. (3d) 229.
6 ?
(1985), 52 O.R. (2d) 353 (C.A.).
7 See Catharine MacKinnons discussion of the question of equality in "Making Sex Equality Real"
in L. Smith et al., eds.,
Righting the Balance: Canadajs New Equality Rights
(Saskatoon: Canadian
Human Rights Reporter, 1986) at 37.
8 ?
See for example Re M and The Queen. (1985) 21 C.C.C. (3d) 116; R. v. G.M., (1985)24 C.C.C. (3d)
288; R. v. W., (1985) 22 C.C.C. (3d) 269.
9 ?
(1985) 20 C.C.C. (3d) 196.
10
?
Ibid. at 206. The B.C. Court of Appeal did not follow this reasoning.
11 ?
10 C.H.R.R. (1989) D/6353.
12 ?
10 C.H.R.R. (1989) D/5719.

I ?

Back to top


Reading 1
Among Equals: Integration of Exceptional Children
I
in Regular Classrooms
I ?
Summary of Facts
The parents of a seven year old boy in Coventry, Ontario, are suing on his behalf
for the right to education in a regular classroom. Austin Latham was born
I
prematurely on August 5, 1981. He has Downs Syndrome and his intellectual
functioning falls within the range of moderate mental retardation. He is
physically healthy, active, and has reasonably good verbal and social skills.
I
Austin's parents have endeavoured to provide a rich and stimulating
environment for their son. They enrolled him at age eight months in the Coventry
Infant Development Programme, a programme offered jointly by the municipality
I
of Coventry and the Province of Ontario to meet the needs of developmentally-
delayed infants. Austin attended this programme three times per week with his
Mother until the age of thirty-eight months.
I
At age three, Austin began to attend Avalon Preschool, a Montessori preschool
where he was the only exceptional child enrolled. He attended five mornings per
week for three years. At age five, he attended the neighbourhood school, Coventry
I
Elementary, where he was enrolled in the afternoon kindergarten program. In
1987, the Elmcrest Region Board of Education, acting on the advice of the Coventry
Elementary principal, teachers, and expert assessments, refused the Lathams'
requests that their son be registered in a regular grade one classroom. They
I
recommended that Austin be bussed to an adjacent K-8 school where a class for
slower learning pupils was established commensurate with the child's ability.
This school was located in Camden, 16 km. from Coventry.
The Lathams rejected this suggestion, sending Austin to the Avalon Primary
School, a private extension of the Montessori preschool which Austin had
attended. They followed the appeal procedure set out in the Education Act, R.S.O.
1980, c. 129, but their request to compel the Elmcrest Region Board of Education to
accommodate Austin in a regular classroom at Coventry Elementary School was
turned down by the Appeal Board and the Ontario Special Education (English)
Tribunal before whom they appeared. They launched an action in the Supreme
Court of Ontario.
Plaintiffs Claim—Outline
• THAT the decision of the Special Education Tribunal convened under s.36(1) of
the Education Act is subject to judicial review notwithstanding s.36(5) which
states: The decision of a Special Education Tribunal or of a regional tribunal
under this section is final and binding upon the parties to any such decision.
No provincial statute can operate to preclude a review based on the Canadian
Charter or Rights and Freedoms. Such a review must include an examination
of the substantive issues involved in the appeal in order to be fully operative in
the sense intended by the Parliament of Canada.
THAT the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms s.2(d) has been violated
Reprinted with permission from:
LeBaron, M.
Among equals: Integration of exceptional
children in regular classrooms
(mock trial documents)
pp.
1-4; 8-10.

2 —'Read'in2 1.4
?
Michelle LeBaron
by the refusal of the Elmcrest 'Regional Board to place 'Austin in .a regular
classroom. Austin is entitled to freedom of association, and his placement in a
special classroom violates this right. The' discriminatory effect of the
legislation is subject to review by the Court under the Charter.
THAT
the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms s.15 has been violated 'by
the decision of the Board, the effect of which is to discriminate against Austin
on the 'basis of his mental disability. Excluding Austin from a regular class
has the effect of denying him the right to the equal protection and benefit of the
law as guaranteed by s.15(1).
• THAT the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms s.24(1) empowers the
Court to mandate a remedy for the discrimination experienced by Austin
Latham.
• THAT the Elmcrest Regional Board is in breaôh of its duty to provide Austin
with a special education program and special education services appropriate to
his needs pursuant to s. 149.7 of the Education Act of the Province of -Ontario.
• THAT the Elmcrest Regional Board is in breadh of its duty to provide access to
educational services to Austin without the payment of fees pursuant to s8(2) of
the Education Act of the Province of Ontario.
• THAT the Ontario Human Rights Code, S.O. .1981, c. 53 prohibits discrimin-
ation on the basis of mental disability, which" discrimination is the effective
result of the refusal of the Elmcrest Board to accommodate Austin in a regular
classroom.
• THAT the principles set out by Mr. Justice Taylor in the
Bales
decision ought to
be applied in this case, vis. educational, sociological, and other expert evidence
supports the concept of mainstreaming.
THAT
Section 15 of the Charter of Rights and Freedoms and the Education Act
of the Province of Ontario combine to guarantee individuals' rights to education
within the least restrictive environment.
• THAT the Court take judicial notice of the American precedents in which the
Fourteenth Amendment has been interpreted to guarantee handicapped
children the right to all educational services regularly provided by the state to
the non-handicapped (Pennsylvania Association for Retarded Children (PARC)
u. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
F. Supp. 1257 (E.D. Pa. 1972)).
• THAT the Province of Ontario has not, under s.'33( 1) of the Charter, opted out of
the provisions of ss. 15(1) and 15(2) of the Charter, and is therefore bound by
them.
Argument of Defence—Outline
THAT the Court has no jurisdiction to examine the relative merits of
mainstreaming, nor the merits of the plathtiffs case, as these were the
prerogative of the Special Education Tribunal, whose decision was final and
not subject to appeal.
THAT the Elmcrest Regional Board has fulfilled all duties imposed upon it by
the Education Act of the Province of Ontarid vis. it offered an appropriate
educational program to Austin without the payment of a fee.
THAT s.15 and s.2 of the Canadian Charter of'Rights and Freedoms have not
been violated by the Board in any essential respect.
I

I
Among Equals ...
?
Reading 1.4-3
• THAT s.1 of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms which provides
"reasonable limits imposed by law" as a restriction on the rights guaranteed
therein operates to disentitle the plaintiffs to the protection of ss. 15 and 2. The
I
provision of equal benefits in this case would pose an unreasonable strain on
the resources of the Board as it would require the hiring of additional staff and
the duplication of services already provided at the Camden School.
• THAT the bussing proposed for Austin is not discriminatory under s.15 of the
Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms as other students within the
District are bussed regularly at a distance equal to or greater than that
necessitated in this case.
I
THAT s.15(2) of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms operates to
empower the District to create and maintain separate schools for mentally
-
?
handicapped individuals as their needs dictate.
Overview of Relevant
Legislation
In their article entitled
Special Education and the Charter: The Right to Equal
Benefit of the Law,
Terri Sussel and Michael Manley-Casimir review Canadian
legislative and judicial precedents involving the placement of physically and
mentally exceptional children in public school placements. They conclude that
there has been historical inequity due, inter alia to
the narrow scope of judicial decision making the expense of instituting legal
proceedings, and the remote chance of successfully challenging provincial
legislation ... [all of which] appear to have discouraged parents of handicapped
children from seeking redress in cases of unequal treatment.
Section 15 of the Charter came into force in 1985 and reads, in part, as follows:
15. (1) Every individual is equal before and under the law and has the right to the
equal protection and equal benefit of the law without discrimination and, in
particular, without discrimination based on race, national or ethnic origin, colour,
religion, sex, age, or mental or physical disability.
The interpretation of this language is a subject of wide debate among public
I
interest groups, governments, educational administrative agencies, and those
with disabilities themselves. Public interest organizations representing the
disabled argue that the language of s.15 should operate to entitle exceptional
I
children to the right to an education in the least restrictive physical environment
possible. Provincial legislation does not always operate to achieve this effect,
however. The Rowett decision illustrates this point.
The Rowett case arose in the province of Ontario. Regulation 274 of the Ontario
I ?
legislation provides for the placement of those pupils who evidence
behavioral, communicational, intellectual, physical, or multiple exceptionalities
I
in a special education program. The Minister of Education explained the Bill to the
Ontario legislature as facilitating universal access for all children to enrollment
after an assessment procedure, and as imposing a duty on school boards to provide
I
suitable programming for all children.
This regulation does not, however, necessarily have the effect of preventing
exclusionary treatment of the handicapped in all cases. Section 34 of the Ontario
I
Education Act mandates a principal or parent of a child who is
because of a mental or a mental and one or more additional handicaps, unable to
profit from instruction offered by the board

4 - Reading 1.4
?
Michelle LeBaron
to refer the child to a three person committee for programming recommendations.
Such a committee was convened in the Rowëtt matter, referred to as an
Identification Placement and Review Committee. The committee recommended
that Jaclyn be placed in a self-contained class with other "slow learners". The
decision of this committee was appealed to a Special Education Tribunal convened
pursuant to s.36(1) of the Education Act. The Special Education Tribunal
concurred with the decision of the IPRC. The decision of the Tribunal was
appealed to the Supreme Court of Ontario. The Court has not yet adjudicated the
case. The Court's interpretation of s.15 of the Charter will be an important
indication of the willingness of the judiciary to give effect to the rights of
exceptional pupils to placement with their age-peers. The School Board in the
Rowett case contends that s.15(2) of the Charter operates to sanction its decision,
as it
(2)
provides
Subsection
that
(1 ) does not preclude any law, program, or activity that has as its
I
object the amelioration of conditions of disadvantaged individuals or groups
including those that are disadvantaged because ofrace, national or ethnic origin,
colour, race, religion, sex, age or mental or physical disability.
The interpretation of s.15(2) is thus central to the entitlement of exceptional
children to accommodation in regular classrooms.
Section 2(d) of the Charter provides for freedom of association as a fundamental
freedom to which every Canadian is entitled. This has been argued to be a
foundation for the claim that all students are entitled to be "mainstreamed"
wherever possible.
Section 24 of the Charter is the enforcement section which mandates a Court to
award
such a remedy as the court considers appropriate and just in the circumstances.
Arguably, this entitles a Court to order thata child be placed in a regular
I
classroom, and that appropriate programming. be
provided in that setting.
Practically, the issue of funding is often raised as a bar to such an arrangement.
Canadian courts have not traditionally been activist to the extent of ordering an
agency or board to allocate funding to facilitate a particular arrangement. Rather,
they have dealt with similar issues by reviewing only whether a board has acted
correctly from a procedural point of view. They have tended to leave the substantive
placement decision to the educational experts.
Section 1 of the Charter provides that the rights and freedoms set out therein
are
subject to such reasonable limits as prescribed by law as can be demonstrably
justified in a free and democratic society.
Those who would oppose universal access to placement in regular classrooms
I
for the mentally disabled argue that this section recognizes practical constraints
which may make such practice unworkable or impractical.
I
I

UNIT TWO
I

Back to top


I
??
TEACHER RIGHTS

Back to top


PART
AND

Back to top


ONE:
RESPONSIBILITIES
I

Back to top


I ?
PART TWO
I ?

Back to top


NEGLIGENCE, INTENTIONAL TORTS, AND

Back to top


EDUCATIONAL MALPRACTICE
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
Reading 2.1 ?
Teachers' Rights & Duties in an Era of Change
Abbotsford School District 34 Board of School Trustees
?
v. Shewan and Shewan?
(1986), 70 B.C.L.R. 40 (S.C.)
BOUCKJ.:
Description Of Proceedings
John Shewan and lize Shewan are husband and wife. In the fall of 1983 they were
employed by the appellant as school teachers. Controversy developed when Mr.
Shewan took a picture of his wife in the nude. With their permission, the
photograph was subsequently published in the February 1985 edition of Gallery
Magazine. When the matter came to the attention of the school board they were
suspended from their positions as teachers for a period of six weeks.
An appeal was then taken by the respondents from these suspensions to a
three-person Board of Reference pursuant to s. 129 of the School Act, R.S.B.C. 1979,
c. 375. Evidence and argument were heard by the Board of Reference over a period
of 6 1 /2
days between 9th April and 18th June 1985. On 28th June 1985 the majority
delivered their written opinion allowing the appeal and ordering the respondents
be reinstated together with compensation for all wages and benefits lost as a result
of their suspension.
From that decision the school board appeals to this court.
I
Facts
Mr. and Mrs. Shewan have two children, aged eight months and three years.
I
They are both employed as teachers by the appellant school district. Mrs. Shewan
has been with the appellant since 1976 as a junior high school teacher. She has
taught Drama, English, French, German, with English as a second language.
I
Mr. Shewan has been employed by the appellant as a junior and senior high
school teacher since 1973. He has taught English 8, French 8, 9 and 10, Social
Studies 8, 9, 10 and 11, History 12, Law 11, General Business 12 and Foods
I
Cafeteria 10, 11 and 12. He was also extensively involved in many extra-curricular
and community activities.
In 1982 or 1983 Mr. Shewan obtained an entry blank for an amateur photo com-
petition in Gallery Magazine. The respondents filled in the entry form together
and mailed it with a 100-word descriptive statement and three photographs.
Each month several amateur photographs are published in Gallery Magazine.
I
There is a monthly winner and a monthly runner-up. At the end of the year an
over-all winner is chosen. The over-all winner gets a substantial prize. Anyone
whose photograph is published receives $50.
I
On
the entry form no last names are requested. Mr. and Mrs. Shewan
therefore expected anonymity.
I
Reprinted with permission from:
Dickinson, G.M.
(1989).
Teachers' rights and duties in
an era of change.
?
In A.W.
MacKay,
Rights, freedoms, and the education system in
Canada
( pp .
594-610.)
Toronto: Edmond Montgomery.
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1

2—Reading 2.1
?
G.M. Dickinson
On 27th December 1984 Mrs. Shewan received notification by letter from
Gallery Magazine that one of her photographs would be published in the February
1985 edition. With the letter she received a $50 cheque and the remaining two
photographs.
The motives of the respondents for sending the photographs to Gallery
Magazine were personal. Mr. Shewan wanted to tell his wife he loved her and that
she was a beautiful woman. Mrs. Shewan was motivated by an attempt to improve
her self-esteem and a wish to please her husband..
As advised, the photograph was in fact published in Gallery Magazine and
appeared with the following caption at
p.
48:
lize S. 34, teacher
Clearbook, B.C.
Canada
Photography by her husband, John
Ilze is a high school teacher who can speak, read and write in seven languages.
The proud mother of a 15 month old baby boy she also finds time for cooking and
photography.
It is worth noting the setting and nature of the particular colour photograph
which is the subject matter of these proceedings. The picture appears on the
bottom left hand side of a page of photographs under the title "The Girl Next Door,
February 1985". There are five other photographs on the left and right side of ladies
who are either totally or partially nude. One page before and about 13 thereafter
contain pictures of a similar nature. Mrs. Shewãn is seen lying on her back on a
bed with the top of her body uncovered. She has on stockings, high heels and a
garter belt.
Sometime around 23rd January 1985 the superintendent of schools for the
appellant received a telephone call from a radio station reporter inquiring about
the photograph. He then went and bought a copy of Gallery Magazine and
confirmed the identity. After that he called the respondents to meet in his office on
24th January 1985. During the meeting the suprintendent asked questions and
Mr. Shewan responded for himself and his wife.
When asked about the appropriateness of submitting the photograph to the
magazine, Mr. Shewan said he felt it met community standards. The
superintendent said it was not appropriate and he would not be surprised if the
school board felt the same way. Mr. Shewan replied that in his view those opinions
did not reflect the community.
After the meeting on 24th January 1985 the superintendent reported the matter
to the school board. The board then resolved to suspend Mrs. Shewan immediately.
It then set 30th January 1985 as the date for the statutory hearing pursuant to s.
122 of the School Act.
Prior to the statutory meeting on 30th January 1985 the superintendent gave an
interview on television indicating he was shocked and sickened by the episode.
At the statutory meeting, Mrs. Shewan indic'ated through her counsel that the
picture in the magazine was indeed a photograph of herself. She also said that she
had not seen the magazine at the time she sent the photographs. She indicated
there was some indiscretion but that she felt it did not go against community
standards. Following the meeting, the board decided to also suspend Mr. Shewan.
A statutory meeting for this purpose was set for Saturday, 2nd February 1985.

Teachers' Rights and Duties in an Era of Change
?
Reading 2.1 - 3
At the 2nd February 1985 meeting Mr. and Mrs. Shewan again appeared with
counsel. Counsel for Mr. Shewan requested further time to prepare for the
hearing. At that time a joint public statement was put forward by the respondents
but was not accepted by the school board. On 4th February 1985 Mrs. Shewan was
suspended for six weeks without pay.
Mr. Shewan's statutory hearing took place on 4th February 1985. Through his
counsel Mr. Shewan felt there had been an indiscretion but he further indicated
that in his opinion the magazine met community standards.
On 5th February 1985 Mr. Shewan was notified that he was also suspended
without pay for six weeks.
An appeal was taken by the respondents pursuant to s. 129 of the School Act to
a Board of Reference. That board was appointed by the minister. It consisted of Mr.
Marvin R.V. Storrow, Q.C. (chairman), Mr. Philip Rankin and Mr. Gordon Eddy.
The Board of Reference heard evidence and argument over a
61/2
day period. At
the hearing, evidence on behalf of the school board was given by the
superintendent of schools for the appellants, the superintendents for the school
districts of Vancouver, Burnaby and West Vancouver, and two parents of school
children were also called.
I
The respondent for the appellant school district testified he received some 50
phone calls on the subject and the board also received some letters, both for and
against the respondents. The superintendent said some eight parents requested
I
their children not be assigned to the classes conducted by the respondents but he
did not know if any of those students were in the classrooms of Mr. and Mrs.
Sb ewan.
I
,During the course of the hearing the superintendent described the respondents
as exemplary teachers both in their teaching ability and in their extra-curricular
activities.
I
Two parents were called by the appellant. Mrs. Webb testified she had not seen
the magazine or the picture; however she felt it was disgusting. She further stated
she would not want her 14-year-old son taught in the next term by Mrs. Shewan.
Her children had never had Mr. or Mrs. Shewan as a teacher. She had no other
1 ?
knowledge of their capabilities as teachers.
Mr. Maxwell was the second parent called by the appellant. He also had not
I ?
seen the magazine or the picture. He did not have any children in Mr. or Mrs.
Shewan's classes. Mr. Maxwell was considering placing his children in a new
Catholic private school. At that school the prime requirement for teachers was to
I ?
be their moral and religious views rather than their technical qualifications.
The three experts called by the appellant all indicated that the teachers'
conduct amounted to misconduct.
'
?
?
On behalf of the respondents, Mr. and Mrs. Shewan gave evidence at the hear-
ing. They each admitted an indiscretion but denied any misconduct on their part.
Two parents of students taught by the respondents were called as witnesses on
I
their behalf. One testified that her daughter had Mrs. Shewan as her English 9
teacher. She saw the photograph in question in the magazine but she was not
concerned by the incident.
I
Another witness had her daughter enrolled in a history course taught by Mr.
Shewan. She also saw the magazine and photograph but was not concerned.
I
1
I
H
I
I
I
LI
1

4 - Reading 2.1
?
G.M.
Dic/i1.Mm
However, she was bothered by the actions of the school board in its suspension
ruling.
The chairperson of the Periodical Review Board was called by the respondents.
She indicated she examined the February 1985 edition of Gallery Magazine but
found nothing obscene in it. She described Gallery Magazine as one of the better
magazines which she reviews.
The vice-president of marketing for Mainland Magazine, which distributes
Gallery Magazine, indicated the sale of the magazine was not really increased
because of the incident.
In addition, three expert witnesses were calfed by the respondents. A Dr.
Robert Walker of Simon Fraser University indicated that since the photograph did
not interfere with their professional duties, the incident did not amount to
misconduct. Dr. William Bruneau of the University of British Columbia stated
that since the three aims of public education were not breached by the
respondents, there was no misconduct. Finally, Dr. Michael Manley-Casimir of
Simon Fraser University testified that as there was insufficient evidence of any
effect on their teacher performance arising out of the incident, there could not be
misconduct.
A former student of the respondents also gave evidence. He said that Mr.
Shewan had been a very positive influence on him in school and persuaded him to
pursue a university education. He felt the incident would have no effect on Mr.
Shewan as a teacher or a person.
Principals and colleagues of both respondents, were called on their behalf to
indicate they were superior teachers and members of the community. It was the
opinion of these witnesses that the incident would have no effect on the competence
of the respondents as teachers.
The majority of the Board of Reference held the respondents' actions fell within
accepted standards of tolerance in contemporary Canadian society and therefore
did not amount to misconduct. The majority ordered the decision of the school
board set aside with full back pay to Mr. and Mrs. Shewan.
On the other hand, the minority decision of the board as rendered by Mr.
Storrow held the actions of the respondents constituted misconduct. However, he
decided the penalty was unfair and reduced their term of suspension from six
weeks to ten days.
Issues
Three issues arise from these facts:
1.
'What is the nature of the appeal jurisdiction granted to this court by s. 129 of
the School Act?
2.
Assuming this court has the jurisdiction of the Court of Appeal, did the Board
of Reference err in law or fact when the;ma jority found there was no
misconduct?
3.
If there was misconduct, what is the appropriate penalty?

I
I
-Teachers' Rights and Duties in an Era of Change ?
Reading 2.1 —5
I
2. Inquiry as to any error by the Board of Reference
Analysis ?
the
(a) ?
of ?
ruling of the majority
Under s. 122 of the School Act a teacher may be suspended by a school board:
1
1.
a. ?
for misconduct, neglect of duty or refusal or neglect to obey a lawful order of
I
the board
It is common ground that the appellant made the suspension orders in
February 1985 because of alleged acts of misconduct. In the majority report the
I
members said this:
This case turns on what is meant by the word "misconduct".
I
Because the incident arose outside the course of their normal duties as school
teachers, the majority commented upon the obligations of the respondents when
they are not 'teaching:
We are not convinced that an employer can demand more of a teacher than they
I
exhibit enough decorum and formality to do their job. Teachers are not on duty 24
hours a day. Surely their main function
is
to teach, not to be emulated. When
I
lifestyle.
teachers are off the job, they ought to be allowed far greater latitude in their
We do not expect that teachers should be invisible in their community, nor do we
expect a British Columbia teacher must conform to the strictest behaviour in a
I
community, especially while off the job.
Evidence was lead before the Board of Reference as to the "community
standards" in Abbotsford. The argument was then made that the conduct of the
I
respondents did not meet these standards and so there was misconduct. The
majority held that proof of community standards was not established to their
I
satisfaction:
Furthermore, Counsel for the Board argued that there were clearly people in the
district who were offended. Since the Shewans had failed to conform with at least
some of the community's standards of conduct, he said that failure amounted to
I
misconduct.
Although evidence was lead on the community standards in Abbotsford, neither
1
party established to our satisfaction what those community standards were.
As a consequence, the majority then concluded the real test was whether the
I
respondents' conduct "was within the accepted standards of tolerance in
Contemporary Canadian society?" In their opinion it was.
The question we believe that should be asked is not whether the Shewans conduct
fell below some of the community's standards but whether it was within the accepted
I
standards of tolerance in contemporary Canadian society. We must formulate an
opinion of what the contemporary Canadian community will tolerate. We have
heard evidence of the community standards and we have heard expert evidence. In
I
our opinion, the Shewans' conduct would be tolerated by contemporary Canadian
standards and the evidence on balance indicates this. British Columbian teachers
do not have to have different standards of behaviour depending on what community
I
they
teach in.
I'

6—Reading 2.1
?
G.M. Dickin.wii.
?
I
The actions of Mr. and Mrs. Shewan showed an appalling lack
of
judgment.
Can that lack
of
judgment or imprudent act on these facts amount to misconduct
within the meaning
of
Section
12 of
the
School Act?
In our opinion it does not.
A fair summary of the majority award is as follows:
i.
The standard of conduct of a teacher off the
,
job should not be set at as high a
level as when the teacher is performing his or her professional duties.
ii.
When not working a teacher's conduct does not have to compare with that of
the strictest behaviour in the community.
iii. When assessing what is or is not misconduct, the test should be what is the
accepted standard of tolerance in contemporary Canadian society and not
what is within the community standards of the area where the teacher is
employed.
(b)
Definition
of the word "misconduct"
The word misconduct is not defined in the School Act. The Canadian Law
Dictionary gives it this meaning:
Any transgression
of
some established and definite rule
of
action, a dereliction
from duty, unlawful behaviour, willful in character,
improper or wrong behaviour.
In the law
of
master and servant there is no fixed rule
of
law defining the
degree
of
misconduct which will justify dismissal. The particular act justifying
dismissal must depend upon the character
of
the act itself, upon the duties
of
the
workmen and upon the nature
of
the possible consequences
of
the act. The conduct
complained
of
must be inconsistent with the fulfillment
of
the express or implied
conditions
of
service.
According to the Shorter Oxford English Dictionary it means:
1.
?
Bad management; mismanagement. Often quasi-
spec.,
malfeasance.
2.
?
Improper conduct. Often
spec.
in the sense of "adultery".
Finally, Black's Law Dictionary, 5th ed. (1979), defines "misconduct" as:
I
A transgression
of
some established and definite rule of action, a forbidden act, a
dereliction from duty, unlawful behavior, willful in character, improper or wrong
behavior; its synonyms are misdemeanor, misdeed, misbehaviour, delinquency,
impropriety, mismanagement, offence, but not negligence or carelessness.
(c)
Analysis of the evidence
I
In proving its case before the Board of Reference, the school board called a number
of witnesses to testify. The first was the superintendent of schools of the appellant
district, the second, the superintendent of schools for School District 45, West
Vancouver, the third, the superintendent of schools for School District 41,
Burnaby, the fourth, the superintendent of schools for Vancouver, the fifth, a
parent of a child who attended school at the same school where Mrs. Shewan
taught and, last, another parent whose five children attend or will be attending
school in School District 34.
All ?
four ?
school ?
superintendents ?
gave
?
evidence ?
about ?
the ?
duties ?
and
I
responsibilities of a teacher and the fact the reacher sets an example fr the
students in their classroom and how they should behave outside the school. They
also expressed an opinion that the photography incident amounted to misconduct
I
1

[1
Teachers' Rights and Duties in an Era of Change
?
Reading 2.1 - 7
I
I
on the part of the respondents. One parent had not seen the picture in question but
she stated it was disgusting and discipline should have followed. The other parent
described Gallery Magazine as a kind of cheap "skin" magazine.
I
Approximately eight witnesses testified on behalf of the respondents. A parent
of a child in a class taught by Mr. Shewan said she had a high opinion of Mr. and
Mrs. Shewan and their private life was their own. Another parent was not
I
offended by the picture. An officer representing the distributor of the magazine
said the February 1985 edition was approved by a non-statutory advisory board that
was set up to monitor these kinds
,
of publications. A witness who described herself
as a sociologist and who does research in the field of pornography said the
I
particular edition was not objectionable. Mr. Shewan was described by a former
student as very helpful to students outside the normal school hours. He stated the
picture did not offend him.
One gentleman testifying for the respondents said he was an expert in the
professional conduct of teachers. He is a professor at Simon Fraser University. In
his opinion, the incident did not involve any bad behaviour nor was there anything
bad about sending a nude photograph of one's wife to a magazine. The principal of
a local junior secondary school spoke favourably about the competence of Mrs.
Shewan as a teacher but in his opinion it was not wise for her to put her picture in
the magazine. Finally, an expert in the theory and development of public
education and moral theory described the event as a foolish indiscretion and not
misconduct.
Besides this oral testimony, a number of documents were filed as exhibits at
the hearing before the Board of Reference. They included testimonials to the
character of the respondents and written reports of experts who were later called
to give evidence.
In summarizing this evidence, I am not intending to describe verbatim what
was said by these witnesses over the
61/2
days of the hearing. Nor do I know what
testimony the majority of the Board of Reference accepted and what exactly it
rejected. The purpose of the exercise is to give some general idea of what the
majority heard so as to put their decision in context.
(d) Error in the majority award
Previously I mentioned the majority held that the real test in this instance was to
determine whether or not the conduct of the respondents was within the standards
of what contemporary Canadian society would tolerate. To assist them in reaching
their decision, they relied upon the judgment of the Supreme Court of Canada in
Towne Cinema Theatres Ltd. v.
R.,
[1985] 1 S.C.R. 494, [198514 W.W.R. 1, 37 Alta.
L.R. (2d) 289,45 C.R. (3d) 1,18 C.C.C. (3d) 193,18 D.L.R. (4th) 1, 59 N.R. 101, 61 A.R.
35. That was a case involving an alleged obscene motion picture. It arose out of a
charge under s. 159 of the Criminal Code, which defines obscenity in part as
follows:
(8) For the purposes
of
this Act, any publication a dominant characteristic
of
which
is the undue exploitation
of
sex, or
of
sex and any one or more
of
the following
subjects, namely, crime, horror, cruelty and violence, shall be deemed to be
obscene.
The Supreme Court of Canada held at
p.
507 that a "breach of community
standards" is simply one measure of
undueness
under s. 159(8).
Li
[1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I

8 —eadj,g2.1 ?
G.M. Die.ki,isvn -
It then went on to accept the proposition that "standards of tolerance" is not
synonymOus with "moral standards of the community" because the moral
standards of the community involve no more than a consensus of what is right
and what is wrong. At
pp.
507-508:
A similar point was made by Weatherston J.A.,, delivering the judgment
of the
Ontario Court
of
Appeal in R. v.
Penthouse International Ltd., (1979), .46 C.C.C. (2d)
111 (leave to appeal refused,
[1979]1 S.C.R. xi)
at
pp.
114-15:
It is neither helpful nor accurate to say that the standards
of
tolerance is
synonymous with the moral standards
of
the community . . . the words 'moral
standards of
the community' means no more than a consensus
of
what
is
right and
what is wrong . . . The question, in any event, is not whether the content
of
the
publication goes beyond what the contemporary Canadian community thinks is
right, but rather whether it goes beyond what the contemporary Can
community
is
prepared to tolerate.
In my view, the issue in the case before me involves the "moral standards of the
community" where the respondents taught and lived and not the Canadian
standards of tolerance test applied to obscenity cases. I say this partly because the
moral conduct of a teacher amounting to misconduct may have nothing to do with
obscenity as defined under the Criminal Code. Lying by a teacher is an example. A
lie amounts to a breach of morality and may be misconduct but it is not obscene.
Hence, using the "tolerance" test which was designed for obscenity cases is a poor
way of testing "moral conduct".
It is coincidental in these proceedings that the nude picture may be considered
obscene by some. But that does not mean the Board of Reference should apply the
test of determining what is or is not obscene to the real issue as to whether or not
there was misconduct.
From this discussion it follows that the majorit of the Board of Reference erred
in law when they adopted the standards of tolerance test in
Towne Cinema
Centres Ltd.
as a basis for allowing the appeal. They also gave undue weight to the
expert evidence when they had before them the material itself to look at and rule
upon.
Nonetheless, I do not believe their ruling should be upset for that reason alone.
The decision may still be the right one if there was evidence they heard to support
the conclusion that the behaviour of the respondents was not misconduct because
it did not offend "the moral standards of the community".
(e) Admissibility of lay opinion
A great deal of opinion evidence was heard called from lay witnesses and experts
as to whether or not the incident amounted to misconduct on the part of the
respondents. It seems reasonably clear that opinion evidence by a lay witness as to
what is misconduct would not be admissible in a court of law if that issue were
under investigation:
Sherrard v. Jacob,
119651 N.J. 151 at 156 (C.A.):
A witness, for example, cannot be allowed to say that a defendant was negligent
or
that the respondent in a divorce suit was guilty
of
the matrimonial offence of
cruelty, for while these are issues of fact, they necessitate the application of
standards determined by law.
?
S
It was put another way by Goddard L.J. in
Plollington v. Hawthorn. & Co.,
[194311 K.B. 587 at 595, 119431 2 All E.R. 35 (C.A.):

I
1
Teachers' Rights and Duties in an Era of Change
?
Reading 2.1 - 9
It frequently happens that a bystander has a complete and full view of an accident.
I
It
is
beyond question that, while he may inform the court of everything that he saw,
he may not express an opinion on whether either or both of the parties were
negligent. The reason commonly assigned is that this is the precise question the
I
court has to decide, but, in truth, it is because his opinion is not relevant.
Although evidence of this nature must be excluded by a court of law, it does not
always follow that it cannot be admitted by an administrative tribunal such as the
I
Board of Reference: Reid and David, Administrative Law and Practice, 2nd ed., at
p. 74:
There is no single code which, apart from statute, governs the question whether the
I
court rules (of evidence) do or do not apply.
The mere violation of an evidential rule may be nothing as such. It is not the
I
error
of form but the error of substance that counts.
It is not necessarily an actionable error in law to admit irrelevant evidence at a
hearing before an administrative tribunal which is exercising judicial or quasi-
judicial functions unless a statute says otherwise. The touchstone is whether the
majority of the Board of Reference allowed themselves to be influenced in some
measure by improperly admitted evidence:
Dallinga v. Calgary City Council,
[1976]
I
i
W.W.R. 319 at 320, 62 D.L.R. (3d) 433 (Alta, C.A.).
Even if the lay opinions were improperly admitted, there does not appear to be
any indication in the majority decision to show they were wrongly influenced by
I
this testimony.
0
(t)
Admissibility and weight of expert evidence
I
Expert evidence on misconduct also creates a vexing question just as it does in
cases involving obscenity:
Towne Cinema Theatres Ltd. at
p.
512:
The issue of who must place evidence of what before the trier of fact in obscenity
I
cases is a vexing and recurring problem. Under the
Hicklin
rule expert evidence
was in general held to be irrelevant.
I ?
And at
p.
514:
Expert evidence is always expensive, sometimes simply not available and
frequently unreliable. The American experience—based, to be sure on a somewhat
I ?
different test for obscenity—has been summarized in
Paris Adult Theatre I v.
Siaton,
413 U.S. 49 (1973) at
p.
56, Note
6. Obscenity, it is said, "is not a subject that
lends itself to the traditional use of expert testimony . . .
indeed the 'expert witness'
practices employed in these cases have often made a mockery out of the otherwise
I ?
sound concept of expert testimony".
United States v. Various Articles of Obscene
Merchandise,
709 F. 2d 132 (2d Cir. 1983) at
p.
135, a recently reported American
obscenity decision, confirms that although the government bears the burden of
I
?
providing each element of obscenity (including a breach of community standards)
to the satisfaction of the trier of fact, expert evidence of community standards is not
constitutionally required, and that absent (or even in the face
of)
such evidence, the
I
?
?
impugned materials may "speak for themselves" so as to ground a conviction for
obscenity.
This is essentially the situation that obtains in Canada.
[The italics are mine.]
I
Consequently, expert evidence in obscenity cases is admissible on the issue of
undueness
but must be "weighed by the Court even when it is all one way and
stands uncontradicted":
Towne Cinema Theatres Ltd.
at
p.
515. If the obscene
I.

10—Reading 2.1
?
G.M. Dickinson --
I
material itself is introduced into evidence, then expert evidence is not required:
Towne Cinema Theatres Ltd.
at
p.
515:
I consider as accurate the following statement of evidentiary requirements
enunciated in the recent decision of Borins J. in
R. v. Doug Rankine Co. (supra), at
pp.
171-72:
It is well established that if the material itself is introduced into evidence.
expert evidence as to obscenity or community standards is not required.
Indeed,
even if it is presented, the trier of fact is not bound to accept it. There is no necessity
for the judge or jury to rely on evidence introdtced in court as the basis for
identifying community standards. Therefore, the trier of fact may determine for
himself or herself (or themselves, in cases tried by a jury) the content of the
community standard which is to be applied in determining whether the material in
issue exceeds that standard. It is an objective tesl which applies. The test is not
based on the level of tolerance of the judge or the jury. It is what the judge or jury
believe the national level of tolerance to be. [The italics are mine.]
While the test for obscenity is different from the test for misconduct,
nonetheless it seems to me the rules as to the admissibility and weight given to
expert evidence in obscenity cases is [sic] helpful in examining the weight and
admissibility of expert evidence when determining the misconduct of a teacher. In
effect, the cases indicate opinions of experts on the
,
issue of misconduct of a teacher
have little probative value and are more or less irrelevant when the facts
themselves are before the tribunal. Besides, hearing expert evidence on what
amounts to misconduct is much like hearing expert evidence on whether a person
is honest or not. Misconduct, like honesty, is tested mostly by other objective
testimony which uses fact and not opinion evidence to arrive at the ultimate
answer.
There is no factual issue between the parties as to whose picture it was or
whether it was published by Gallery Magazine. That is admitted. The real issue is
whether the conduct of the respondents offends the moral standards of the
community and amounts to misconduct. Since the photograph and magazine
were before the Board of Reference, I do not think there was any need to hear
expert evidence as to whether the incident amounted to misconduct. To determine
the answer, the board was required to hear objective evidence as opposed to
opinions.

Back to top


3. Determining the Moral Standards of the Community by Objective Testimony
I
propriety
Case law
of
seems
a particular
to indicate
act by
a
using
judge
his
or
own
tribunal
personal
should
scale
not
of values.
decide
Instead,
the moral
he
?
I
should try and seek out other kinds of evidence which lead him to the correct
answer: Towne Cinema Theatres
Ltd.
v. R., supra, 18 C.C.C. (3d) 193 at 207:
?
1
The appellant argues, as I have indicated, that the trial judge applied a subjective
and local standard rather than a national objective
l
test. In
R. v. Brodie
(1962), 132
C.C.C. 161, 32 D.L.R.(2d) 507, 119621 S.C.R. 681, Jiidson J. makes it clear that
the
trier of fact is not supposed simply to apply his own isubjective standard but rather
to
assess the community standard.
Breaches of the Criminal Code or school regulations by a teacher are examples
?
•1
of objective facts indicating improper behaviour. By themselves, they may he
sufficient to reach a finding of misconduct. But other types of a})norrnal
ehviour
are not so easy to assess. In certain situations, they may appear
to
he misconduct ?
I
I

Teachers' 1?tghts and Duties in an Era of Change
?
Reading 2.1 - 11
to the presiding tribunal whereas to the outside world they may not. The opposite
nty also be true.
In this instance, the Board of Reference had the right to hear evidence about
what a teacher does from day to day and his or her position in the community at
large. In this way it could assess the conduct of the average teacher. Then it could
examine the alleged act of misconduct. From this evidence it was in a position to
decide if there was misconduct because it could compare the conduct of the
average teacher as shown by the evidence with the evidence presented to show an
act of misconduct on the part of the teacher who was charged. It might not be
misconduct for a person in some other trade or calling but the same act committed
by a teacher might indeed amount to misconduct. All of that was for the Board of
Reference to decide and not for a witness. While it was an issue of fact as to
whether there was misconduct, the question the board had to answer in the end
was whether those facts amounted to misconduct in law.
Did the respondents meet the moral standard of the community by the
publication of the nude picture in Gallery Magazine and, if not, did that have any
effect on their ability to teach. One way of determining the point is to look at the
conduct of other teachers. If a good number of teachers in or about Abbotsford are
publishing their nude photographs in a magazine such as the one in question,
then the conduct of the respondents may be within community standards. If no
other teachers are doing this, then it may be misconduct. Evidence of this nature
was not heard by the Board of Reference but I believe I am entitled to draw an
inference from the proven facts as to whether a substantial number of teachers in
the Abbotsford area do indeed publish their nude pictures in men's magazines. It
seems clear they do not.
This is not a conclusive test because the key ingredient is whether the act of
misconduct affects the teacher in his or her educational capacity. If it does not,
then it is not an offence under the School Act.
4.
Determining Community Standards by Examining Similar Instances Where A
I
Teacher was Found Guilty of Misconduct
In the opinion of the Board of Reference the conduct of a teacher outside of work
I
does not have to comply with "strictest behaviour in the community". That opinion
seems correct but in passing I should say that neither is the conduct necessarily
proper if it satisfies the lowest standard of behaviour in the community. To
objectively determine what is the community standard is difficult. I think some
'
help can come from other cases where tribunals have adjudicated upon the
conduct of public sector officials including teachers. Here are a few examples.
.1.
Fireman: Kamloops v. Newman,
25th October 1977 (unreported)—arbitration
I
award.
This was a grievance arbitration resulting from the motion
[sic]
of the grievor
I.
from the rank of assistant chief to that of captain in the Kamloops Fire
Department. It rose out of his unsatisfactory conduct in fighting a fire which
occurred on the Trans Canada Highway and involved a multi-vehicle collision. At.
p. 22 of the award, the majority said this about the position of a fireman in the
I
community:
We
are mindful that the
fire department of a
municipality such as Kamloops
has a
high public
profile.
It performs many of its duties under the scrutiny of public
I
observation and relies on public support for many of its programs. As one example,
iii a fire prevention program public acceptance and support is essential to its
I

12 —Reàding 2.1 ?
" ?
G.M. Dickinson __--
success. Hence,
in evaluating the suitability
of
the 'discipline we are coneèrn'ed hbt
'only with the grievor s ability and conduct as demonstrated in the performance of
his duties but also with the
effect
that level of
performance might he expected to have
on the trust and
confidence
of
the public in the fire department: Air Can: v. mt.
Assn.
of
Machinists Loc. 148 (1974), 5
L.A.C.
7.
In the present instance the events of
8th May
1977
were the subject of adverse public comment when the handling of the
situatibn was described over the radio in KamIoo'js as "a comedy of errors". IThe
italics are mine..]
2. Nurse: Re Oshawa Gen. Hosp. and
Ont.
Nurses' Assn.
(1981), 30 L.A.C. (2d)
5.
A nurse was arrested when police found marijuana in her residence which
was reported to havee-a street value of $15,000. She also had some marijuana plants
which were 8 to 10 feet tall. She was suspended by the hospital pending her trial.
Her grievance against the suspension was dismissed. In the course of the
decision, the board said this about the position in society of a nurse at
p.
9:
This board is satisfied that
if
a registered nurse is convicted
of active illegal
marketing of a narcotic such as marijuana
this could present a public hospital
employing that nurse with both a work place and community problem
sufficient to
support the termination of the nurse's employment.
Nurses
are highly trained
professionals. Because of this training they assume an important and strategic
role in a hospital. They in effect, represent such intitutions to the community and
constitute the interface between physicians and
,
patients. Patients must have
con
f
idence
in the judgments made by the nursing
profession and can often become
quite dependent on individual nurses during their stay in the hospital. The trust.
and confidence reposed in the nursing profession is reflected in its code of ethics
and the tact that the profession is regulated to some, ' degree by statute. Indeed, these
characteristics are hallmarks of a profession. Theitalics are mine.]
3.
Bus driver: Re Calgary and Amalgamated Transit Union, Loc. 583 (1981), 4
L.A.C. (3d) 50.
A bus driver pleaded guilty to the offence of common assault. He assaulted a
babysitter at his home. As a result of the conviction he was discharged. In
allowing the grievance and imposing a period of uspension in lieu of discharge,
the board commented upon the position of a bus driver in the community at
p.
60:
We are of the opinion that the nature of the grievor's offence and his conviction for
common assault are to be considered work-related in the present case.
The city
transit service is a highly visible public service which carries many female
passengers both adult and juvenile.
Although there was no evidence of publicity
surrounding the incident that circumstances of chance should surely not be the
determining factor. The test in our opinion should be whether the employee's
conduct, judged by reasonable standards, would he considered by the public who use
the Transit System as adversely affecting the reputation
of
the system:
In other
words, 'Did the employee do anything likely to be prejudicial to the reputation
of
the
employer?':
Re Huron Steel Products Co. case, supra.
It is our opinion that the
answer to that question must be in the affirmative and that, given the nature
of
this
offence, the city would be open to censure from the 'public
if
it stood by and took
no
disciplinary action against its employee. [The italics are mine.l
4.
Air Canada employee: Re Air Can. and
mt.
Assn. of Machinists, Lodge 148
(1973), 5 L.A.C. (2d) 7.
Air Canada dismissed one of its employees when he was found guilty of'
possession of marijuana. He grieved the firing but it was upheld. At p. 9 a single
arbitrator commented upon this off-job misconduct in the following words:

I
Teachers' Rights and Duties in an Era of Change
?
Readimi 2.1 - 13
I
Air Canada,
to the contrary,
is
in a highly, publicly visible industry.
It is in the
I
business of serving the air transport needs of the public. Its employees for a
substantial part, including the grievor, are directly responsible for the safety of the
I
air travelling public and for the
?
security of their personal
?
valuables.
The
employees must have the trust and confidence not only
of
the company but
of
the
travelling public, its customers.
The
" o
ff-job
"
misconduct
of
an employee in one industry may not occasion
I
harm to his employer's reputation, while the same misconduct in another industry
may he or he likely to he prejudicial to the employer.
[The italics are mine.]
5.
Teacher: Re Etobicoke Bd. of Educ. v. Ont. Sec. Sch. Teachers' Fed., Dist.
12
I
(1982), 2 L.A.C. (3d) 265.
An Ontario teacher was convicted of conspiracy to possess stolen goods. He was
I
discharged and
g rieved the firing. It was upheld. The three-member board
discussed the responsibilities of teachers in these words at
p.
271:
The education of children to respect the law and the listed virtues, however they
I
may he overstated, is central to what school boards do and hire teachers to do. It is
fundamental to the educational process, as we see it, that teachers are seen not only
to teach students, but to practise, within reasonable limits, that which they teach.
The grievor has been described as someone who exercises, by force of his
I
personality, considerable influence over his students. That influence flows at least
partly from the special relationship created by his employment. It is vitally
important that the result of that relationship and influence not be to suggest to
I
students that a respected and influential teacher thinks participation in crime is
excusable. [The italics are mine..]
l
6.
Teacher: Re Peace River North Sch. Dist. 60 Bd. of Sch. Trustees and
Stockman,
25th January 1974 (unreported).
A teacher continued his association with a girl contrary to the wishes of the
I ?
school board. The details of the association are not set out in the ruling. AS a
result of his actions, he was suspended. He grieved the suspension which was
upheld by the majority. In its award the majority commented upon what is or is
I ?
not misconduct at
p.
2:
Counsel for the School Board also submitted that it is misconduct if a teacher's
conduct was likely to bring his employer into disrepute or if he does anything
I
?
?
incompatible with the due or faithful discharge of his duty or if he refuses to obey a
lawful direction of his employer.
In the opinion of the majority of the Board of Reference,
Mr. Stockman's
continuing association with the girl justified the School Board in concluding that it
would not he fulfilling its responsibilities to the community and particularly to
parents of the School District's school children,
if it did not take steps to terminate
I
the association. However, the evidence is clear that although Mr. Stockman was
prepared to make certain concessions with regard to his relationship with the girl,
such as limiting public appearances, he was not prepared to terminate the
I ?
relationship.
In the opinion of the majority of the Board of Reference. Mr. Stockman's
decision
to continue the association
with the girl was misconduct within the
I
meaning of the Public Schools Act in that the continued association
would likely
bring the School Board into disrepute in the community
and amounted to a refusal
to obey a lawful direction by-the School Board. [The italics are mine.]
ri

14— Reading 2.l
?
G.M. Dickinson -
7.
Teacher: Peace River North Sch. Dist. 60,9d. of Sch. Trustees v. Olson,
13th
June 1983 (not yet reported).
Mrs. Olson was suspended from her position as teacher and then. later
dismissed. She grieved the discharge. Evidence led before the Board of Reference
indicated she knew stolen property was being kept in her house but turned a blind
eye to its existence. She also condoned the use of hash and marijuana by others
while they were guests in her house. The grievance was dismissed. At.
p.
14 of the
award, the Board of Reference commented upon the position of a school teacher in
these words:
Taylor is a small community. Mrs. Olson agreed that word
of
improprieties
travels quickly. The sort of conduct which Mrs. Olson has engaged in or condoned
in her home is a failure of her duty to her employer, to her broader constituency, the
community and to her
pro
f
e
ssion. It is likely to detract from the esteem for
education in the community.
It is abusive
of
the trust that reposed in her which Mrs.
Olson acknowledged in her evidence. As'such
this conduct not only undermines
her ability to do her job in this community, it also erodes the ability of the schools to
deliver the standard of education that the community is entitled to expect.
Not the
least of this was her failure to meet the professional standards of her own
Federation as set out in its Member's Guide. We have no hesitation in concluding
that this conduct is misconduct deserving
of
discipline. [The italics are mine.]
8.
Teacher: Vancouver Sch. Dist. 39 Bd of Sch. Trustees v. Van Bryce, 18
August 1979 (unreported).
A teacher was suspended for misconduct and subsequently dismissed. He
pleaded guilty to a charge of gross indecency with a 17-year-old boy. The dismissal
was upheld. At
p.
5 of the ruling the board said the following with respect to the
position of a teacher in the community:
the role of the teacher is something more than that of a skilled technician in the
classroom—that it requires, as an essential part of the learning process, that the
teacher be a leader and a model earning the respect and inspiring emulation on the
part of those in his charge and with whom he must deal.
Mr. Lafavor testified that
the necessary element of trust and confidence which the administration must have
in the teaching staff has, in the case of the Appellant, been impaired by reason
of
his
involvement in this offence. In Dr. Lupini's view, the Appellant's involvement in
such an incident could weaken public confidence in the school system generally
and has impaired his usefulness to the school and to his employer. With these
views, this Board
of
Reference is in complete accord. [The italics are mine.]
What do these decisions tell us? They say a teacher is an important member of
the community who leads by example. He or she not only owes a duty of good
behaviour to the school board as the employer but also to the local community at
large and to the teaching profession. An appropriate standard of moral conduct or
behaviour must be maintained both inside and outside the classroom. The nature
of that standard will, of course, vary from case to case. Moral standards are those
of the community where the teacher is employed and lives not those of some other
city or municipality. In most instances there will be little difference, but what may
be acceptable in an urban setting may occasionally be misconduct in a rural
community and vice versa. For example, a small religious community might find
it unacceptable for a female teacher to live with a man out of wedlock or a male
teacher to live with a woman who is not his wife. On the other hand, these kinds
of
relationships may he tolerated in an urban settingwhere the two people
are lost in
the anonymity of the crowd because they live far away from the school
or because
the values of the city are different from the values of the country.

I
Teachers' Rights and Duties in an Era of Change
?
Reading 2.1 - 75
I
I
Initially, I should not find whether there is misconduct in these kinds of
situations simply by looking at the act complained of and then expressing my
personal opinion whether it offends the School Act. Instead, I must see what other
I
objective non-opinion evidence exists to help categorize the nature of the conduct.
But at the end of the day, I am required to state my opinion. The difference is that
my opinion is based upon outside evidence and not just a personal reaction to the
I ?
allegations of misconduct.
There was an act of misconduct in this case since the incident amounts to
abnormal behaviour which reflects unfavourably on the respondents. They are
I
supposed to be examples to the students. Their actions lower the esteem in which
they were held by the community including the students, because they set a
standard that the community found unsuitable. All of this amounts to
I ?
misconduct. The appeal is therefore allowed and I now turn to the issue of penalty.
Penalty
Was the penalty of six weeks' suspension as determined by the school board
I
appropriate in the circumstances?
When the matter first came before the school board, it set a penalty of six
I ?
weeks' suspension without pay for each of the respondents. At the hearing before
the Board of Reference the minority report of Mr. Marvin V. Storrow, Q.C.
described the financial result of this penalty as an after tax salary loss of $7,000
divided between the two respondents. In the circumstances he reduced the
I ?
suspension period from six weeks to ten days. The question which now must be
answered is what is the appropriate period of suspension given the facts set out
above?
1
One way of deciding the fairness of the suspension period is to examine awards
where a teacher has been penalized for misconduct and compare the facts of those
instances with what the respondents did here. In that way the final answer
I
should tend to be more consistent. Following are decisions which were cited to me
in this area of the law. The names in brackets after the name of the case are those
of the chairman of the particular Board of Reference:
I
i.
Chilliwack Sch. Dist. 33 Bd. of Sch. Trustees v. Hall,
Saunders, 16th September
1981 (unreported)—A female teacher who had 20 years' experience was absent
from her duties as an elementary school teacher when she went on 'a holiday
I ?
for seven days. Penalty—two months' suspension by the school board; upheld
by the Board of Reference.
2.
North Vancouver Sch. Dist. 44 Bd. of Sch. Trustees v. Machado-Hoisti,
Gifford,
I
20th August 1981 (unreported)—A female teacher with approximately 12 years'
experience at a senior secondary school was found responsible for condoning
and participating in a breach of school regulations regarding the use of alcohol
I
at a school-supervised function; misleading the school principal with respect to
the circumstances which took place; and encouraging and setting an example
for students of unsatisfactory qualities of personal behaviour. Penalty—
dismissal by the school board; reduced to suspension of 4 months and 19 days
by the Board of Reference.
3.
Greater Victoria Sch. Dist. 61 Bd. of Sch. Trustees v. Smith,
Lightbody, 6th
I
October 1983 (not yet reported)—A male teacher at a senior secondary school
with 10 years' experience admitted to a sexual relationship with a 17-year-old
female student. She was not a student in any of his classes. Penalty—dismissal
11

16 - Reding 2.1
?
G.M. Dickiu,son
I
by the school board, reduced to six months' suspension by the Board of
Reference.
4.
Revelstoke Sch. Dist. 19 Bd. of Sch. Trustees v. Malpass,
Cumming, 28th
August 1979 (unreported)—A female teacher with an unknown number of
years of experience who was teaching at a secondary school was involved in a
scuffle of a sexual nature with a female student. Penalty-1 month plus 13
days suspension by the school board; upheld by he Board of Reference.
5.
Delta Sch. Dist. 37 Bd. of Sch. Trustees v. Hutton,
Cumming, 11th July 1978
(unreported)—A
,
male teacher with an unknown number of years of experience
struck a male pupil on the right cheek while, he was teaching in a junior
secondary school. Penalty—dismissal by the school board; upheld by the Board
of Reference.
6.
Powell River Sch. Dist. 47 Bd. of Sch. Trustees v': Basi,
Gifford, 19th March 1980
(unreported)—A male teacher with an unknown number of years of experience
slapped a student while teaching at a junior secondary school. He was
previously found guilty of a similar offence involving a female student on 7th
May 1979. Penalty—dismissal by the school board; upheld by the Board of
Reference.
7.
Powell River Sch. Dist. 47 Bd. of Sch. Trustees 'v. Rouane,
Cumming, 7th May
1979 (unreported)—A female teacher at a junior secondary school with about
two years experience in the local school district was consistently late in
arriving at school in the morning and afternoon. Penalty—dismissal by the
school board; upheld by the Board of Reference.
How does the six weeks' suspension set by the school board and the alternative
ten-day suspension recommended by the chairman of the Board of Reference' fit
into this scheme? That is not an easy question to answer. Drawing a precise
comparison between this act of misconduct and those other cases is impossible. As
a trial judge, I am well aware of the difficult position of the school board when it is
the first one who must select the appropriate penalty. It is often easy to criticize
that decision and tempting to make a change.
Occasionally, there is a tendency to think that because of the effluxion of time a
more rational and dispassionate assessment can be made as to the correct penalty.
It is then perceived to be free of any taint of the public clamour that may have
influenced the original judgment. But justice is an intangible substance in many
instances. Most of the time no one can really tell whether the penalty fixed by the
first tribunal is less correct than the one which reduces it. Will the reduction deter
the parties or others who might be inclined to attempt the same thing or will it
simply encourage some to commit the same act because the penalty is looked upon
as being insignificant?
There is a general rule that I should not '"tinker" with the six weeks'
suspension by reducing it by a few days, but if it is 'excessive in the normal run of
things, then I should not hesitate to set a penalty that is more reflective of the
incident and of the parties involved. I do not kndw what kinds of similar cases
were referred to the school board when it was dalled upon to fix the penalty.
Although it is important to stand behind any reasonable imposition of a penalty as
determined by a school board, it is equally important that the offence or
misconduct reflect a penalty consistent with other cases, so far as that is possible.
At the same time I must look at the past good conduct of the respondents. They
were highly regarded by their peers, their supervisors and their students. No
doubt this was an abnormal incident. It came about because of some marital and

Teachers' Rights and Duties in an Era of Change
?
Reading 2.1 - 17
emotional difficulties the respondents were experiencing at that particular time.
Mr. Shewan looked upon the publication as a way of restoring some lost confidence
that was affecting his wife. Mrs. Shewan said she did it to please her husband.
Neither of them considered it a clever or sly thing to do or good way to make
money.
In these circumstances, I think the appropriate penalty is a one-month
suspension. This will mean a total past loss of income after taxes between both of
them, of about $4,600.
Summary
1. The Board of Reference fell into error when:
a.
It applied the obscenity test of the standard of tolerance of contemporary
Canadian society when it should have applied the test of the moral standard
of the community, namely, the community in the Abbotsford area;
b.
It admitted expert opinion on misconduct and allowed itself to be improper-
ly influenced by the experts called on behalf of the respondents. The proper
way to test whether the conduct complained of amounted to misconduct was
to hear objective evidence about the activities of other teachers in the
community and to compare similar situations where teachers or other
public sector employees were disciplined for wrongful behaviour;
c.
It decided the word "misconduct" as set out in s. 122 of the School Act has
little application to behaviour of teachers outside of their normal school
duties.
2. Teachers are amongst the leaders in the community. They are supposed to set
an example for their students to follow. This includes their behaviour both on
and off the job.
3. A fair interference to be drawn from the testimony heard by the Board of
Reference is to the effect that other teachers in the Abbotsford area do not send
their nude or semi-nude pictures to men's magazines for publication.
Consequently, the conduct of the respondents was abnormal.
4. A teacher owes a duty of good behaviour to the school board as his or her
employer, to the local community and to the teaching profession. Looking at the
facts of these cases and the abnormal behaviour of the respondents as described
by the evidence, one can only conclude that in this instance their behaviour
amounted to misconduct.
5. The penalty of six weeks' suspension was excessive given the past favourable
history of the respondents and looking at cases where penalties have been
imposed upon teachers for improper conduct. A more reasonable penalty in
keeping with these awards is one month's suspension.
Judgment
The appeal is allowed and a penalty of one month's suspension is imposed in place
of the six weeks' suspension set by the board.
Although the appellant did not succeed in restoring the penalty of six weeks'
suspension, it won on the major issue of misconduct and obtained a higher
penalty than the one suggested by the minority ruling. Therefore, it is entitled to
its costs.
Appeal allowed.

18— Reading 2.1
?
'G.M. Dickinson
The Shewans appealed Bouck J.'s decision to the British Columbia Court of
Appeal. The Court of Appeal dismissed the appeal and accepted the lower court's
reasoning that teachers hold a position of trust and responsibility, and that their
conduct cannot be permitted to jeopardize public confidence in the school system
and its teachers. (B.C.C.A., Nemetz C.J.B.C., Hinksoh, Macfarlane J.J.A.,
December 21, 1987).
Questions
1.
Do you agree with the discipline assessed by the board? Was it appropriate to
give the teachers the same punishment?
2.
Why did the court disagree with the decision of the board of reference?
3.
What is the "community" referred to in the phrase "community standards"?
How did the court determine what those standards were? If, as the court said,
community standards may vary from one city or municipality to the next, or
vary according to broad differences between urban and rural values, could it be
argued that this lack 'of uniformity places individuals in different degrees of
legal jeopardy depending on where they reside and work? Could such
reasoning form the basis of a challenge under section 15 of the Charter?

I
I
Reading 2.2
Freedom of Expression Outside the Classroom
In the May 9, 1989 issue of the
Regina Leader-Post,
under Readers' Viewpoints,
the following letter over the name of a Grade 3 teacher employed at Assiniboine
School in Kamsack, Saskatchewan, was published.
Indian Students Benefit from Discrimination
wish to publicly express support for Minister of Indian and Northern Affairs
I
I
Pierre Cadieux on our government's decision in favour of a cap on the amount of
money available to post-secondary assistance programs for Indian students.
I
Post-secondary education is not a treaty right. Therefore, our government
should treat all Canadian students equally, regardless of race.
et's be realistic and not have bleeding-heart emotions dictate discrimination
I
and racism in our democratic country. The media have taken a biased approach
with reports favouring the Indians. This is, therefore, a form of racism and
discrimination against non-Indian Canadians, as usual.
I
The government admits its objective is to help Indians and Inuit to "gain access
to post-secondary education and to graduate with the qualifications and skills
needed to pursue individual careers." Applying this policy only to Indian and Inuit
I
students makes it a discriminatory practice against non-Indian, post-secondary
students who are also pursuing careers.
I
It is not realistic to expect non-Indian Canadians to be blackmailed and
coerced because the Indians claim "they are paid in advance forever" because of
native land and resources surrendered to the federal government. It is preposterous
to believe a debt is never paid in full and must continue to be paid until hell freezes
I
over.
The media have made no effort to inform the native public of the countless
benefits Indians receive at the financial expense of non-Indian Canadians who
I
pay,
but do not qualify themselves, for these numerous benefits.
Another point of contention is that until now all Indian students qualify for this
handout, regardless of socio-economic standing. For example, the children of an
I
Indian chief or Indian bureaucrat, who earn a salary in excess of $60,000 income-
tax-free dollars, qualify just as well as a pauper's children.
I
If these Indian students graduate and pursue highly paid careers, then they are,
in most cases, income-tax-exempt for life, if they make their earnings on the
reserve. They then start another generation of tax-free dependents.
I
Indian students should be treated equally with non-Indian students. They can
pay for their own education through student loans, scholarships and bursaries.
It is disgusting to hear protesting Indian students comment that the government
I ?
must pay for their education, or else the government is held responsible for these
Indians being on welfare.
I
I
I
Reprinted with the permission of the Editor:
Hurlbert, Earl L., & Hurlbert, Margot A.
(1990, March). Freedom of expression outside the classroom.
Scrutiny, 3(7),
1-5.

2 - Reading 2.2
?
, ?
Ear un bert & Margot Iilb,ert
?
I
Do you suppose non-Indian students could use this crutch to gain the suppOit of
the government and the bleeding hearts? Pierre Cadieux had a good answer,
of
saying
money
all
(especially
Canadians must
now when
realize
the
the
minister
government
of finance
treasury
is determined
is not a bottomless
to decrease
pit
?
I
the national deficit).
Many Canadians feel Indian issues are Canad&s "sacred cow." No individual
?
I
or institution, including government departments, dares question Indian issues. It
?
1
appears that if one dares to be so blasphemous, he or she will receive the wrath of the
bleeding
I believe
hearts.in
equality
?
for all Canadians. As long as non-Indians are pressured
I
to support most of the Indian population due to legalized discrimination or special
status,
Non-Indian
resentment
Canadians
and discontent
will not
will
tolerate
prevail.
being
?
treated as foreigners in their
I
own country. I owe no Indian one red penny just because his or her ancestors were
here before mine.
?
Earnest J. Burtniak, Kamsack
I
The events described below are confirmed by Mn
.
Burtniak to be accurately and
fairly stated.
(1) Two days after the letter was published, approximately 275 Indian students
form the Cote and Keeseeboose Bans were pulled
,
out of Kamsack classrooms.
Spokespersons for the Bands demanded that Mr.
?
urtniak be fired and his wife
(who teaches in Kamsack) be suspended without pay. Apparently the demand for
Mrs. Burtniak's suspension was based on the fact that she is the spouse of 'the
author of the
Leader-Post
letter. Spokespersons for the Bands and' for the
Federation of Saskatchewan Indians called Mr. B'urtniak's letter racist.
(2) During the following week, the Acting Director of Education for the
Kamsack School Division stated that in order to maintain effectiveness in Mr.
Burtniak's former classroom, the classroom teacher had been reassigned duties
in the School Division Office. This did not meet with the Indian Bands' approval
so, therefore, Mr. Burtniak had indicated to his employer that he was planning to
retire June 30, 1989.
(3) The Cote Indian Band immediately establihed temporary classrooms on
the Reserve and made plans for a permanent withdrawal of Indian students from
the Kamsack School Division. The School Division Board began to work on how to
deal with the loss of approximately 160 students from the Division's schools. The
Division receives about $3,800 per native student per year from the Department of
Indian Affairs. According to media reports, staff cuts might involve as many as
ten teachers.
(4)
During the latter part of May, the Kamsack School Division Board accepted
?
I
the resignation of Mr. Burtniak, effective June 30,4989. At the urging of legal
counsel for the Saskatchewan Teachers' Federation,: Mr. Burtniak wrote letters of
apology to the Band Councils and to the Kamsack School Division Board. It is Mr.
Burtniak's opinion that throughout the crisis the main concern of personnel with
the Saskatchewan Teachers' Federation was to try and appease Mr. Burtniak's
accusers and critics rather than to support the concept of free speech.
(5)
During his teaching career of 31 years, which included teaching in the
Yukon, Mr. Burtniak had successfully taught Indian students for many of those
years. Although the Burtniaks were harassed by several telephone calls, Mr.
Burtniak received much support from all segments of society including clergy,
I

I
I
I
?
Freedom
politicians,
of Expression
professional
Outside
people,
the Classroom
farmers,
?
and trades people; however,
Reading 2.2
some
—3
people, fearing possible reprisals, would not identify themselves. Many supporters
apologized for not speaking out openly, fearing loss of employment, loss of
I
?
business, negative criticism by the media, and harassment. According to Mr.
Burtniak, most of these supporters said they could see nothing racist in his
Leader-Post
letter and expressed concern about infringement of freedom of speech.
I
(6) As we approach the first anniversary of Mr. Burtniak's May 9th letter to the
Leader-Post,
Mr. Burtniak is active as a Sales Representative with the CAA
Saskatchewan Motor Club, Mrs. Burtniak continues to teach for the Kamsack
School Division Board, and the Cote Indian Band continues to plan for the
I
construction of permanent school facilities on the Reserve.
Freedom of Expression in Canada
I ?
The constitutional guarantee to freedom of expression is found in s.2 of the
Charter of Rights and Freedoms and reads as follows:
I
2. Everyone has the following fundamental freedoms:
(b) freedom of thought, belief, opinion and expression, including freedom of the
press and other media of communication.
I
Nevertheless, freedom of expression is not an absolute or unqualified right; it
must be balanced against other considerations such as the possibility of uttering a
slanderous defamation. With reference to freedom of the press and the written
I
word, the author's freedom is also constrained. Assuming that most of us want to
stay out of court, we would want to avoid publishing material which is libelous or,
e.g., to avoid willfully promoting hatred against an identifiable group.
l
A major and complicating factor in the Burtniak case is the alleged racism
c
ontained in his letter to the Leader-Post. The Saskatchewan Human Rights Code
contains two sections of direct relevance to this case:
5. Every person and every class of persons shall, under the law, enjoy the right
to freedom of expression through all means of communication, including, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the arts, speech, the press or radio,
television or any other broadcasting device.
14.(1) No person shall publish or display, or cause or permit to be published or
displayed, on any lands or premises or in a newspaper, through a television or
radio broadcasting station or any other broadcasting device or in any printed
matter or publication or by means of any other medium that he owns, controls,
distributes or sells, any notice, sign, symbol, emblem or other representation
tending or likely to tend to deprive, abridge or otherwise restrict the enjoyment by
any person or class of persons of any right to which he is or they are entitled under
the law, or which exposes, or tends to expose, to hatred, ridicules, belittles, or
otherwise affronts the dignity of, any person, any class of persons or a group of
persons because of his or their race, creed, religion, colour, sex, marital status,
physical disability, age, nationality, ancestry or place of origin.
(2) Nothing in subsection (1) restricts the right to freedom of speech under the
law upon any subject.
The International Convention on Elimination of all Forms of Racial
Discrimination, adopted by the United Nations in 1965, and ratified by Canada,
defines the expression "racial discrimination" as follows:
Any distinction, exclusion, restriction or preference based on race, colour,
descent, or national or ethnic origin which has the purpose of nullifying or
H
11
I
I
I
I
I
I

4 - Reading 2.2 ?
•'$arl Hurl bert & Margot 4tI1hert
impairing the recognition, enjoyment or exercise on an equal footing of human
rights and fundamental freedoms in the political, economic, social, cultural or any
other field of public life.
Was the
Leader-Post
letter of May 9, 1989 racist-inspired? Does any expression
in the letter seem to nullify or impair
on an equal footing, of native
rights? Is there anything in the Burtniak letter .which tends to expose Indian
people to ridicule, belittlement, or hatred? Is there any evidence of malice (spite,
ill-will, desire to injure) in the language used? Conversely, is the author guilty of
anything more than Fair Comment? That is, would a court conclude that the
treatment of subject matter in the letter is fair, that it deals with an important
matter of public interest, that it was a statement of opinion based on facts, and that
it did not impugn the moral character or personal lifestyles of Indians,
individually or as a group? We, who are most interest in this case, can only
speculate; courts themselves, however, often disagree on the answers to these
complex questions.
The Charter of Rights and Freedoms guarantees and protects the rights of
individuals against unjust actions by any government, including local
government (a school board). In
R.V. Keegstra 1 ,
Kerans J.A. for the Alberta Court
of Appeal stated at page 13, "In my view, imprudent promotion of hatred falls
within the definition of freedom of expression" as contained in s.2(b) of the
Charter. Justice Kerans points out that between calculated falsehood on the one
hand (which is not protected by the Charter) and innocent error on the other
(which is protected) lies the middle ground of what one might call imprudent
speech. He states that s.2(b) should be understood-as protecting both innocent error
and imprudent speech.
At page 24, Justice Kerans quotes
Handyside v. U.K
(1976) to state:
Freedom of expression . . . is applicable . . . to . . . "ideas" . . . that offend, shock or
disturb the state of any sector of the population. Such are the demands of that
pluralism, tolerance and broad-mindedness without which there is no "democratic
society."
Justice Kerans goes on to state that essential to the idea of toleration in a
democracy is that we all must learn not to react badly to what we hear—to permit
it to be said and yet to reject it. He concludes at page 28: "It might be said that the
mere utterance of, say, racial slurs is offensive. Of course it is, but, as I took some
pains to say earlier, free speech cannot be equated to polite speech."
Can we go so far as to say that at law the contents of Mr. Burtniak's letter
constitute calculated falsehood? Can it be said that this letter should not receive
protection under the Charter or Rights and Freedoms? If it were established that
the letter is protected by s.2 of the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, any attempt to
suppress the contents of the letter or to discipline Burtniak as a result of the letter
must be demonstrably justified as a reasonable limit prescribed by law on freedom
of expression (s.1 of the Charter).
Contractual Relationships in Teacher Employment
In the realm of public education a teacher's freedom of expression outside the
school is constrained, like that of all employees, .by certain requirements of trust
and confidentiality owed to the employer. Any -expression which undermines
employment relationships or other conditions necessary to the effective operation
of the school system (such as an environment conducive to the best possible
education opportunity of students) could be challenged at law. Notwithstanding

I
I
I
Freedom
the importance
of Expression
and significance
Outside the Classroom
of the principle
?
of law just stated, courts
Reading
usually
2.2 —5
consider carefully the subject matter at issue and the public interest in preserving
informed debate in relation to that subject matter. The court may find this factor to
I
be of such significance that it outweighs any resultant strain on interpersonal
relationships in the workplace. However, if the result was that a teacher's day to
day performance or the daily operation of the school were substantially impeded,
the courts might take a different view. They might be reluctant to accord a teacher
I
in such circumstances the same protection and benefit of free expression at law as
they would to another person (non-teacher) who was merely participating in
vigorous and uninhibited public debate.
Teaching is different from most other types of employment in one major
respect. Not only are teachers expected to carry on their daily tasks within
parameters determined by their employer, but also, they are expected to provide
role models, personification of exemplary conduct, both in their professional and
private lives, to the children they teach. Case law, statute law, board policy, and
professional codes of ethics all reflect evidence of complex contractual obligations
owed by the teacher to his employer, to the state, to parents, and to children. For
example, as corporate entities (artificial persons) both the employing school board
and the professional teachers' association have a legal identity with corresponding
duties, rights, responsibilities, and reputations.
The question which then follows is, has Mr. Burtniak breaches a contractual
obligation, recognized in law, to either his professional association or his
employer? The 1989 Code of Ethics for Saskatchewan Teachers' Federation
members includes the following items:
3. Commitment to the Profession
(a) to conduct one's self at all times so that no dishonour befalls the individual
teacher or the teaching profession.
(k) to act to eliminate discrimination in education.
4.
Commitment to the Community
(b)
to keep the public informed of and appropriately involved in decisions about
educational programs.
(c)
to participate in community and professional activities, provided there is no
unresolved conflict with obligations to students.
In Cromer v. British Columbia Teachers' Federation and Attorney-General of
British Columbia,
the constitutional validity of the British Columbia Teacher's
Federation Code of Ethics in relation to the Charter's guarantee of freedom of
expression was analyzed by the B.C. Court of Appeal. The Court held that freedom
of expression is not absolute, and that a balance of interests must be applied
between the right to freedom of expression and the requirements of the Code of
Ethics.
Although in the Cromer case the Court of Appeal found in favour of the Code of
Ethics (regulating criticism by one teacher of another), the Court made it clear
that in different circumstances, s.2.(b) of the Charter of Rights and Freedoms
could override the Codes of Ethics. The B.C. Teachers' Federation Code of Ethics
does not preclude criticism of one teacher by another but does provide procedures
for being critical in a professional and constructive manner. The court,
consequently, was interested in all the circumstances of the criticism given by one
teacher of another in this case and concluded at pages 641-42:

6 - çzdig 2.2 ?
Earl Hurl bert & Margot Huribert
If the petitioner's comments had been directed to the subject-matter of the meeting,
that is, the teaching of aspects of human sexuality as part of the guidance
programme for grades 7 and 8, then the public interest in letting her, speak out
would have overridden the Code of Ethics, . . . But the petitioner's comments were
entirely personal criticisms of the other teacher as a teacher.2
In ,R.V.
Keegstra,
Kerans J.A. at page 26 quotes the Cohen Committee
,
as
follows:
It is our opinion that the Canadian people already have made the decision that as
among conflicting values, preference must always be given to freedom of
expression rather than to legal prohibitions directed at abuses of it. This is not to
say that freedom of expression is regarded as an absolute, but only to insist that it
will be esteemed more highly and weighted more significantly in the
,
legislative
scales, so that legal marks of the borderline areas-will always. be
such as to permit
liberty even at,the cost of occasional license.
What of Mr. Burtniak's contractual obligations to his employer, the Kamsack
School Division Board of Education? The leading American case, which may
helpful if not persuasive, is
Pickering v. Board of Education
3
in which Marvin
Pickering was dismissed by the school board for statements he made in a letter to a
newspaper editor. The letter criticized the board's allocation of school funds
between educational and athletic programs and the board's way of informing or
not informing the public of the real reason why additional tax revenues were being
sought for the school. some of the statements in the letter were found to be false,
but they were made as a result of faulty research rather than being knowingly,
maliciously, or recklessly false.
This was the first full opinion given by the Supreme Court of the-United States
dealing with a teacher's freedom of expression in a case not involving some aspect
of loyalty or alleged subversive activities. Unequivocally rejected was the notion
that teachers may constitutionally be compelled to relinquish their rights -to
freedom of expression, to comment on matters of public interest in regards to the
operation of the public schools. This position was hedged somewhat by the
requirements that the statements not be directe,d at someone with whom the
teacher is in close contact through his employment and that the statement not
affect either the maintenance of discipline by. immediate supervisors or harmony
among co-workers. Only in a case where the need for confidentiality is very great
would public statements be a ground for dismissal.
In Marvin Pickering's case, it was found that his employment relationships
with the board and the superintendent were not of a kind of close working
relationship for which it can persuasively be claimed that personal loyalty and
confidence are necessary for their proper functioning. Similarly the statements
did not impede his performance in his daily classroom duties or the regular
operation of the schools. The court went on to state that in the mater of school
funding it is essential that teachers be able to speak out freely on such questions
without fear of retaliatory dismissal. This freedom enhances the informed
decision making of the electorate. It was left open as to whether statements which
were made knowingly or recklessly to be false would receive constitutional
protection if not proven to have harmful effects. .

I
I
Freedom of Expression Outside the Classroom
?
Reading 2.2 - 7
I
One part of the court's opinion stated that the statement must not be direct
towards a person with whom the teacher would be in contact during his daily
work as a teacher. A later part of the opinion, however, limited this somewhat to
I
those with whom the teacher has a "close working relationship: demanding
personal loyalty and confidence" and superior-subordinate relationships of a
"personal and intimate" nature which would be impaired by public criticism.4
Thus, it remains unclear as to exactly whom the teacher may speak against and
I
whom s/he may not.5
If the American test were to be applied under the Charter of Rights and
I
Freedoms, would Mr. Burtniak's letter be found to be directed at someone whom
the teacher was in close contact with through his employment? Did the effect of the
letter impede his performance in daily classroom duties or impede the regular
operation of schools? It would appear from the Indian Bands' resulting actions
I
that the regular operation of the schools was affected. Therefore, if the American
test was applied strictly, Mr. Burtniak's letter would not be protected. However,
were the actions by the Indian Bands reasonable? Was the
Leader-Post
letter the
I
actual cause or the real reason for the mass exodus of Indian students from
Kamsack classrooms? Would a court adjudicate this case on the basis of what
parties should have done as opposed to what actually occurred?
Implications for Educators
If Saskatchewan is to continue to be the kind of place we want for ourselves and
I ?
our children, we must use and protect our legal rights—rights which have evolved
through centuries of trial and error and struggle.
On the one hand it is of grave concern to many of us that any criticism of or
I
disagreement with government policy/action regarding a minority group in
Canada so often results in accusations of racism or prejudice. On the other hand
we support the obvious desire of most Indian people to achieve, to be responsible
I
human beings, to be independent, and proud of their heritage. Many of us would
go further and extend the hand of friendship, too often on the basis of compassion,
but also on the basis of sincere admiration or respect.
I
Part of the solution to this complex issue, we think is to work hard at
recognizing the difference between Fair Comment and cruel criticism. If we are
so fearful of giving offence that we are reluctant to speak out when our own best
interests or the public's demand it, then our hard-won rights become, at best,
I
impotent and at, worst, eroded. Surely there is a time and place when it would be
appropriate, for example, to acknowledge the existence of historical evidence
which indicates that many British people are descendants of primitive and cruel
I
barbarians, that the forefathers of many Scandinavians were often involved in
pillage, rape, and slaughter, that black Africans once practiced cannibalism, that
many white North Americans once practiced slavery, and that some North
American Indian tribes were once illiterate nomadic savages living in severe
I
conditions of hardship and squalor.
I
I
I

8—
Reading2.2 ?
Earl Hurlbert & Margot HurIbert
Notwithstanding what has been stated above, it is always appropriate to speak
about minority groups or majority groups as fellow Canadians, to speak to
individual members of either group as to a brother or sister. How we treat our
brothers and sisters on the street, in our schools, through the media, or by
wearing lapel pins is often symptomatic of our innermost feelings. Let us continue
to nurture our best aspirations and to support each
k
other by being dissatisfied with
anything less than what we would want for ourselves.
Earl L. Hurlbert,
B.Ed., M.Ed. (U. of Sask.), Ph.D. (U. of Alberta). Professor Hurlbert is
the chair of Educational Administration in the Faculty of Education, University of Regina
with responsibility for instructing graduate classes in school law.
Margot A. Huribert,
B.Adrn. (U. of Regina), LL.B. (Osgoode Hall, Toronto). Ms. Huribert
is employed with the McDougall, Reading Law Firm in Regina.
Notes
1.
R.V. Keegstra (1988), 60 Alta. L.R. (2d)1 (Alta, C.A.).
2. Re
Cromer and British Columbia Teachers' Federation et al.
(1986), 29 (D.L.R.) (4th)
641 (S.C.C.A.).
3.
392 U.S. 563 (1968).
4. Ibid.,
570.
5.
Hurlbert and
Hurlbert,
School Law Under the Charter of Rights and Freedoms
(Calgary: The University of Calgary Press, 19879), 210.

Reading 2.3?
AiDS in Schools: A Model of Enlightenment
AIDS has not only taken a tragic toll in terms of human suffering and death, but it
has also evoked serious ethical and legal issues. Society has been prompted to re-
examine the notions of equality and human dignity from a new perspective, one
attended by deep-seated fears and prejudices. This article considers the AIDS
phenomenon in the context of the educational system, specifically focussing on the
competition of rights and responsibilities that emerges with the presence of AIDS
virus (HIV) carriers or sufferers in the school environment. Rights of access to
education, non-discrimination in educational treatment and employment and
disclosure of information are among the important issues discussed. The article
attempts to place these issues within a legal framework. While drawing largely
from Nova Scotia legislation and policies to exemplify, the discussion is easily
universalizable.
Le SIDA n'a pas seulement eu des effets tragiques: souffrances humaines et pertes
de vie, mais il a également soulevé graves questions d'ordre éthique etjuridique. II
nous a poussé
a
réexaminer les notions d'egalité et de dignité de la personne dans
une perspective nouvelle, tout en éveillant de très vieilles peurs et des préjugés
tenaces. Le present article aborde le phénomène du SIDA dans le contexte du
système d'education; il porte tout particulièremerit sur le conflit entre les droits et
les responsabitities suscité par Ia presence dans le mileu scolaire de porteurs du
virus du SIDA ou de personnes atteintes de cette maladie. II est question entre
autres des droits tels que l'accès
a
l'éducation, Ia protection contre Ia
discrimination tant
a
l'école que dans le milieu de travail et la communication de
renseignements personnels. L'auteur tente de situer ces questions dans un cadre
juridique. Bien que ses exemples soient tires en grande partie de Ia legislation et
des politiques de Ia Nouvelle-Ecosse, il est facile, en extrapolant, d'en degager le
portée générale.
- ?
1. Introduction
I
I was supposed to go back (to school to teach) on October 19, but things got out of hand.
Many parents were planning to send their children but they began to hear about
threats and violence.
I
Eric Smith—November 9, 1987
Rarely a day passes when the public is not inundated with new revelations
about AIDS. This deadly disease is now forcing us to confront some of the most
I
difficult legal, ethical, moral, political and medical challenges in decades.
Nowhere are these challenges more sensitive and multifaceted than in our
schools.
I
The province of Nova Scotia, both through public and private responses to this
issue, found itself in the midst of intense controversy that, at least in the early
stages, resulted in confusion, paranoia and misguided political responses. One
I
can only speculate on the quality of public debate and response that this issue will
evoke in the coming months and years. However, it is hoped that the worst is over
and that the age of public and political enlightenment is dawning.
Reprinted with permission from:
Graham J. (1990, January). AIDS in schools: A model
of enlightenment and tolerance?
Education and Law Journal, 2,
299-338.
.1

2— Reading 2.3
?
, :.:
?
.
... ?
. ?
I..Grahani
The establishnent of the provincial AIDS Task Force and a permanent Nova
Scotia Commission on AIDS were regarded by some as positive (albeit late)
responses by the government. While cynics suggested that these initiatives were
intended merely to deflect political criticism, these bodies have the potential to
educate the p\i'blic and to set tolerant and thoughtful standards and guidelines for
dealing with'.AIDS, provided the provincial government is willing to accept their
recommeiTdations, and the public is willing to deal with the various issues that
AIDS poses:
AIDS; is not just another disease. It is a fatal illness that, because of its most
common mode of transmission, the mortality rate
,
of virus carriers and the make
up of so-called high risk groups, carries various stigmas that make it particularly
difficult to- deal with in the school environment This article raises some of the
many legal issues and policy choices that educators, politicians, parents, children
and school administrators must eventually deal with.
Limited time and space do not permit a discussion of all of the potential issues,
or even êxhausting the issues that are raised. Most of the sub-topics presented
could very well from the basis of an entire article Instead, a decision was made to
present. a broad view. Moreover, the issues will be discussed in the context of the
writer's own legal jurisdiction—Nova Scotia. It should be noted, however, that
despite some provincial legislative anomalies, most of the issues raised and
conclusions posited are nationally relevant, at least in a general sense.
2. Medical Background'
(a) Introduction
Many of the legal issues concerning AIDS, be they subsumed in the Charter of
Rights,' "just cause" for dismissal under a collective agreement, the right to
refuse to work with an AIDS victim or virus carrier, or the right to refuse to send
children to school, will ultimately turn on the state of medical knowledge
regarding transmission of the disease and treatment or cure. Most often, those
who fear the disease are concerned that they, ortheir children, will be exposed to
the deadly virus, and they quite naturally wish to be informed about the modes of
transmission. However, as has been discovered recently in Nova Scotia, even the
most informed members of the public will not always accept medical advice from
sources that they have relied upon all of their lives.
2
Instead, they ask medical
science for a standard of 100 per cent certainty that new means of transmission
other than those already identified will never be discovered.
In a recent article
3
Professor W.F. Foster of the McGill Law School
summarized the role and challenges facing educators in relation to AIDS as two-
fold:
The first is to determine what role, if any, educators should play in stopping the
spread of the virus which is the cause of the disease and to develop appropriate
strategies to accomplish their mission. The second is to determine how best they
can reduce, if not eliminate the fear, the paranoia, and the inappropriate
behaviours which the presence of the virus or the disease in a member of the school
population (student or staff) generates in other rnmbers of the school community
and their families.4
Foster also suggests that these challenges must be met, while preserving a
reasonable balance between the rights, needs and wishes of the individual infected
by the AIDS virus and the nights, needs and wishs of others in the community.5
I

I
I
Aids in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 3
I
?
(b) What is Aids?
AIDS stands for acquired immune deficiency syndrome. The term AIDS describes
only the most serious form of an infection which is caused by a specific virus
I
called the human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV.
6 The virus attacks the body's
immune system, leading to its collapse, thus leaving the person vulnerable to a
number of infections and cancers.7
I
The infections can take many forms:
1. a carrier form in which a person has no symptoms;
I
2. forms in which a person has mild to moderate symptoms that may clear up,
continue or get worse; and
3. ?
the full-blown symptoms of AIDS, including Kaposi's sarcoma—a rare skin
cancer—and Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia (PCP)—an unusual lung
I
infection and a brain infection resulting in loss of concentration, confusion and
disorientation.8
I
HIV infection does not mean a person will necessarily have AIDS; however, in
1986, the U.S. National Academy of Science estimated that between 25 to 50 per
cent of those infected will develop AIDS eventually.
9 Most experts now believe that
all carriers of the HIV virus will eventually develop AIDS.'° Since the virus can
I
potentially remain dormant for many years, carriers of the virus cannot always be
classified as being ill in the traditional sense. The only manifestation of illness
that they have is the ability to transmit the disease to others. As will be discussed
I
further in this article, this phenomenon may well confuse the legal issues,
especially those related to dismissal for cause in employment, and discrimination
based on physical disability or impairment.
I
(c)
Transmission and High Risk Groups
The AIDS virus (HIV) is carried in bodily fluids, particularly the blood, semen and
I
vaginal
fluid of all infected persons, regardless of their apparent state of health.11
It is spread when one of these body fluids enters another person's body
(bloodstream).
12
There is no evidence that AIDS can be transmitted through air,
water, food or casual body contact. Although the virus has been found in very
I
small traces in tears, saliva and urine, there have been no cases to date of anyone
becoming infected from contact with these bodily fluids. The amount of virus
I
present in these fluids is thought to be too small to cause an infection.13
So far sexual activity is the most common way of passing the virus to another
person.
14
However, other methods of transmission include:
I
i.
sharing of contaminated needles in intravenous drug abuse;
2. ?
transmission by an infected mother to her baby before or during birth; and
3. ?
contact with infected blood or body fluids by health and personal service
I
workers when the virus enters the body through cuts, sores or accidental
needle injuries.
Transfusion or injection of infected blood or blood products has been identified as a
I
means of contracting the virus, but this mode of transmission is now extremely
rare. Since November 1985, the Canadian Red Cross tests every unit of blood
I
collected for HIV.15
While some cases of AIDS virus (HIV) transmission still remain unexplained,
medical experts continue to insist that, of the more than 162,530 AIDS cases
I

4 - Reading 2.3
?
..-.-.
?
I.
Graham
reported world-wide, no known cases have established that the virus'an be spread
through casual contact.16
Unfortunately the reference to "no known cases" continues to raise fear of the
unknown—will I be first? These fears are no doubt heightened by the devastating
nature of the disease, its rapid growth and the difficulty in finding a cure or
effective treatment.
17
In addition, some experts believe that public fear and
paranoia are exacerbated by the general lack of sensitivity to the highest risk
groups—homosexual and bisexual men. In the U.S., this category accounts for
approximately 60 per cent of all reported cases.18
The association between AIDS and homosexuality is said to have hindered both
the public educational process and the public acceptance of infected individuals.
The recent events concerning the case of Nova Scotia teacher, Eric Smith, are a
prime example, since it has become virtually impossible to distinguish between
public paranoia related to the disease and homophobia. Indeed, much of the so-
called educational material about AIDS used during public meetings in Shelburne
County (where Smith taught), characterized AIDS as a "gay plague" and the
epidemic as God's retribution for unnatural sexual promiscuity.
19
Had the spread
of AIDS been more balanced, or spread evenly among males and females in North
America, as it has been in Africa, one wonders whether public attitudes would be
the same.
(d) How Serious is AIDS?
On a world wide scale, the HIV epidemic is still spreading rapidly. It
will
continue
to spread, and more Canadians, male and female, children and adults,
will
become infected.20
AIDS is a world-wide phenomenon. In addition to Canada and the United
States, AIDS has been reported in 28 European .countries, at least 47 African
countries, the Caribbean, South America, Australia and several other places
including the Middle East and Asia.21
The World Health Organization (WHO) now estimates that there are over
162,000 cases world-wide, and five to ten million are infected with the AIDS virus
(HIV).22
In Canada there are over 2,800 cases of people who have been diagnosed as
having AIDS, 1,620 of whom have died.
23
In Nova Scotia, as of June 22, 1989, there
have been 42 cases of AIDS reported.
24
WHO predicts that by 1991 there will be
from 500,000 to 3 million people with AIDS and that up to 100 million people could
be infected with HIV.25
There have been over 97,000 confirmed cases of AIDS recorded in the United
States since 1981 and it is estimated that by 1991 there will have been 270,000 cases
reported.26
It is further estimated that 50,000 Canadians and 1.5 million Americans have
been exposed to HIV. These are the carriers of the virus, all of whom are capable
of transmitting it.27
These data clearly show that AIDS poses a tremendous threat in schools and in
Canadian society generally. While school children are not presently members of
so-called high risk groups, the disease is spreading to all parts of society. Schools
have an obligation to educate students and parents
1
and to provide an example of
tolerance and compassion to victims.

I
I
I
Aids in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 5
3. AIDS and School Employment
(a) Introduction
Many different types of employment relationships exist in the school environment.
I
The most common of these relationships results from the collective agreement or
unionized employment. This section is designed to consider the possible effects
that AIDS may have on employment in schools. Since unionized employment of
I
teachers is most common, emphasis will be placed on this relationship.
28 It will
become apparent that the basis for dismissal or termination in the context of
different unionized employment in schools will not vary substantially. There may,
I
however, be cases where the pressure to dismiss an employee will be greater
depending on factors such as contact with students and sexual orientation.
Consideration will also be given to non-contractual remedies and protection,
I
specifically human rights legislation and the Charter, in the context of pre-
employment discrimination.
Finally, the rights of fellow employees to refuse to work with persons who have
I
AIDS or who are carriers of the HIV virus, will be canvassed.
(b)
Teachers' Employment
I
The employment of teachers in Nova Scotia is governed by a complex inter-
relationship of several different acts of the legislature, as well as provincial and
local collective agreements, referred to as professional agreements. The first of
I
these acts is the Teachers' Collective Bargaining Act
29
which performs essentially
the same function for teachers as the Trade Union Act
30
does for other unionized
employees in Nova Scotia. 31
Under section 12(1) of the Teachers' Collective
I
Bargaining Act, the union is recognized as the exclusive bargaining agent for
teachers in Nova Scotia.32
I
One of the anomalies of the Teachers' Collective Bargaining Act is that, unlike
other provinces, there are two employers of teachers in Nova Scotia. Section 2(b) of
the Act distinguishes between the Minister of Education and the school boards as
employers.
33
This distinction results in a two-tiered series of negotiations with
I
some issues such as salaries, medical plans, and general terms and conditions of
employment being subject to provincial negotiations, while others, including sick
leave, sabbatical leave, and other terms not included in a provincial agreement
I ?
being the subject of local negotiations between the Nova Scotia Teachers' Union
and the local school board.34
The employment relationship governing teachers is also affected by provisions
' in the Education Act. 35
Many of these provisions, especially those outlining duties
of the employer and duties of teachers, are mirrored in the provincial professional
agreement.
36
I
Once a professional agreement is signed, there is no longer any scope for
individual negotiations, although the law governing individual contracts of
employment still has limited application to school superintendents and others who
I
are outside of the collective bargaining process.
37
However, school boards, the
Nova Scotia Teachers' Union and the Minister of Education, are entitled to enforce
any rights or benefits granted under local or provincial agreements.38
I
Like the Trade Union Act, the Teachers' Collective Bargaining Act contains a
provision in the agreement for final settlement of all differences between the
parties "by arbitration or otherwise."
39
This type of provision, referred to as
I.

6 -
Reqding 2.3 ?
0 ?
J. Graham ?
-
"consensual arbitration", allows the parties to appoint an arbitrator to. settle their
differences arising from the interpretation, application or administration of the
agreements. Therefore, employer action related to teachers with AIDS, be it
termination, suspension or some form of discrimination, will likely' be settled
through arbitration (or through the Education Act appeal process), rather. than by
resorting to the courts. In fact, the courts will only become involved if the
arbitrator somehow commits an error of law or jurisdiction.
0
In other words,
judges will not ordinarily second-guess the arbitrator on the merits of the dispute.
In Nova Scotia, the arbitrator is empowered to substitute any other penalty that
appears just and reasonable, in an arbitration dispute.40
In addition to the arbitral remedial route, section 76 of the
.
!Education Act
outlines procedures that can be used to challenge terminations,,
:
discharges sand
suspensions for different classifications of teachers. These provisions have been
incorporated into Article 19 of the provincial collective agreement and generally
include various requirements for notice, hearings and reasons prior to the final
determination of the teacher's rights.
?
0
The decision of the board can also be appealed under section 70(7) of the
Education Act, to a board of appeal appointed by the Minister of Education. This
board has the power to confirm, vary or revoke the suspension, discharge or
termination or tfle contract.
As will be discussed later in this section, although the procedures may vary
depending on the forum through which a teacher chooses to contest a termination,
dismissal, or other sanction under the collective agreement, the standard applied
to serious sanctions is usually the same—"just cause.1141
(c) School Employment Policies and AIDS
Before considering the standards that will be applied when determining "just
cause" for dismissal, suspension, or termination of teachers' contracts, it is
important to outline the policies, if any, that have been developed by the employers
(the Department of Education and the school boards) in relation to persons who
either have AIDS or have tested positive for the AIDS virus (HIV).
In an article written in 1984,
42
Arthur S. Leonard, a leading U.S. Legal
commentator on the subject of AIDS and employment discrimination, suggested
that there were four categories of AIDS inflicted individuals, each of which may
present different issues in the workplace:
?
0
1.
Those who have been exposed to the virus but who display no physical
symptoms; ?
0 ?
0
2.
Those who display symptoms characterized as warning symptoms that AIDS
may develop;
3.
Those who have contracted an opportunistic infection indicating development
of the syndrome but do not require hospitalization and are physically able to
work;
4.
Those who have contracted multiple infections or require extended hospitaliz-
ation, and have' been so weakened by such infetions and the syndrome that
they are relatively immobile.43
Leonard further suggested:
?
0
Discrimination in the work place is primarily experienced by members
of
the first
three categories. It is unlikely that an individual in category
4
would be capable
of
ci

Aids in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 7
I
I
performing continued work. Those in the second and third categories are the
I
individuals who were presently encountering the most serious discrimination
problems. In addition, those in the first category, once identified, may well
encounter discrimination similar to categories 2 and 344
I
While
it is clear that Leonard's classifications cover a great number of
situations where employees will encounter discrimination, he has limited his
I
categories to persons who have at least contacted the AIDS virus (HIV). Given the
recent experience with Eric Smith in Nova Scotia as well as the potential for
litigation in AIDS-related employment, it would appear that the so-called "high
I
risk groups" are also quite vulnerable to pre-employment discrimination. In
particular, homosexual men, or those who may be thought to be homosexual, may
be discriminated against simply because employers wish to avoid the potential
I
social, political and legal implications of having a person infected by the virus in
their employ. 45 For example, if a man who was known to be homosexual applied to
the Shelburne District School Board for a teaching position in 1989, would his
I
application
for employment be seriously considered? In this scenario, the school
board is under no obligation to explain why the applicant was not considered, let
I
alone tell him that "sexual orientation" was the reason for his not being hired.
One of the principal ways to avoid the problem of discrimination in the
employment of teachers with AIDS, or who have tested positive for the AIDS virus
I
(HIV), is to have the Department of Education and individual school boards adopt
specific policies addressing the issue. So far, the Nova Scotia Department of
Education has not specifically adopted an employment policy related to AIDS.
I
Instead, they contend that since AIDS is a "health problem", the policy of the
Department of Health would apply.
46 Moreover, they suggest that AIDS policies
are the responsibility of individual school boards as opposed to the provincial
I
Department of Education. While it is clear that individual school boards bear
substantial responsibility for formulating AIDS policies, it seems unfortunate that
the Department of Education is not willing to formulate its own employment policy
I
in the same way that a private employer might, or at least set minimum
standards that can be used as a basis for school board policies.47
It is also interesting to note that while the Department of Health policy deals
I
extensively with precautions for staff and students exposed to body or blood fluids,
control measures for students, confidentiality and school attendance for students,
it does not specifically state any policy in regard to employment of teachers. In
other words there is no specific statement as to whether a person infected by the
AIDS virus, or with AIDS, has the right to continue employment, the right to
confidentiality or even the right to specific sick benefits.
I
In
May 1987, the Nova Scotia Teachers' Union adopted the following policies:
1. ?
52.2. 1—the identity of a teacher with AIDS should be protected;
I
2.
?
5.2.2.2.—teachers infected with AIDS should have the right to continue their
employment; and
I
3. ?
5.2.2.3.—where a teacher with an AIDS-related illness becomes too sick to
work, full access to sick leave, long term disability and medical benefits should
be ensured.48
I

8 - Reading 2.3
?
1. Graham
New Brunswick also recently adopted an AIDS policy containing the-following
provisions:
Policy 4.0
The identity of school personnel infected with AIDS virus shall be confidential.
Guidelines:
4.1 The confidential nature of the identity of any sôhool personnel infected with
AIDS virus shall be maintained at all times. Dissemination of information shall
be restricted to those who need to know.
Policy 5.0
School personnel infected with AIDS virus shall have the right to continue their
employment.
Guidelines:
5.1 An employee shall not be excluded from his/her employment because of AIDS
virus infection unless the District Medical Health office so advises.
5.2 Each employee with AIDS infection shall be assessed on an individual basis by
the attending physician and the District Medical Health Officer, talking into
account the employee's psychological and behavioral as well as health status.
5.3 Where the physical condition or behaviour of any employee infected with AIDS
virus poses a health or safety risk because of his/her AIDS virus related condition,
that person may be excluded from his/her employment only after recommendation
by the District Medical Health Officer and in accordance with his/her collective
agreement.
5.4 An uninfected employee who has a family member with AIDS virus infection
shall not be excluded from his/her employment for this reason.49
Explicit policies like these serve many worthwhile purposes,
50
two of which
include:
1.
setting a standard and an example that can be used by individual school boards
in developing their own policies; and
2.
setting a standard that can be used by arbitrators, school boards, and appeal
boards appointed by the Minister of Education, to determine whether there has
been "just cause" for suspension or termination.
The second purpose will be discussed in more detail in the next section.
So far 14 of 21 school boards in Nova Scotia have adopted an AIDS policy. Other
boards are being strongly encouraged; especially by the Nova Scotia School Boards
Association and the NSTU, to develop policies on AIDS.
51
The extent to which the
Department of Education is participating in this process is not clear.
(d) Employment Discrimination and Termination
(i) Possible basis for discrimination and termination
It has been suggested that the key aspects of AIDS relevant to concerns of
employers, fellow employees, and business customers centre on infectiousness
and physical ability.
52
However, in schools, as already indicated, discrimination
based on sexual orientation, both in employment and pre-employment, should not
be overlooked. ?
I,
I

Illness or actual disability had nothing to do with the predicament of Eric
I
Smith. Nevertheless, it is extremely difficult to identify precisely what role
infectiousness and/or sexual orientation played in his troubles. It might be argued
that homosexuality was not an important factor since the community supposedly
I
was aware that he was homosexual before it was discovered he tested positive for
the AIDS virus (HIV).
53
However, many of the public meetings organized in
Shelburne County to oppose Mr. Smith's return to the classroom, featured
I
fundamentalist religious videos that characterized AIDS as a disease sent by God
to punish those who engaged in what was felt to be sexually promiscuous
behaviour, especially homosexuality.
54
Given the reaction in this community, it is
I
difficult to determine whether AIDS was used to legitimize an attempted
termination based on sexual orientation, or whether sexual orientation
simply
buttressed the case for termination based on Eric Smith's having tested positive for
the AIDS virus.
I
As
already indicated, termination of any teacher's employment in Nova Scotia
would have to be supported by reasons that constitute "just cause." In addition,
certain types of employment discrimination would be protected by the Nova Scotia
I
Human
Rights Act 55
and the Charter, both of which will be discussed below.
(ii) Standard for suspension, discharge or dismissal
I
A
school board may suspend, discharge or terminate a teacher pursuant to section
76 of the Education Act and Article 19 of the provincial professional agreement if
there is
'lust
cause", and provided the proper procedures are followed. Although
I
the professional agreement, the Education Act, and the Teachers' Collective
Bargaining Act all contain references to "just cause", it is never specifically
defined. 56
One general definition that has been used is:
misconduct, inconsistent
with the due and faithful discharge by a servant of dunes for u which he/she was
I
engaged
7
In this article, "just cause" for termination will be examined in four different
1
contexts:
1. ?
persons who test positive for the AIDS virus but do not show symptoms;
2. ?
persons who test positive for the AIDS virus and show some symptoms;
3.
persons with full-blown AIDS, including most symptoms; and
Aids in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 9
I
I
4. Christian morality, homosexuality and AIDS, as grounds for termination.
I ?
In the first context, 'l
ust
cause" would be based entirely on the fact that a
person was a carrier of the AIDS virus (HIV). The only possible grounds for
I ?
dismissal would therefore be that the teacher's infectiousness posed a serious
danger to students and fellow teachers. Given generally accepted standards for
just cause, it would appear that for an arbitrator or a board of appeal to uphold a
termination or discharge, there would have to be more than a theoretical
I ?
possibility that AIDS could be passed on through casual contact. In other words,
the termination would have to be' supported by evidence of contagiousness, and
would likely not be upheld if it were based solely on hysteria or paranoia. However,
I ?
as will be discussed in a later section, this paranoia could result in a compromise
being reached between the employer and the teacher.
One of the few Canadian arbitration cases to consider the issue of AIDS in the
I ?
workplace was
Re Pacific Western Airlines Ltd. and Canadian Air Line Flight
Attendants Assn.
58
In this case the grievor, a flight attendant for 17 years, was
indefinitely suspended from his duties, with pay, on the grounds that he was
I

10 - Reading 2.3
?
1. Graham
suspected of having contracted AIDS. The grievor was indisputably suffering from
an AIDS-related illness, but had passed two company medical examinations,
including one conducted just three days prior to his suspension.59
The airline initially argued that it was not a violation of the collective
agreement to suspend an employee from active duty, so long as all rights and
benefits continued. Arbitrator Hope found, howevr, that the employer did not
have an unfettered right to deny an employee the right to work:
There is an implied term in this agreement that employees will not be denied a
right to attend at work in the absence of some reascinable cause for imposing that
limitation on them.60
In the alternative, the airline argued that the safety of the airline could be
jeopardized by the stress or anxiety of their employees, especially pilots, caused by
working with a person with AIDS. However, the Arbitrator found that pilots were
trained professionals who were under an obligation to assess their emotional state
at all times and remove themselves from flights if they entertained doubts about
their competence or fitness. Furthermore, the Arbitrator found that there was no
danger of the grievor's transmitting the disease to fellow employees or passengers
through casual, nonsexual contact, during the course of his duties. It was also
noted that the two government agencies charged 1with jurisdiction over disease
control and airline safety—Health and Welfare Canada and Transport Canada—
had not seen fit to restrict persons with AIDS, and undoubtedly would have done
so if there had been, a risk of transmission of the disease. In considering the level
of risk necessary to support the employer's action, the Arbitrator held:
[T]he circumstances are not such that the employer must prove that exposure to
transmission is a probable risk. It would be sufficient for the employer to show that
there was a possibility of transmission.
But here there
is no
evidence that there is a possible risk,
only a theoretical
one.61
[emphasis added]
The Arbitrator further concluded:
What the employer sought to achieve in this dispute was not the elimination of risk,
but the elimination of any theoretical possibility of 'risk. Theories that there is a
possibility of risk of the transmission of AIDS through casual contact, on the
evidence be heard, are subjective and embrace the most conservative medical
theories at one end of the spectrum and the hysterical obsession of uninformed
persons at the other end. Those theories do not jutify the extreme response of
removing employees from flight duties.62
In this case the Arbitrator was not able to reinstate because, between the time
of the hearing and the time of the release of the award, the grievor died of the
disease.
Although arbitration decisions are not binding on other arbitrators, this
decision is relevant for a number of reasons. The most important is that this
Arbitrator looked to the state of medical knowledge and based the probability of risk
not simply on the hysteria of uninformed persons, but on objective sources such as
Health and Welfare Canada.
63
Applied in the Nova,Scotia context, it is likely that
an arbitrator would base his or her decision on the position or policy of the
Department of Health, and the Department of Education and the school board. If
the prevailing view were that there is no risk to fellow employees and students
through casual contact (which it is) then just cause would be difficult to establish.

I
I
Aids in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 11
I
It is also important to note that this arbitration decision was based on a
suspension with full pay and benefits. The test for termination may well be even
more stringent since the consequences to the individual are greater.
I
In the second context, the only difference would be that the teacher infected by
HIV is exhibiting some symptoms of AIDS, but the disease has not progressed to
the stage where he has rare infections and cancers associated with full-blown
I
AIDS. Since it is generally accepted that the existence of symptoms does not have
any greater effect on a person's potential to transmit the HIV infection,
termination in this scenario would have to be based on the inability of an employee
to function physically, given the disabling nature of the illness.
I
Arbitrators have traditionally divided the cases dealing with dismissal for
illness into three categories, depending on whether the illness results in excessive
I ?
intermittent, long-term or permanent absenteeism.64
In the context of AIDS the most likely classifications will be long-term and
permanent illness. In determining whether an employee is suffering from a
long-term illness, Risley has commented that the Arbitrator will consider such
I
factors as:
1. the length of time for which an employee can collect money under a sick pay
i ?
plan;
1 ?
2. the ability of the employee to attend regularly in the future; and
I ?
3. seniority provisions.65
In the case of permanent illness, the employee may be dismissed under a
principle similar to the common law doctrine of frustration of contract.
66
However,
I ?
unlike the common law, it is possible that a seniority clause can protect an
employee who may be permanently disabled for some work, but able to perform
other work available in the workplace.67
I
Given the nature of teaching, it is not likely that a person who is unable to
perform employment functions because of physical illness can be re-assigned to
other employment. With some obvious exceptions, teaching and other related
I
school administration functions generally involve the use of mental rather than
physical abilities. Therefore, reassignment due to physical inability (as opposed to
parental paranoia in the case of Eric Smith) will not likely be a frequently viable
option.
I
Teachers who are terminated by reason of long-term disabling illness will be
required to rely on provisions in their local agreement
68
or possibly provisions in
the provincial agreement similar to Article 30.03:
1
?
30.03 No teacher on a permanent, probationary contract shall suffer a loss of salary
when absent:
I ?
(i) because the teacher has been placed in quarantine or other situations where a
teacher is advised by a medical practitioner or medical officer to leave his/her
teaching duties and the leave is not provided under any sick; leave or other
I ?
leave provisions, and further provided that the Minister may require the
teacher to be examined by a medical practitioner agreeable to both the teacher
and the Minister.69
The third context is very similar to the second except that persons who are
experiencing the symptoms of full-blown AIDS will not likely be able to continue
their employment and will either be placed on long-term disability or suspended
with regular sick leave benefits.70

12 - Reading 2.3
?
/.
Graham
The fourth context likely has the potential to create the most contrOversy in the
termination of a teacher. Under section 74(f) of the Education Act it is the duty of a
teacher in a public school to:
(f) encourage in the pupils by precept and exampl&a respect for religion and the
principles of
Christian an Morality,
for truth justice, love of country, humanity,
industry, temperance Arid all other virtues [emphasis added]
In addition, Article 11.01(v) of the provincial professional agreement provides:
11.01 It is the duty of a teacher to:
(v) Maintain an attitude of active and sympathetic concern for the dignity,
Christian morality
and religious principles of each pupil, and encourage in the
pupils an active and sympathetic concern for the dignity and welfare of others.
[emphasis added]
In the case of
Beckwith v. Colchester-East Hants Amalgamated School Bd.
7 '
a
conviction for possession of marijuana was held to be just cause for dismissal.
After considering sections 74(f) and 74(g) of the Education Act, the NSTU handbook
and the teachers' code of ethics which requires that teachers encourage in
students respect for morality, justice and temperance, the board of appeal
affirmed the school board's decision to terminate the teachers' contracts.
72
As
MacKay points out, a conviction on drug related offences outside the workplace is
not always regarded as just cause for dismissal in other job settings.
73
MacKay
concludes, however, that teachers may well be held to a higher standard in
matters of moral conduct.74
How then does section 74(f) of the Education Act, relate to AIDS? The Eric Smith
case may well be a good example. Mr. Smith freely admits that he is a member of
the highest so-called risk group of potential AIDS virus (HIV) carriers—
homosexual and bisexual men. He has also freely admitted, on regional
television.
75
that he contracted the virus when he was engaging in homosexual
acts. Furthermore this television program painted an image of Mr. Smith as a
person who, on his weekends, travelled to Halifax to engage in what was regarded
by some as promiscuous homosexual activity. During the program Mr. Smith did
not attempt to hide his homosexuality or the nature of the activities he was
engaged in
If section 74(f) is to have any meaning, one wonders whether the "community
standard" for morality was not offended by this activity.
76
It is clear that this
provision may not withstand a Charter challenge.
77
However, even if the word
"Christian" is struck out of the section, or if merely being homosexual is not
deemed to violate the section, is there not some level of so-called "moral behaviour"
that can be expected of teachers? And, if so, did Eric Smith violate this standard?
The so-called morality issue is one of the most illusive issues in the Eric Smith
case. Although section 74(f) has been used to terminate or suspend employees in
the past, the school board in this case did not attempt to use it as grounds for
dismissal. In addition, Mr. Smith has consistently argued that what he does when
he is off-duty ought to have no bearing on his job.
78
Moreover, given Mr. Smith's
willingness to speak with media officials it did notappear that he was concerned
about the possibility that public disclosure or excess
, ive publicity of his homosexual
conduct may have an adverse effect on his employment.
Officials from the Department of Education, the school boards' association, and
the teachers' union will admit privately that theyare skeptical whether section
74(f) will withstand a Charter challenge. However, it is by no means clear that the

I
I
I
Charter
Aids in Schools:
will eliminate
A Model ...
all
?
standards of morality for teachers' off-duty
Reading
conduct.
2.3— 13
Whether Eric Smith violated a constitutionally acceptable standard of morality is
still an open question.
I
Finally, it is interesting to note that, unlike the situation in Quebec, Ontario
and Manitoba, sexual orientation is not one of prohibited grounds of employment
discrimination under the Nova Scotia Human Rights Act. Although the Act
I
prohibits employment discrimination based on sex,
79
courts have held that "sex" in
human rights legislation refers to gender and not sexual preference.
80 This is not
to say that dismissal on the basis of sexual preference will necessarily constitute
"just cause"; rather, it simply means that an aggrieved person cannot rely on
I
provincial human rights legislation for support.
While the Nova Scotia Task Force on AIDS specifically recommended an
amendment to the Human Rights Act to preclude discrimination based on sexual
I
orientation, this recommendation was rejected by the Nova Scotia government.8'
(e) Employment Discrimination and Hiring Practices
I
Riskgro ups
As already indicated, one of the most serious employment related issues arising
I
out of the AIDS epidemic is the effect that AIDS may have on the hiring practices
of employers. Although discrimination can occur in other stages of the
employment relationship, this section will focus on pre-employment.
I
Employers are generally not legally obligated to provide explanations or
reasons for not hiring a particular individual. Thus, people in high risk groups
will likely be vulnerable to preemployment discrimination. Employers wishing to
I
avoid any problems associated with AIDS may well target high risk individuals as
"undesirables." Since employers have no legal right to require an applicant to take
an AIDS screening test, this discrimination will likely be focused on readily
identifiable high risk; groups. The two most vulnerable groups will clearly be
I
Haitians and homosexuals.
Once again, in the context of school employment, Haitians will be much easier
I
to detect simply through personal histories provided in employment resumes.
Homosexuals are obviously not as easy to detect. Therefore, employers may engage
in personal history witch hunts or draw inferences about a person's sexual
preference by scrutinizing his personal habits, lifestyle, dress, mannerisms,
etc.
I
?
?
Needless to say, this type of process is both unreliable and blatantly
discriminatory.
Unlike the employment context, where the onus is on the employer to prove
I
"just cause" for dismissal, in pre-employment the onus for establishing
discriminatory practices is on the person claiming discrimination. Since the type
of pre-employment discrimination referred to above would occur behind closed
I
?
?
doors, the aggrieved party would not likely have access to the information
necessary to prove his case.
Since a person alleging pre-employment discrimination by school boards on the
I
basis of suspicion of AIDS, has no contractual relationship with the employer, that
person must rely on provincial human rights legislation and the Charter.
82
The
grounds for discrimination would likely be sexual orientation and physical
I
disability.
I

14 - Reading 2.3
?
J. Graham
(ii) Sexual Orientation or Preference
As already indicated, sexual preference or sexual orientation is not a prohibited
ground of discrimination in employment or pre-employment under the Nova
Scotia Human Rights Act. As a result, even if an aggrieved party can establish
discrimination based on AIDS, the school board may claim that it simply does not
wish to hire homosexuals. In a recent article, Tracey Trëmayne-Lloyd,
chairperson of the Canadian Bar Association-Ontario Special Committee to study
the legal implications of AIDS, outlined the concern of the committee in regard to
discrimination based on sexual orientation:
[T]he committee was concerned that because the human rights laws do not prohibit
discrimination by sexual orientation, people who are HTLV-III (HIV) positive, who
have ARC or AIDS, or who were perceived to have or be susceptible to ARC or AIDS,
could be discriminated against under the guise of discrimination against
homosexuals. For example, someone might say, "I refused him the appointment
because I don't like homosexuals not because of all this AIDS stuff." As a result of
this concern and the recommendations the committee received on the subject, it
recommended an amendment to the Canadian Human Rights Code and the
Ontario Human Rights Code to add "sexual orientation" as a prohibited ground
of
discrimination83
In the context of public schools, the absence of sexual orientation as a ground of
discrimination under the Nova Scotia Human Rights Act may not pose quite as
much of a problem, since provisions in the Charter, in particular section 15
equality rights, may protect against discrimination based on sexual orientation.
Although sexual orientation is not specifically listed as one of the prohibited
grounds of discrimination under section 15(1), as is discussed by Arnold Bruner,
section 15 is clearly open-ended:
The language
of
section 15 of the Charter itself, provides the strongest evidence that
sexual orientation should be accepted by the courts as a possible prohibited ground of
discrimination. Subsection 15(1) is clearly an open-ended provision on the basis
of
the words "in particular" which appear prior to the list of enumerated grounds
of
discrimination.84
Bruner further points to private statements made by former Minister of Justice
Mark MacGuigan to the effect that nonenumeration does not detract from the
general prohibition in section 15(1), making it unnecessary to expressly prohibit
certain forms of discrimination, including sexual orientation.
85
This conclusion
has subsequently been buttressed by the courts, most recently by the Supreme
Court of Canada's ruling in Andrews v. law Society (B.C.).86
Even if action by school boards were found to violate section 15(1) because of
discrimination based on sexual orientation, it is not clear whether this action
would constitute a reasonable and demonstrably justified limit under section 1 of
the Charter. This issue must be left for another day,
(iii)
Physical Disability
The question of whether pre-employment discrimination can be justified on the
basis that a person has AIDS, or is a carrier of the AIDS virus (HIV), is still open.
In Nova Scotia, protection for teachers against pe-employment discrimination
based on physical disability comes from three sources:
1.
the provincial professional agreement;
2.
human rights legislation; and

Aids in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 15
3. the Charter.
Article 6.03 of the provincial professional agreement policies
6.03 Neither the Employer nor school board nor any person acting on behalf of the
Employer or school board shall refuse to employ or continue to employ any teacher
or otherwise discriminate against any teacher on the basis of marital status, race,
religion, creed, colour, sex, ethnic or national origin,
physical handicap,
or age to
the age of sixty-five (65) years. 87
[emphasis added]
Virtually all Canadian human rights legislation prohibits discrimination based
on physical disability. In Nova Scotia, the Human Rights Act provides:
11C (1) No person shall deny to, or discriminate against, an individual or class of
individuals, because of the physical handicap of the individual or class of
individuals, in providing or refusing to provide any of the following:
(d) employment, conditions of employment or continuing employment, or the
use of application forms or advertising for employment, unless the nature and
extent of the physical handicap reasonably precludes performance of the
particular employment or activity.
This statute also defines "physical disability":
(2) In this Section and Section 11C, "physical disability" means a physical
disability, infirmity, malformation or disfigurement w which is caused by bodily
injury, birth defect or
illness
and includes epilepsy and, but
is
not limited ro
any
degree of paralysis, amputation, lack; of physical coordination, blindness or
visual impediment deafness or hearing impediment, muteness or speech
impediment or physical reliance on seeing eye dog, wheelchair, or other remedial
appliance or device. [emphasis added]
The section also provides for exceptions under certain circumstances:
11C(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), this Section does not apply where the
Commission determines that
(a) the nature and extent of the physical handicap reasonably precludes
performance of a particular employment or activity; or, b) a denial, refusal or
other form of alleged discrimination is based upon a bona fide qualification.
Although the statutory definition of "physical disability" is very broad, it is still
not clear whether distinctions will be made based on whether a person is a
member of a high risk group, a carrier of the virus with no symptoms, or has full-
blown symptoms of AIDS that are actually disabling.
In the U.S. case of
Airline v. School Bd. of Nassau Co.,
88
the Court considered
I ?
whether a physical illness, tuberculosis, could be classified as a handicap under
the 1973 Rehabilitation Act.
89
Section 504 of that Act provided that:
[Nlo otherwise qualified
handicapped individual
shall, solely, by reason of his
handicapped be excluded from participation andeven denied benefits of or be
subjected to discnmination under any program or activity receiving federal
financial assistance. [emphasis added]
After considering various definitions of physical and mental impairment, the
Court concluded that persons with contagious diseases fit into the definition of
"handicapped individual."
The effect of this decision on Canadian cases dealing with AIDS as an illness is
unclear, especially in light of a recent U.S. Justice Department ruling in response
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11 '
I
[]
I
I
I
I
I
I

16 -Reading 2.3 ?
1
?
j
Graham
to a request for an opinion from the Department of Health and Human Services on
the applicability of section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act to the AIDS situation.
In this memorandum, which the executive branch of government is bound to
follow in dealing with complaints of discrimination,
90
Assistant Attorney General
Charles T. Cooper wrote that discrimination based on actual physical disability or
impairment, or on perceived actual impairment caused by AIDS might be a
violation of the law.
91
However, Cooper did not consider asymptomatic infection to
be an actual impairment and would thus exclude those not suffering, from
symptoms, as well as uninfected members of so-called risk groups who might
encounter discrimination because of a perception that they may be carrying, and
capable of transmitting the virus (H1V).92
Leonard has criticized this view as being unnecessarily narrow and bad public
policy. In particular Leonard suggests that this reasoning is not consistent with a
wider definition of "handicap" in Department of ,Health and Human Services
regulations. He also contends that it is incompatible with the underlying
philosophy of the statute, which is to limit adverse employment decisions by
federal agencies unless there are objective grounds to justify removing employees
from the workplace.93
In Nova Scotia, there are no provisions in the Human Rights Act that would
automatically accord protection to persons who are not experiencing any
impairment, disability or illness, due to the fact that they are infected by the AIDS
virus (HIV).
It is also noteworthy that sections 11C(2)(a) and (b) of the Human Rights Act
exempt employees when the physical disability precludes performance of a
particular type of employment or when the discrimination is based on a
bona fide
qualification.
These exceptions normally require some element of objectivity in considering
whether a person is qualified or able to perfoim the work in question. In
discussing these exceptions, Gandz and Rush have commented:
There must be no intention to arbitrarily discriminate and, as well, the require-
ment for employment must have a rational basis.94
If this reasoning were followed, the employer, would likely be required to
establish that there is some real, identifiable risk in having carriers of the AIDS
virus (HIV) in their employ, not just a "theoretical possibility of risk" as was
referred to in the PWA arbitration case.95
Unfortunately, however, this reasoning is not necessarily always followed. In
the case of
Can. Safeway Ltd. v. Steel,
96
the Manitoba Court of Queen's Bench
ruled that a supermarket did not discriminate against employees when it imposed
a "no beards" policy on its male employees. After taking account of customer
preferences in relation to "no beards", the Court ruled that it was a reasonable
occupational qualification. 97
Applying this principle to the school setting one wonders whether the
preference of parents will be considered when determining
bona fide
qualifications
of teachers who may be carriers of the AIDS virus.
The application of the Charter to the question of pre-employment
discrimination based on physical disability and AIDS, raises many of the issues
already considered. The definition of "disability" under
' the Charter is not likely to
be any different from the one applied to human rights legislation. In addition, it is
unlikely that school boards will be able to justify discriminating against AIDS v

Aids ii; Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 17
virus carriers unless there is some objective basis for their discrimination. In
other words, employers will likely be required to establish that their policy or
action is based on a real and not a theoretical risk that AIDS can be transmitted
through casual contact. Uninformed paranoia will not likely meet the standard
imposed by the Supreme Court of Canada" for determining whether a law is a
reasonable and demonstrably justified limit on rights, namely that there be a
rational connection between an important governmental object and the means
chosen to effect it.
Notwithstanding all of the legal arguments related to whether AIDS or
infection by the AIDS virus (HIV) is covered under human rights legislation, or
the Charter, it is important to reiterate one very significant obstacle to using either
of these remedial routes—proof. The aggrieved party must be able to establish that
he/she was in fact discriminated against. Unless certain policies are written down
or aggrieved parties have some access to deliberations of selection committees,
pre-employment discrimination will be extremely difficult to prove.
(
Rght to Refuse
Another issue that school employers are likely to be faced with is the right of other
employees to refuse to work, if they find o they are working with a carrier of the
AIDS virus (HIV).
The Occupational Health and Safety Act" and the Health Act of Nova Scotia
impose various duties and obligations on employers to promote and maintain a
safe working environment. However, section 22 of the Occupational Health and
Safety Act provides:
22(1) Any employee may refuse to do any act at his place of employment where he
has reasonable grounds for believing that the act is likely to endanger his health or
safety or the health or safety of any other employees.
This might to refuse is concerned with both the type of danger that is present
I
and the kind of belief that is required to sustain the right. This right applies to any
employee who feels that the environment, or an act, is "likely to endanger his
health or safety."°°
I
The employee must also have "reasonable grounds" for his belief Nash has
suggested that the standard for the employee's belief contains both subjective and
objective elements.
I
An employee will be regarded as having had reasonable grounds to believe a
situation is unsafe if objectively such reasonable grounds exist, and provided that
there is no reason to believe that the employee was acting out of ulterior motives. If
I
the reasonable grounds are not objectively demonstrable, then the employee may
show from his or her own subjective point of view why he or she personally had
reasonable grounds.'°' [emphasis added]
I
In a decision of the Ontario Labour Relations Board, the tribunal found that the
right of the employee to refuse to work with a coworker who had AIDS did not
depend on whether in fact there is any danger to the health and safety of the
I
complaining employee. Instead the tribunal judged the refusal to work on the
basis of whether the employee had reasonable cause to believe that it was unsafe to
work with another employee who had AIDS.102
I
Generally, labour relations boards will assess refusals to work using a
subjective test based on some objective criteria, "would the average employee at the
workplace, having regard to his general training and experience, exercising
I

18 - Reading 2.3
normal and honest judgment, have reason
td.
believe that conthtibfis at his
workplace present an unreasonable degree of hazard to himself or to
anotheremployee.'°3
There has also been one case in Ontario in which the Ontario Laboiir Relations
Board found that the statutory right to refuse could not be involved); by health care
particularly
workers who
interestin
did not
g
when
want
applied
to care
to
for
the
AIDS
school
patients
environment
104
since
This decision
health care
is
workers are generally regarded to be at a higher risk since they often deal with
blood products and body fluids that contain the virus.
Finally, it is worthwhile noting the following passage that appears in a
pamphlet published by the Ontario Ministry of Health. The pamphlet, entitled
"Aids and the Workplace",
ddresses several important questions in relation to
AIDS including: Can an employee refuse to world with a co-worker whO has AIDS
or who has been infected by the AIDS virus? The response is:
The Occupational Health and Safety Act allows workers to refuse to do a job that
threatens their health. However, there has not been a single incident reported of
- someone becoming infected with the AIDS v virus through nonsexual contact with a
co-worker. Therefore there is no medical reason to refuse to work with someone
who is infected with the AIDS virus.
105
The pamphlet goes on to say that "[e]mployers should be sensitive to co-
workers' concerns and provide access to education to allay unreasonable fears.11106
So far there have been no cases in Nova Scotia where a teacher has refused
to
work because another teacher or a student was infected with the AIDS virus.
4. AIDS and School Children
(a) Introduction
The presence or potential of the AIDS virus (HIV) in schools has raised, and will
continue to raise, many of the most sensitive issues surrounding this problem. A
careful examination of the series of events leading to Eric Smith's decision not to
return to the classroom, or of widely reported incidents in the U.S. where AIDS
victims have been targets of criminal acts, discloses that this issue is as much
emotional as it is medical and legal. The involvement of children sometimes
seems to "up the ante", or at least, to change the focus of the debate. No longer are
reasonable people satisfied with standard medical claims that AIDS cannot be
transmitted through casual contact; they want to be 100 per cent certain that new
medical evidence will never be discovered to disprove this position.
107
Regardless
of the present state of medical evidence, great pressure is being put on parents and
school administrators, since the acceptance of a standard of less than 100 per cent
certainty is in some cases being characterized as an irresponsible position for
parents to take.
This section is designed to raise, but not necessarily exhaust, some of the
issues that will face school administrators, parents and children in regard to
AIDS. Issues such as confidentiality, safety, and the right to an education will be
discussed 'from the perspective of children with AIDS or who are infected by the
AIDS virus (HIV), as well as parents who are concerned about sending their
children into an environment where teachers or other children may be infected by
the virus.
Since many of the issues related
to
human rights and Charter protection have
already been examined in previous sections, they will not be dealt with in this
I

U
I
Aids in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 19
section. It should be noted however, that arguments dealing with discrimination
I
based on physical handicap or disability are, for the most part, applicable to
children who are subjected to discrimination in schools.
I
(b)
Right of Children to Education
At the root of the AIDS issues in schools is the right of a child to an education.
Although some writers suggest that this right is no more than a privilege with
I
many conditions attached, for the purposes of this section, it will be construed as a
right.
11111
In Nova Scotia, the basis for this right comes from statute, in particular,
I
various provisions in the Education Act and regulations associated with what Act.
Section 2 of the Education Act provides:
1
2(1) ?
All schools established or concluded under this Act are free schools.
(2) ?
Subject to this Act and the regulations and notwithstanding the Age of
Majority Act, every person over the age of five years and under the age of
I
twenty-one years has the right to attend a school serving the school district or
school section in which he resides. [emphasis added1109
I
As is discussed by Professor Wayne MacKay in his book
Education Laws in
Canada,
section 2 contains no specific mention of a right to an education, but
rather speaks of "the right to attend a school."° However, MacKay goes on to point
out that when section 2 is read in the context of Canada's international
I
commitments 111
and the rest of the Education Act, it most likely implies a right
rather than a privilege.
-
Some of the provisions that support this view include:
A school board shall make provision for the education and instruction of all pupils
residing in the area within its jurisdiction in such subjects and services prescribed
by the Governor in Council as are included in the school program.2
In addition, sections 80 and 81 impose a duty on parents and guardians to
ensure that children attend school unless the child is exempted pursuant to the
Act and regulations.
The Nova Scotia Education Act regulations further impose an obligation on
school boards to educate students with special needs. Regulation 7 provides:
Each municipal school board and board of school commissioners shall provide for
all pupils resident in the municipality, city or town who are entitled to attend school
and who are qualified to pursue the studies in the grades or courses for v. which they
are enrolled:
S..
(c) instruction of physically or mentally handicapped children
Although it is unclear whether this duty applies to children with AIDS or who
are infected with the AIDS virus (HIV), education department officials and the
Department of Health appear to be assuming that it does.
(C)
AIDS Policies Affecting Children in Schools
I
To
date, the most important policy affecting children in schools is the Nova Scotia
Department of Health policy.
113
However, this policy cannot be mandatorily
imposed on school employers. Since the Department of Education has not officially
I

20 - Read jn 2.3 ?
1. Graham
adopted a policy on AIDS, it is hoped that the Health Department policy will form
the basis for these policies eventually adopted by school boards.
The Department of Health policy is essentially an attempt to balance the safety
interests of the public with the privacy interests of the individuals and the rights of
children to be educated. The policy consists of five major control measures for
students:
1.
School Attendance
Most school-aged children and adolescents infected with HIV should be
permitted to attend school in an unrestricted manner.
2. Confidentiality
The identity of HIV-infected students will be kept confidential and, will only be
released w hen deemed appropriate after consultation with the student's
parents and his/her attending physician.
3.
Risk Assessment
An assessment of the potential risks for spread. of infection and a decision on
an appropriate course of action will be made by the Department of Health, in
consultation with the infected student's parents and attending physicians.
Depending on the behaviour, physical condition,, neurological development and
expected type of interaction with others, some HIV-infected students may
require a more restricted environment than others.
4. Follow Up
The situation of HIV-infected students shoulcL'be monitored to ensure that
there is no change in their status requiring a change in the educational
environment.
5.
Routine Procedures for Blood/Body Fluids
All schools should develop routine procedures fr safely dealing with blood or
body fluids, and for administering first aid.
The main principles in this policy are very similar to those adopted by the Nova
Scotia Teachers Union,
114
the New Brunswick government
115
and the Guidelines
prepared by the' National Advisory Committee on AIDS.
116
Central to all of these
policies, as well as those developed in the U.S.,
117
is the medical position that the
AIDS virus (HIV) cannot be transmitted througi casual contact of the kind
normally experienced in schools. Furthermore, children are not members of high
risk groups and the statistical probability that someone may contract the virus by
normal contact in a school setting is so remote that it does not justify the different
treatment of persons infected by the virus. Unfortunately, medical evidence and
clarity of reason have not always been in the forefront of this issue.
(d) The U.S. Experience
Although the issue of AIDS in the classroom has not yet found its way into
Canadian courts, U.S. courts have had to deal with-it in a number of occasions.118
Unfortunately, the agreement of public health specialists in regard to risk of
transmission has not carried over into the courts. However, it is hoped that the
first of the U.S. court cases,
District 27 Community School Bd. v. Bd. of
Education
119
will be used as the standard for much df'-the subsequent litigation.
Briefly, the background to the
District 27
case is as follows. In August 1986, the
U.S. Centers for Disease Control published a report and recommendations

I
I
I
Aids
relating
in Schools:
to day
A
care
Model
and
...
foster
?
care of children infected by HIV. The purpose
Reading 2.3—
of this
21
document was 'to assist . . . local health and education departments in eloping
guidelines for their particular situations and locations. 120 The basic thrust of the
I
recommendations was that schoolage children should be permitted to attend
school in an unrestricted setting unless they were neurologically impaired, lacked
control of their bodily secretions or displayed behaviour such as biting.
12
' Using
the CDC recommendations, the New York City Health Department adopted a
I
policy not automatically excluding children with AIDS from public schools. In
addition the child's identity was to remain confidential. As a result of opposition to
this policy by some school boards and parents, as well as a school boycott, a law
I
suit was commenced in the state Supreme Court. This action sought to enjoin the
admission of the child with AIDS or, in the alternative, to have the child's identity
revealed to school board members and school officials.
I
In its decision, the Court upheld the policy not to automatically exclude
children with AIDS from public school.
The Court held that this policy did not violate any law relating to
I
communicable or contagious diseases and, in light of the medical data "was not
arbitrary and capricious or an abuse of discretion. 122 In addition, because of the
overwhelming evidence that the AIDS virus could not be transmitted in a
I
classroom setting, the Court declared that a policy of excluding all children with
AIDS from school would violate the federal Rehabilitation Act of
1973123
and their
rights to equal protection of the laws.124
I
Applied to the Canadian context this decision may be useful for a variety of
reasons, including:
1.
medical evidence was the primary factor in determining the issue of
I ?
transmission through casual contact, and by implication the question of
reasonable risk;125
2. students with AIDS or who are infected by the AIDS virus (HIV) are
I
"handicapped" within the meaning of the Rehabilitation Act 1973: and
3. unsubstantiated fears based on a demand for absolute certainty that AIDS
cannot be transmitted through casual contact, are not sufficient to justify a
I
policy of exclusion.126
Although Canadian health regulations and human rights provisions differ in
their specifics from those in the U.S., the policy oriented conclusions from the case
I
can easily be applied in the Canadian context.
(e) Parents' Right to Refuse to Send Children
I
Notwithstanding the plethora of medical evidence suggesting that there is
virtually no risk of contracting the AIDS virus (HIV) in a school setting, fear,
paranoia and, in some cases, hysteria, continue. Whether this fear is borne out of
I
?
?
ignorance, a genuine belief that the medical evidence is incorrect or inconclusive,
?
or homophobia, the issue of AIDS in the classroom is far from being settled.
The Shelburne County case is a prime example. Even if the school board had
I
adopted the Department of Health policy, would it have made any difference? In
this context, the politics of AIDS may clearly take precedence over the law related
to the disease.
I
Under section 80 of the Education Act parents are under a positive duty to
"cause the child to attend school." Although section 81 provides that a child can be
exempted from attendance by the school board, in accordance with regulations

22 - Reading 2.3
?
1. Graham -•
?
1
made pursuant to the Act, none of these regulations makes specific referëiice to
refusal to send children on the basis of reasonable apprehension of a health risk in
the school. 127
However, Regulation 92(g) permits an exemption from attendance
for the following reasons:
(g) the child is relieved or excluded from attending school by or under the Act or the
While
Public Health
the Health
Act (now
Act
the
does
Health
contain
Act)
provisions exempting students from
I
attendance, these exemptions cannot be enforced by .parents acting alone. Sections
70 and 71 of the Act restrict attendance of students who are exposed to
communicable diseases (of which AIDS is one),
128
whoever these restrictions apply
only when a household has been quarantined or when health officials determine
that
Unless
attendance
parents
of a
are
student
somehow
will result
able to
in
involve
a danger
a
to
cOmmon
public health.129law
right to refuse to
I
send their children, similar to that used in the occupational health context, school
boards may be faced with a serious standoff. On the one hand, as politicians and
public representatives, school boards may wish to accommodate the concerns of
parents; but on the other hand, they are obligated to enforce attendance provisions
in the Act.
In addition, parents who violate the attendance provisions under sections 80
and 81 of the Education Act may well be subject to fines, and in default of payment,
imprisonment for not more than 30 days.
130
Whether school of officials choose to
invoke these penalties will likely depend on the circumstances of each individual
case. However, it is highly unlikely that school administrators would enforce
section 96 in situations where a significant number of parents refused to send
their children. In these cases, school of officials would be forced to either educate
parents or to find a compromise solution.
Unfortunately, the Eric Smith case is not likely to provide much guidance in
terms of precedent. Mr. Smith did not lose his job, he was technically seconded to
the Department of Education to work; on the provincial AIDS Task Force. Eric
Smith continues to be employed by the Shelburne County School Board, however,
he is still being paid by the Department of Education, even though he works with
the Metro Area Committee on AIDS in Halifax. In this case, the politics of AIDS
precluded a legal resolution of the case.
The Eric Smith case raises the question of what will happen if other school
boards are faced with a similar situation. Will they Department of Education be
forced to take when on secondment? will the school'.board be forced to arrange a
cash settlement? will the school board be able to reassign that teacher to a non-
teaching position?
In the case of students with the virus it is also unclear what the outcome of a
'the
standoff might be. What appears to be certain is that
?
school board will likely be
required to provide for the education of that child unless he/she becomes too ill to
continue.
(I) AIDS
?
and
the Curriculum
It is virtually indisputable that one of the primary tOols in the fight against AIDS
is education. Education cannot only modify behaviour that causes the spread of the
deadly disease, but it can also alleviate fears, and bring some sense of scientific
enlightenment to this emotionally charged issue. Should AIDS education,
therefore, be mandatory in our schools?
I
11

I
Aids in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 23
I
While some groups have suggested that AIDS education ought to be
I
compulsory in schools,'' others argue that it simply ought to be a mandatory part
of health education or physical education courses.
132
Regardless of which option is
chosen, it is clear that materials should be available for teachers who wish to use
I
them. 133
In addition, the education process should not stop in the classroom. Many
of the problems related to AIDS education in Nova Scotia and elsewhere here,
appear to have e been caused by parents, school boards and school administrators,
and other employers, not by children. Clearly, a broadly based education program
I
targeted at the general public is necessary if governments intend to seriously
combat the misinformation surrounding AIDS.
I
5.
Conclusion
Public policy and legal issues related to AIDS will continue to haunt society for
many years to come. It is argued by some that there are currently insufficient data
I
on the transmissibility of AIDS to permit anyone to conclude with certainty that it
is absolutely safe to allow children and teachers with the AIDS virus (HIV) to be in
schools. ?
However, despite the recent discovery of AIDS, medical experts insist
I
that there are tremendous amounts of epidemiological data which establish that
the pattern of transmission has not changed significantly over the past five years.
it is obviously impossible to provide a guarantee that new means of transmission
I
will not be discovered.
?
But, as experts in the
District 27
134
case suggested,
"medical science almost never provides 100 per cent certainty, and it is unrealistic
and impractical to measure public health divisions by a 'no-risk standard'.11135
Thus, unsubstantiated fears and prejudices of the marketplace, based on a
I
demand for absolute certainty, are not sufficient to justify a policy of exclusion of
teachers and students.
While it is hoped the medical profession will be successful in dealing with the
I
medical and scientific challenges that AIDS presents, it is also incumbent upon
school administrators, and the Department of Education to promote tolerance and
education by example.
?
The medical facts already exist.
?
Commissions and task
I
forces will not change these facts. ?
However, without education and responsible
leadership by government, the legal and political problems associated with the
AIDS epidemic are bound to persist.
I
Notes
1. ?
Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, Part I of the Constitution Act,
1982,
I
being Schedule B of the Canada Act
1982 (U.K.), 1982, c. 11
[hereinafter referred to
as "the Charter"].
2.
Ironically, most people do not question Department of Health statements about
I
various other diseases.
3.
William F. Foster, "AIDS" (October
1987)
The Canadian School Executive 3.
4.
Ibid. at3.
I
5.
Ibid.
6. The virus was formerly known as human T-cellymphotrophic virus-Ill (HTLV-
I
III), lymphadenopathy associated virus (LA
y
), AIDS-associated virus (ARV) and
immunodeficiency-associated virus (I DA
y
). To eliminate the multiplicity of
names in use, a subcommittee of the International Committee on Taxonomy of
Viruses recommended the new name which conforms to the rules for naming retro
I
?
viruses in that it begins with the name of the host species and "denotes a major
(though not the only) pathogenic property of the prototypic members of the group."
11

24 - Reading 2.3
?
J Graham
"Understanding AIDS and HIV Infection: Information for Hospitals and Health
Professionals" Ministry of Health (Ontario 1987).',
7.
James D. Greig,
AIDS; What Every Responsible Canadian Should Know
(Toronto:
The Toronto Sun Publishing Co., 1987).
8.
Ibid.
9. Ibid.
at 4.
10.
Personal communication with Dr. Walter Schleck, Communicable Disease
Department, Victoria General Hospital, Halifax, N.S.
11.
Above, note 3 at 3.
12. Above, note 7 at 12.
13.
Ibid.
14.
"Canada Disease Weekly Report" Health and Welfare Canada (April 19,1986) at
65.
15.
"AIDS: The New Facts of Life" Health and Welfare Canada (August 1987).
16.
Above, note 10. Also, the Centers for Disease Control in Atlanta has stated: "we
know of no work related cases associated with AIDS, no casual household
transmittal, nor of transmittal to any health care workers who have dealt w with
AIDS patients in all stages of illness." (Reported in
AIDS: The Work Place Issues
(New York: AMA Membership Publications Division, 1985) at 9).
17. Ibid.
18.
In Canada, homosexual and bisexual men account for over 80 per cent of all
reported AIDS cases. (As of June 10, 1989-Laboratory Centre for Disease Control,
Ottawa.). In the U.S., this category accounts for 57 per cent of all reported cases. (As
of May 9, 1989-Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta, Georgia, "HIV/AIDS
Surveillance Report.")
19.
"Inquiry", C.B.C. T.V. (October 15, 1987).
20.
Above, note 15.
21.
World Health Organization Surveillance Program, reproduced in the Centre for
Disease Control's "Weekly Surveillance Report" (May 1989).
22. Ibid.
23.
Laboratory Centre for Disease Control Network, Federal Centre for AIDS,
"Surveillance Update" Ottawa (July 10, 1989).
24.
Above, note 15. "Update: AIDS in Nova Scotia" Epidemiology, Nova Scotia
Department of Health and Fitness (June 22, 1989).
25.
Above, note 7 at 8.
26.
Ibid.
and "CDC Surveillance Report" (July 1989).
27. Ibid.
28.
Other employment in schools includes bus drivers, cleaning staff, secretarial and
administrators. Most are covered by collective agreements.
29. S.N.S. 1974, c. 32.
30.
S.N.S. 1972, c. 19.
31.
A. Wayne MacKay,
Education Law in Canada
(Toronto: Edmond-Montgomery
Publications, 1984) at 248.
32. Ibid.
33. Ibid.
34. Ibid.

?
Aids
?
in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 25
35.
R.S.N.S. 1967, c. 81.
36.
For example, s. 72 of the Education Act [as am. S.N.S. 1970-71, c. 371 is closely
related to Article 11 of the Professional Agreement between the Minister of
Education of the Province of Nova Scotia and the Nova Scotia Teachers' Union
made on February 27, 1987.
37.
Above, note 31 at 250-251.
38.
Ibid.
at251.
39.
Above, note 29 at s. 28(1).
40. Ibid.
at s. 29(d).
41.
See Education Act, s. 76(3)(a) [as am. S.N.S. 1969, c. 38, 1972, c. 29, 1977, c. 271,
s. 76(4) [as am. S.N.S. 1969, c. 38, 1972, c. 29, 1983, c. 24, 1986, c. 18,1987, c. 181,
s. 76(5)(b) [as am. S.N.S. 1972, c. 29, 1977, c. 27, 1983, c. 241 and Articles 19:03, 19:04
and 19:05 of the provincial agreement.
42.
Arthur S. Leonard, "Employment Discrimination Against Persons with AIDS"
(1985) 10 U. Dayton L. Rev. 681.
43. Ibid.
at 687.
44. Ibid.
45.
In a subsequent article, Leonard added this group. Arthur S. Leonard, "AIDS and
Employment Law Revisited" (1985) 14 Hofstra L. Rev. 11 at 20.
46.
Personal communication with officials at the Nova Scotia Department of Education
(November 18, 1987).
47. Ibid.
It is interesting to note that under the Teachers Collective Bargaining Act, the
Minister of Education is deemed to be the "employer" on issues that are subject to the
province-wide bargaining, including federal terms and conditions of
employment. In addition, Article 1.02 of the provincial agreement says that the
"employer" is the Minister of Education. This is further supported by an anti-
discrimination provision in Article 6.03 of the provincial agreement, which binds
the Minister as employer. Finally, while the school boards have some local control,
the Minister of Education ultimately controls the funding.
48.
N.S.T.U. 5.2—"Policy on Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS)"
Executive Motion (May 8 and 9, 1987).
49.
New Brunswick Department of Education, "The AIDS Virus and the Public
Schools" Draft Policies and Operating Guidelines (August 1987).
50.
Above, note 3. Foster suggests that school boards can play a critical role in the
containment of AIDS by developing policies and procedures before a problem occurs
and by educating students and parents.
51.
Personal communication with the Nova Scotia School Boards Association (August
1989).
52.
Above, note 42 at 687.
53.
Eric Smith, (discussion at Dalhousie Law School, 10 November 1987).
54.
This "Gay Plague" theory is common both in Canada and the U.S.
55.
S.N.S. 1969, c. 11, s. 11C(1)(d) [as en. S.N.S. 1980, c. 511.
56.
Above, note 31 at 255.
57. Ibid.
at 55, citing
Halsbury ¶s Laws of England
(3d ed.), vol. 25 at 485.
58.
(1987), 28 L.A.C. (3d) 291 (Hope).
59. Ibid.
at 295.
60. Ibid.
at 297.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Li
I
I
I
I
I

26 - Reading 2.3
?
-
?
I. Graham
61.
Ibid. at308.
62. Ibid. at309.
63.
Other recent AIDS-related cases appear to rely on the current state of medical dfid
scientific knowledge when determining whether.
:
a person's employthIt or other
status can be affected by AIDS. For example, see
S.T.E. v. Bertelsen
(1989), 89
C.L.L.C. 17,017 (Alta. Human Rights Bd. of Inquiry) and
Centre d'Aczeil Sainte-
Domitille v. Union des Employés de Service, Local 298,
reported in The Law yers
Weekly, (May 12, 1989) at 19.
64.
Brown and Beatty,
Canadian Labour Arbitration
2d ed. (1984) at 13-14.
65.
Della Risley, "An Introduction to the Position of the Sick Employee in Nova Scotia"
(1979) 5 Dalhousie L.J. 418 at 426.
66.
Re United Electrical Workers Local 523, and Page-Hersey Tubes Ltd.
(1962), 13
L.A.C. 21 (Reville).
67.
Re United Automobile Workers Local 399, and Anaconda American Brass Ltd.
(1966),17 L.A.C. 289 (Arthurs).
68.
For example, Article 6 of the Agreement between the Shelburne County District
School Board and the Nova Scotia Teachers" Union representing Teachers
Employed by the Board (September 25, 1984).
69.
It is interesting to note that AIDS is now classified under the Health Act, R.S.N:S.
1967, c. 247, as a venereal disease which in turn is referred to as a "communicable
disease" under s. 1(c) of the Act. Under s. 62(1) Of the Health Act a person with a
"communicable disease" can be quarantined.
70.
This is consistent with the view taken by Leonard;'above, note 42 at 687.
71. (1977), 23 N.SR; (2d) 268 (S.C.).
72.
Above, note 31 at 255.
73. Ibid.
74. Ibid.
at 256.
75. Above, note 19.
76. Abbots
fo r d
School District 34 v. Shewan
(1987), 21 B.C.L.R. (2d) 93, 47 D.L.R. (4th)
106 (sub nom. Shewan v.
Abbotsford
School District No. 34) (C.A.),
affg (1986), 70
B.C.L.R. 40, 26 D.L.R. (4th) 54 (S.C.). This case adopts the community standards"
test after an exhaustive review of the. leading cases. After examining several cases
dealing w with morality and community standards Bouck J. concludes [at 790
B.C.L.R. 641:
"What do these decisions tell us? They say a teacher is an important member of the
community who leads by example. He or she not only owes a duty of good behaviour
to the school board as the employer but also to the local community at large and to the
teaching profession. An appropriate standard of,moral conductor behaviour must'
be mainlained both inside and outside the classroom."
77.
It could potentially be challenged under a number. of Charter sections including:
s. 2(a)—freedom of conscience and religion;
s. 2(b)—freedom of expression;
s. 2(d)—freedom of association;
s. 7—life, liberty and security of person; and
s. 15—equality.
78.
Above, note 53.
79.
Human Rights Act, S.N.S. 1969, c. 11. s. 11A(l)(d)[as en. S.N.S. 1972, c. 651.

I
Aids in Schools: A Model ...
?
Reading 2.3— 27
I
80.
University of Sask Bd. of Governors v. Human Rights Comm.
1
.
197613 W.W.R. 385
I
(sub nom. Re University of Sash. Bd. of Governors and Sask. Human Rights
Comm),
66 D.L.R. (3d) 561 (Q.B.).
81.
"The Challenge of AIDS; A Nova Scotia Response" Report of the Nova Scotia Task
I
Force on AIDS, Recommendation 41.
82.
Assuming that the Charter applies to public schools by virtue of their nexus with go-
I
83.
ernment (s. 32).
T. Tremayne-Lloyd, "Ontario Committee Reports on Legal Implications of AIDS"
Dimensions (September 1986) at 38. The only provinces that expressly prohibit
discrimination based on sexual orientation are Quebec, Charter of Human Rights
I
and Freedoms,
R.S.Q.
1977, c. C-12, s. 10 [as am. S.Q. 1978, c. 7, 1980, c. 11, 1982, c.
61] and Ontario, Human Rights Code, S.O. 1981, s. 1 [as am. by the Equality Rights
Statute Law Amendment Act, S.O. 1986, c. 64, s. 181.
84.
Arnold Bruner, "Sexual Orientation and Equality Rights" in Anne F. Bayefsky
I
and Mary Eberts, eds. Equality Rights and the Canadian Charter of Rights and
Freedoms
(Toronto: Carswell, 1985) at 465-466.
85.
Ibid.
I
86.
[1989] 1 S.0 R. 143, [19891 2 W.W.R. 289,56 D.L.R. (4th) 1, aff'g [198614 W.W.R. 242,
27 D.L.R. (4th) 600 (C.A.), rev'g (1985), [1986] 1 W.W.R. 252, 22 D.L.R. (4th) 9
(S.C.).
I
87.
Above, note 36. The term "physical handicap" is generally used interchangeably
with "physical disability." See M. David Lepofsky andJerome E. Bickenback,
"Equality Rights and the Physically Handicapped" in
Equality Rights and the
I
Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms,
above, note 84.
88.
772 F. 3d 759 (1985).
I
89.
1973, 2
et seq.
504, as am. 29 U.S.C.A. 701
et seq.
794.
90.
"AIDS in the Workplace"
Newsweek
(6 July 1986).
91.
Leonard, above, note 45 at 30-31.
1
92.
Ibid.
93.
Ibid.
94.
J. Gandz and J.C. Rush, "Human Rights and the Right Way to Hire" (Spring 1983)
I
Business Quarterly at 70.
95.
Above, note 58.
96.
1.19851 1 W.W.R. 479, 29 Man. R. (2d) 154, (sub nom.
Man. Human Rights Comm v.
I
Can
Safeway
Ltd.),
13 D.L.R. (4th) 314 (C.A.), aff'g [198414 W.W.R. 390, 27 Man.
R. (2d) 79, 84
?
C.L.L.C. 17,021 (Q.B.), which rev'd (1983), 4
?
C.H.R.R. D/1495 (sub
nom.
Man. Food & Commercial Workers Union v. Can.
Safeway
Ltd.)
(Bd. of
I
Inquiry). Leave to appeal to S.C.C. ref
?
(1985), 31 Man. R. (2d) 240 (S.C.C.).
97.
An article in The Employment Law Reports, "AIDS in the Workplace: A Lawyer's
Point of View" (January 1986), noted that:
I
"Whether or not a court will apply similar reasoning (as applied in
Canada
S
a
f eway
)
with AIDS has not yet been answered. Arguments based on
nonacceptance of different races or sexes by customers and fellow employees
I
have been rejected in United States discrimination cases. United States courts
and tribunals have ruled that the "uniformed prejudices of the market place"
should not be allowed to defeat laws designed to eliminate racial and sexual
I
discrimination
in EmploymenL"
I

28...- Rèidiij.2.3
?
j Graham ?
I
98.
R v. Oakes,
119861 1 S.C.R. 103,50 C.R. (3d) 1, 26 D.L.R. (4th) 260 (S:C.C.)
aff'g
(1983), 40 O.R. (2d) 660, 32 C.R. (3d) 193, 145 D.L.R. (3d) 123 (C.A.) which afFd
(1982), 38 O.R. (2d) 598 (Prov. Ct.).
99.
S.N.S. 1985, c. 3.
100. M.I.
Nash,
Canadian Occupational Health and
Safety
Law Hàndbôok
(Don Mills,
Orit.: CCH Canadian Ltd., 1986) at pára. 2305-2350.
1
101.
Ibid.
at para. 2350.
102.
Wilco
Can. Inc
(1983), O.L.R.B. Rep. Oct. 1759, cited in Employment Law Report
(January 1986), vol. 7, no. 1 at 2.
103.
Ibid
and
Inco Metal Re: Pharand
(1980), O.L.R.B. Rep. July 1981.
104.
Referred to in T. Murray, "Refusing AIDS Patients May Cost Your Job" (1986) 22
Medical Post 5.
105.
"AIDS and the Workplace" Ontario Ministry of Health (1986). Ironically, the Nova
Scotia Department of Health copied this pamphlet for use in the Nova Scotia public
education campaign, but left out this and other controversial passages.
106.
Ibid.
107.
In a recent C.B.C. "Inquiry" T.V. program, it was reported that members of the
community wanted 100 per cent certainty that rèw medical evidence would not be
discovered to disprove the present theories regarding transmission.
108.
109.
Above, note 31 at 38-48.
Education Act, R.S.N.S. 1967, c. 81, s. 2(2), as en. S.N.S. 1972, c.'9, as am. S.N.S.
1982, c. 31.
110.
Above, note 31 at 39.
111.
Ibid.
at 38. In particular, MacKay refers to Article 26 of the Universal Declaration
of Human Rights.
112.
Education Act, R.S.N.S. 1967, c. 81, s. 48(2), as en. S.N.S. 1982, c. 31.
113.
Nova Scotia Department of Health, "Control of HTLV-III/LAV Infection in School-
Aged Children" (January 1986).
114.
Nova Scotia Teachers' Union, "Policy on Aáqüired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
(AIDS)" Executive Motion (May 8 and 9, 1987).
115.
Above, note 49.
116.
National Advisory Committee on AIDS, "Guidlines for Those Responsible for Day
Care and Education of Children with HTLV-111ILAV Infection."
117.
Frederick A.O. Schwarz Jr. and Frederick P. Schaffer, "AIDS in the Classroom"
(1985) 4 Hofstra L. Rev. 163.
118.
Ibid.
at 173.
119.
130 Misc. 2d 398, 502 N.Y.S. 2d 325 (1986).
120.
Above, note 117 at 164-165.
121.
Ibid.
at 165.
122.
123.
Ibid.at 166.
Above, note 89.
124.
Above, note 117 at 166-167.
125.
This is consistent with the
PWA
arbitration case: see note 58.
126.
Above, note 117 at 183.
127.
Attendance Regulations under the Education Act, R.S.N.S. 1967, c. 81, as am.
Reg. 92.
1
I

I
I
Aids in Schools: A Mode!
?
2.3-29
128.
AIDS is a venereal disease (VD) which in turn is a communicable disease under s.
I
1(c) of the Health Act (personal communication with Dr. Wayne Sullivan, Nova
Scotia Department of Health).
I
129.
See Health Act, R.S.N.S.
1967, C. 247, ss. 70
and
71.
130.
Education Act, R.S.N.S.
1967, c. 81, ss. 80
and
81,
as en. S.N.S.
1970-71, c. 37.
131.
The Nova Scotia Government accepted the recommendations of the Nova Scotia
'
AIDS
Task Force to make AIDS education compulsory for students from grades
7-12
inclusive. (See
101-119:
of Task Force Report; specifically Recommendations
6-10).
I
132.
This is the position being taken in Ontario.
133.
Ontario and Nova Scotia each now have a full curriculum complete with audio-
visual materials.
I
134.
Above, note
119.
135.
Above, note 117 at
183.
I
Jack Graham is a graduate of Dalhousie Law School and was an associate lawyer in Halifax
Nova Scotia with the firm of Cox, Downie & Goodfellow.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I

Reading 2.4?
The College of Teachers—A Case of Double Jeopardy?
Jennifer Felix had been teaching math and science in the same northern school
district for 17 years. During those year, Jennifer had experienced most of the
rewards and drawbacks of the teaching profession and felt that she made a
valuable contribution to the community and her students. The worst day in her
career happened last January.
Jim, a 16 year old student, had been getting under his Jennifer's skin all
school year by being generally insolent and disrespectful, not only of her but of
other students as well. He made the difficult job of teaching almost impossible
some days.
Jennifer had encountered several students like Jim over the years and had
always managed deal with or least survive such students before. Had she not been
under unusual pressure and stress from the recent breakup of her marriage, she
undoubtedly would have done so again in January. She would not have snapped
when she walked out of the classroom and heard Jim said, in a loud voice to his
friends, "There's that stupid bitch Ms. Felix" at the same time as he rudely
gestured towards her with his finger. She would not have slapped him when he
stood nose to nose with her and repeated his comments.
Jim wasn't hurt by the slap, but Jennifer Felix couldn't even guess how much
she was going to feel the sting.
After the incident, Jennifer went right to the office where she reported what
had happened to the principal. The principal saw that Jennifer was very upset
and suggested that she take the rest of the day off.
At home that night Jennifer was somewhat shocked to see an RCMP officer at
her door. The officer indicated that he was investigating an alleged assault and
asked if she wanted to make a statement. Jennifer candidly told the officer all that
had occurred. The officer left shortly thereafter promising to get back to her after
the investigation had been completed.
For the next week she went through hell wondering if she was to be charged
with a criminal offence. She felt as though a two ton weight was lifted off of her
when she was finally contacted by the RCMP and told that they did not believe
charges were warranted and none would be laid.
When she returned to work the following Monday, she was handed a letter
from the Superintendent saying that she was expected to attend a meeting of the
school board which would consider disciplining her for "unprofessional
misconduct". she immediately contacted her teachers' association and arranged
to have a representative with her at the board meeting.
The school board decided to suspend her from her job for six months. Both she
and the association were somewhat shocked at the severity of the penalty and they
filed a grievance claiming the discipline was excessive in the circumstances.
Reprinted with permission from:
Noonan, R. (1991, Nov/Dee). The College of Teachers—
A case of double jeopardy?
Teacher 4(4).

2—Reading 2.4
?
R. NQonan
The grievance proceeded through several stages
'
. After a thorough discussion
of the issues, the parties agreed that the penalty was excessive and that a more
appropriate penalty was a one month suspension, a letter of reprimand appearing
on Jennifer's file, and a letter of apology written by Jennifer to the student and his
parents.
This resolution was agreed, to four nonths aftei the incident
h
ad
,
taken place.
During those four months Jennifer had been able to think of little else and she
could not have been more relieved now that it was settled. She knew that she could
not excuse her actions in hitting the student but felt that the penalty she had paid
through emotional trauma, loss of wages for a month, and the blow to her
confidence as teacher was a high one. She was dot.rn but not out. It was time for
her to put the incident behind her and get back to her job.
Then Jennifer was hit with what felt to her like' a ton of bricks. She received a
letter from the College of Teachers. The College indicated that it had received' a
report that she had been disciplined by her school district and that the College was
convening an investigation committee to investigate her "unprofessional conduct.
Shortly afterwards she received a notice that a "Citation" had been issued and that
she was to face a hearing in front of a College disciplinary committee in three
months. She was entitled to have counsel preseiit and she would face possible
penalties up to the permanent lifting of her teaching certificate.
She phoned the College and told the person shi,spoke with that there must be
some mistake. She had already been charged with unprofessional conduct by her
board and had paid her penalty. The College replied that that was irrelevant and
was just between her and her school board. They were looking at matters from the
point of view of her teaching certificate. They. night choose to suspend her
certificate for a period of time or, lift it together. She argued that the distinction,
while possible to make intellectually, really didn't exist in practice as a suspension.
of her teaching certificate would have the exact same effect as a suspension from
her job by the school board. She would be deprived of her ability to teach and earn a
living in her career during the period of any suspension.
Jennifer felt.that she was in the position of having to find a lawyer to represent
her because of the serious potential consequences
.
. Her financial resources had
already been depleted by the month's suspension without pay imposed by the
school board but the cost of defending herself in frdnt of the College would still be
considerable.
Jennifer's case is not a real one. At least not real in the sense of it being an
actual case. However, it is very real in terms of it being typical of many that
teachers in B.C. have faced in the last couple of years.
The College of Teachers came into existence in 1988 by way of Bill 20, a
companion piece to the Social Credit government's Bill 19 which brought in major
changes to B.C.'s labour law.
In theory, the College disciplinary role mirrors that of other professional
organizations such as the Law Society or the College of Physicians and Surgeons.
At a superficial level it is appealing to have an orgnization which functions as a
self-regulatory and self disciplining body of a profession. My suggestion, by way of
the example given above, is that the disciplinary role of the College of Teachers is
not appropriate as it now stands.
Lawyers and doctors are not subject to collective. agreements which contain
disciplinary provisions within them. Furthermore, they are generally not
employed by elected public bodies already charged with upholding the public

The College of Teachers... ?
Reading 2.4 —3
interest. They do not have provisions in their employment relationships setting out
grievance procedures and arbitration's to settle matters such as whether just and
reasonable cause exists for discipline and whether a given level of discipline is
appropriate. Teachers, on the other hand are subject to collective agreements,
penalties such as suspensions from work, grievance procedures, and arbitrations.
Given that, particularly when it relates to matters for which a school board has
suspended a teacher for a limited period of time, the disciplinary role of the
College is nothing short of double jeopardy forcing a teacher to face the same
charges, based on the same facts, with the same potential effective penalties for a
second time.
In the fictional case set out above, Jennifer is going to be put through several
months of emotional trauma awaiting the hearing and then the decision of the
College as well as considerable financial hardship. Then the College, in its
wisdom, may decide, for example, that a two month suspension of her certificate
is appropriate. If that suspension were to take effect immediately, she would miss
two more months of work resulting in a total penalty of three months. Had she
known that at the outset, would she have agreed to the settlement of her grievance
on the basis of a one month suspension?
In my view there is going to have to be a significant rethinking of the Colleges
disciplinary role. There may be some situations (after a termination of a teacher
has been upheld by an arbitrator, for example) in which the continued certification
of that teacher should be brought into issue. However, where the teacher is subject
to penalty under fair procedures set out in a collective agreement, and penalty
short of dismissal is inflicted, then the College should not have the right to proceed
further against that teacher. The current situation and method of proceeding by
the College is very unfair.
In the next edition of Legal Briefs I will outline the law as it relates to the
College and review a number of actual cases it has dealt with.

I

Back to top


Reading 2.5?
Summary—Negligence
In Order for There to be a Cause of Action,
?
the Plaintiff must Show the Following:
1.
A situation giving rise to a legal duty of care;
2.
Foreseeability that the defendant's conduct would inflict particular damage;
3.
Proof of breach by the defendant of the duty of care;
4.
Proof that the damage was caused by the defendant's lack of care.
Burden of Proof
The proof must be on the balance of probabilities in civil matters, and beyond a
reasonable doubt in criminal matters.
Foreseeabffity
The Court
inRamsden
v.
Hamilton Board of Education
stated
"Human prudence would be taxed beyond reason, were it to endeavour to foresee
every possibility of human ingenuity. ..in even the remotest and most unlikely
corners, nooks, and crannies."
An individual will not be held liable merely for being involved in an activity in
which there is an element of danger. So, counsellors will not be held liable
whenever harm may befall their counsellees. The question will be whether, in the
circumstances, the harm would have been foreseen by a reasonably competent
professional in the shoes of the counsellor.
I
Breach of Duty of Care
The test for whether the duty of care has been breached in whether the counsellor
I ?
has acted as a reasonably competent professional in his/her capacity could have
been expected to have acted, given the information at his/her disposal.
Causation
The damage complained of must have been caused by the defendant's lack of care.
It must not be either coincidental with the lack of care, nor too remotely related to
the defendant's conduct to be actionable.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Reprinted
with
permission from:
LeBaron, Michelle. (1990). Summary—Negligence.

1
I
I
Reading 2.6
Supervision Hypothetical
I
You are asked to accompany a group of students to the courthouse on a field trip.
It has been decided to take some of the students to the provincial court, and others
I
to the Supreme Court. You have never been to court before. You readily agree,
since you are overdue for a day out of the classroom. Your students have
permission forms sent home with them, which they bring back, signed, giving you
consent to take the students to the courthouse.
I
?
?
On the day of the trip, one of the other two teachers who was going to
?
accompany the group is ill and cannot come. You find yourself in the position of
I
taking about 30 students by yourself to the provincial court. The arrangement,
once there, is that the students will go to an orientation and then to the courtroom
of their choice. You will meet back in the lobby at 12:30 pm.
Some students go into a courtroom, where you happen to be as well. The charge
involves drug-related violence. All of a sudden, the defendant, drug-crazed,
charges at one of your students, mumbling about 'bourgeoisie trash'. Before he
can be restrained by the sheriff, the accused has knocked your student out of her
chair and broken her glasses.
The student is unable to sleep after the incident, has difficulty concentrating,
and has to see a psychologist biweekly. Her parents bring suit on her behalf,
claiming that you failed to properly supervise the students because,
inter alia,
You took them to the courthouse without having another teacher with you as had been
planned; You allowed the students to observe a trial when the matter involved
violence, and so you foresaw or should have foreseen the potential for harm to the
students; You failed to stop the attack from taking place even though you were in the
room at the time.
What is your defense?
Reprinted with permission from:
LeBaron, Michelle. (1990). Supervision—Hypothetical.

I
I
I
Reading2.7
Educational Malpractice and the Future of Teaching
I
This article argues that it will continue to be virtually impossible to hold a
Canadian teacher responsible for educational malpractice. In order to prove
I
educational malpractice or even educational negligence it is necessary to show that
the teacher failed to meet an appropriate standard of care and that a failure to
exercise that care was a proximate cause of the non-physical injury to the student.
Proximate cause assumes that the teacher has control of the learning situation and
I
can therefore be responsible for the outcome. Learning requires active participation
by the student; a teacher cannot force a student to learn without a modicum of
cooperation. Because of the lack of teacher autonomy it is proposed that teachers are
I
far less likely to be held responsible for non-physical negligence or educational
malpractice than are administrators and school boards who exercise far greater
control over student activities and curricular matters.
Cette étude discute le fait que c'est encore presque impossible de poursuivre un
professeur canadien pour cause d'incompetence en education. Afin de pouvoir
I ?
prouver une faute professionnelle en education ou Ia negligence en education il est
nécessaire de demontrer que le professeur a negligé de rencontrer le critère
approprié de soins, et ce manquement
a
l'exercice de ces soins est la cause
I ?
immediate d'une blessure non-physique
a
l'étudiant. Une cause immediate
suppose que le professeur contrôle la situation d'apprentissage et est donc
responsable des résultats. L'apprentissage nécessite la particiation active de
I ?
l'etudiant; un professeur ne peut pas obliger un étudiant
a
apprendre sans un
minimum de cooperation. A cause du manque d'autonomie du professeur, on
suggère que les professeurs auront moms de chances d'être tenu responsable pour
la negligence non-physique ou d'une faute professionnelle en education que les
I ?
administrateurs et les conseils scolaires qui exercent le plus grand contrôle auprès
des activités des étudiants et le contenu des programmes.
Introduction
Inthe next decade the threat of educational malpractice suits against Canadian
teachers will play an important part in shaping the professionalization of
I
teachers. During the past decade educational research has provided several
promising techniques of teaching that may be used to promote student learning.1
The presumed surplus of teachers in the 1970s and 1980s has allowed teacher
I
education faculties to be more selective in the admission of candidates, and this
selectiveness often translates into more stringent academic requirements.
Provincial certification requirements for entry into the profession are becoming
more standardized and demanding, and teacher organizations are making more
I
nonmonetary demands in order to improve the conditions that they believe might
promote learning. These conditions may be seen as positive professionalizing steps
that promote schooling, but this movement could be jeopardised by the threat of
I ?
educational malpractice suits.
This professionalization movement, in a strange way, reinforces the chances of
I ?
educational malpractice. Traditionally, only professions have been liable for
Reprinted with permission from:
Covert, J.R. (1988, October). Educational malpractice
and the future of teaching.
Educational and Law Journal, 1,
183-197.
I

2 - Reading 2.7
?
James. R. Covert
malpractice suits, because in order to prove malpractice there must be some
established standard of practice. One of the protections from educational mal-
practice afforded to teachers in the past was the' lack of any established practice
that could be exercised in a negligent manner. The paradox of teacher,.profession-
alization, then, is that the more professional teachers become, the greater the
threat of educational malpractice. These two notions are interdependent and
ought to be addressed in concert by educators.
Authors writing about the future of educational malpractice in Canada differ
on the probable outcome of such cases against teachers. Foster claims:
[lit would appear that it is only a matter of time before Canadian educators are
confronted by such claims. And it is entirely possible that the Canadian judiciary
will be more imaginative, responsive, and adventuresome than their American
brethren and be prepared to extend the scope of the law of professional responsibility
to educators in appropriate circumstances—particularly given the lack of
compelling reasons for not holding educators legally accountable.2
However, considering the even more problematic issue of malpractice in special
education, O'Reilly writes: "Canadian and American teachers have been
relatively immune to such suits and are likely to remain so due to the courts'
reluctance to judge the validity of educational decisions."
3
Despite these differing
opinions, the authors agree that parents and students need relief from educational
mismanagement that might cause mental or emotional injury to the student.
Foster presents this position very clearly when he asks:
[hf
through institutional or staff negligence, a student has failed to achieve that
level of educational success he was capable of achieving or has been misled to his
detriment as to his academic abilities, should he not be able to sue the teacher or the
school?4
O'Reilly agrees with the notion, but is generally more optimistic about the
competency of the majority of teachers: the courts will act in highly unusual
situations where there has been obvious misconduct based on ill-will, bias,
discrimination or even intentional harm. Such instances would be extremely rare
(and difficult to prove) and need not concern the teacher with the interests of his or
her pupils at heart. 5
Most educators would agree that parents ought to have
recourse to malpractice litigation, but it is important to consider the relative
benefits to be gained from the success of such a suit against the possible harm to
the teaching profession. It is also necessary to consider the probability of success of
such litigation, given the past history of educational malpractice litigation and the
nature of the teaching profession. Perhaps a closer look at the difference between
members of the traditional professions and teachers, who aspire to professional
status, will help to explain their relative positions regarding educational
malpractice.
Teachers as Professionals
Professionals are generally considered to have' three common characteristics.
They have a high level of expertise, they perform, a vital public function, and they
have a higher level of autonomy than any other occupational group. Teachers fail
to meet these basic criteria. Teachers are treated as employees because they lack
the expertise needed to provide the authority for control. Foster recognizes this
lack of control by picturing the teacher as servant:.
In law, servant is a general term used to describe any person of whatever task or
position in the employ of and subject to the direction or control of another, the

I
Educational Malpractice ...
?
Reading 2.7-3
I ?
master. Thus, in this sense, the terms master and servant are synonymous with
employer and employee, and are used to denote one of the main employment
relationships recognized in law (the other two being principal and agent, and
I
employer and independent contractor).6
It will be argued here that the teacher as an employee lacks the autonomy of a
professional and, acting as a servant, is under the control of a master, and
I ?
therefore cannot be held as responsible as a professional who has no similar
servant-master relationship.
It has been argued elsewhere that teachers fail to achieve professional
standingbecause they do not meet any of these three necessary criteria, but it
should be noted that the professional ideal shapes the training and thinking of
teachers and that they often refer to themselves in professional terms. This
I
perception becomes increasingly important in considering educational
malpractice. Traditionally, malpractice charges have been reserved for the
professions, so there is a danger if the courts perceive teachers to be professionals
I
because of that perception among teachers themselves. However, recognizing
teachers as professionals without applying the necessary and sufficient defining
criteria leads to the problem of holding
,
teachers accountable for actions over
I
?
which they have little control.
Educational Malpractice
An examination of the current use of the term "educational malpractice"
indicates that its legal ramifications will affect educators other than teachers.
Educational malpractice includes "the educator's failure to instruct, test, place, or
counsel a student properly or adequately where failure has resulted in emotional
I
or intellectual harm." " This definition is meant to protect children from
intellectual and emotional harm in a schooling situation. It is interesting to note
that there has never been a case of educational malpractice brought before the
I ?
courts of Canada, 8
and that all sixteen cases tried in the United States have been
found in favour of the defendant school, although three needed to go to appeal.
Because educational malpractice cases have met with such little success, there
I
has been an attempt to change emphasis, shifting from educational malpractice to
educational negligence. This subtle shift is very important, because it can make
reference to an extensive body of litigation in which teachers have been held
I
responsible for physical harm resulting from negligence. If teachers can be held
responsible for negligence causing physical harm, perhaps they can be held liable
in negligence situations causing non-physical harm.
I
The charge of educational negligence circumvents the malpractice
terminology, but still must confront the professional claims of expertise and
autonomy, because, as Loscaizo says:
I ?
For a negligence action to lie, there must be a duty or obligation recognized by law
to conform to a certain standard of conduct for the protection of others against
harm. There must be a failure to conform to the required standard—breach of duty.
I
There must be a causal connection—proximate cause—and there must be injury.9
All four criteria must be met before any damages can be awarded to the plaintiff in
an educational negligence case. These are formidable obstacles to overcome in the
I
case of teachers.
11

4-
2.7
James R
. . Covert
Duty and Standard of Conduct
There must be a duty or obligation that conforms
th
a standard of conductthat'acts
to protect others against harm. In order for the duty to be established, there must
be a minimal standard of conduct. It is the duty of the teacher toprotect students
against non-physical harm by providing his or her services in a non-negligent
manner The notion of duty also assumes that there is an important service to be
provided and that failure to fulfill this obligation would result in some harm to the
individual. Duty requires commitment on the part of the practitioner to providing
the important social service at an acceptable leveL of expertise.
In practice, the duty of teachers is partially the result of compulsory schooling
and its presumed social benefit. If a society compés students to attend school and
requires that teachers be certified in order to teadh in the public schools, then the
provision of this function should be of some social benefit. This notion of duty for
social benefit is limited when provincial governments do not require school
attendance or the certification of teachers. In cáes where students have been
removed from schools and taught by parents who are not certified teachers, the
notion of a teacher's duty to uphold the social benefit of schooling cannot be as
easily maintained. But presuming the future
of .-.. ,
compulsory public schooling is
secure, the duty of teachers to provide the public service
1.
of schooling will continue.
Duty has two important criteria: the provision of a service and a minimal
standard of conduct. The standard of conduct is what has been referred to earlier
as expertise or a standard of practice. Even though teachers do not yet possess a
standard of practice equal to that of the traditional professions, there have been
great strides made in the last decade toward enhancing the methods and
techniques that teachers 'can use to promote learning. Research in this area has
indicated that there are certain methods of teaching that are more promising than
others, and an insistence upon the use of these methods might establish a
minimal standard of practice. When this notion is combined with the greater
demand regarding certification being placed on faculties of education by the
provincial governments, some notion of a minimum standard becomes possible.
There are other indications of attention to the promotion of expertise. Education
faculties have raised their standards of admissions in order to emulate other
professional schools. Each province in Canada has a teacher education program
open only to students who already hold a bachelor's degree. Permanent
certification is becoming more difficult to obtain without further graduate study.
Some kind of an extended practicum has been instituted in most provinces, and
experimentation projects have begun on an induction year similar to medical
internship or articling in law. These developments place educators in the
unfortunate situation of striving for a level of expertise that will provide a standard
of practice that may be used in legal cases of educational negligence. Even if a
professional standard is not attained, this trend will inevitably lead to the removal
of the Standard of Conduct as a defence against educational negligence.
A minimal standard of educational practice ay eventually be legislated by.
provincial governments. These legislated duties could be the first considered by the
courts when they endeavour to establish negligence. In Alberta, a proposed
amendment to the School Act sets these duties out' very clearly:
A teacher while providing instruction or supervision must
a.
provide instruction competently to students;
b.
teach the courses of study and education prograiis that are prescribed, approved
or authorized pursuant to this Act;
I

I
Educational Malpractice ...
?
Reading 2.7-5
ii
promote goals and standards applicable to the provision of education adopted or
I
c.
approved pursuant to this Act;
d. ?
encourage and foster learning in students;
I
e.
regularly evaluate students and periodically report the results of evaluation to
the students, the students parents and the board;
I
f.
maintain, under the direction of the principal, order and discipline among the
students while they are in the school or on the school
?
grounds ?
and ?
while
?
they
are
attending or participating in activiti sponsored or approved by the board;
g. subject to any applicable collective agreement and the teacher's contract of
employment, carry out those duties that are assigned to the teacher by the
principal or the board.10
The Education Act of Saskatchewan has a similar set of duties, titled
'Functions and Duties of Teachers."
11
The seventeen sub-sections in the
Saskatchewan Act are more inclusive and much more specific than those in the
Alberta Bill. Some examples of the additional duties include:
b. plan and organize the learning activities of the class with due regard for
individual differences and needs of the pupils;
g. report regularly, in accordance with policies of the school approved by the board
of education, to the parent or guardian of each pupil with respect to his progress
and any circumstances or conditions which may be of mutual interest and
concern to the teacher and the parent or guardian;
i. exclude any pupil from the class for overt opposition to the teachers authority or
other gross misconduct and, by the conclusion of that day, report in writing to
the principal the circumstances of that exclusion;
I. exclude from his classroom any pupil suspected to be suffering from, or of being
convalescent from or in contact with, a communicable disease, and
immediately report that exclusion to the principal who shall thereupon give
notification of the exclusion and the reasons therefor to the medical health
officer,
n. co-operate with the colleges of education of the universities in the education and
training of teachers in accordance with the regulations and any policies of the
board of education with respect to access to the school and its facilities for that
purpose.
It is quite surprising how specific these provincial provisions have become.
This specificity further weakens the case of individual teacher autonomy at both
the school and classroom level. Given these various factors that combine to specify
the duty of teachers, it seems quite likely that the criteria needed to establish a
legal duty of care will be met.
hjury ?
The injury suffered in educational negligence is that of nonphysical harm. The
?
notionof this kind of injury is poorly established in Canadian law, but cases have
?
arisen that involve alleged inability to read and write,
12
as well as improper
?
placement and inappropriate testing. 13 Special education and mainstreaming
havebeen active. grounds for claiming non-physical injury, but none have proven
to be successful. In fact, Wilson and Usher see the increased litigation in a positive
light:
I

2 ?
James R. Covert
It appears then that the likelihood of resolution of special education dispute through
the courts is relatively low .... The result is that educators in Canada; need not fear
the consequences of mandatory special education provision but might instead take
some comfort in discovering that the law indirectly supports good professional
practice. 14
There is also a difficulty in establishing the montary value of non-physical injury.
However, with the large number of individual
,
s involved in education including
both educators and students, it is quite likely that several blatant cases of non-
physical harm will surface that will rival the obvious instances of malpractice that
occur in Canadian medicine and law each year. Therefore, the establishment of
non-physical injury due to educational negligence will probably occur in Canadian
education.
Proximate Cause
In order to prove educational negligence, it must be demonstrated that there was a
causal! link between the breach of duty and the non-physical injury, and
furthermore that the negligent results could have been reasonably foreseen. All
authorities writing about educational negligence agree that this is the most
difficult of the four criteria to prove, especially in situations causing non-physical
injury. However, the failure to establish the presence of any of the four essential
criteria means that the charge of educational negligence will not be sustained in
court. Foster, who strongly advocates suing educators for malpractice, concedes
this point, stating: "While undoubtedly the element of causation
may
present
serious problems of proof in particular cases, it assumes too much to conclude
that it can never be established.
15
Given the difficulty of the task, perhaps he
understates the case.
When considering teaching, it is the notions of autonomy and control that will
continue to cause educational negligence cases to rail. In order for a teacher to be
held responsible for a particular leaching acts that same teacher must be in
control of the factors causing that act to occur. In order to prove proximate cause
in education negligence, it must be demonstrated that the non-physical harm was
caused by the negligence of the teacher. It is also necessary to prove that the
teacher could have foreseen that the negligent action would result in some non-
physical injury. The possibility of succeeding atthis task seems daunting, mainly
because of the lack of teacher autonomy.
Levels of Teacher Autonomy
When discussed in the context of educational negligence, teacher autonomy
assumes a level of control. In order to be accountable, a teacher must be in control.
Teachers are seldom able to demonstrate adequate control, regardless of the
situation under consideration. It has been noted above that provincial
governments exercise considerable control over the duties of teachers in Alberta
and Saskatchewan. However, Canadian schools are controlled by school boards to
an even greater extent. School boards are able:to modify school policy, but they
must adhere to certain curricular decisions made at the provincial level. In any
event, teachers have little to say about the curricular policy that circumscribes
their teaching, or even many of the school policies that affect their teaching
practices. This measure of control by school boards is recognized in law under the
doctrine of vicarious liability, meaning that boards may be held responsible for
their employees' wrongful acts during the ordinhry course of their employment.

I
Educational Malpractice ...
?
Reading 2.7 - 7
I
?
?
Boards remain ultimately responsible for the activities that take place in their
schools.
I
At another level of autonomy, teachers may be dismissed from their positions
for engaging in activities in their private lives that may have little influence on
their professional expertise. Teachers are seen as pillars of moral virtue who are
to be judged on what they do in their private lives, and they may be dismissed even
I
if they are judged to be competent or even excellent in their teaching practice.
16
It
is legally understood that teachers may be discriminated against for exercising
sexual or religious preference, but more recently teachers have been dismissed for
I
?
engaging in premarital sex
17
and suspended for publishing material that failed to
meet moral standards of the community.
18
This lack of control in teachers' private
lives influences their professional status. In both of the examples cited above, the
I ?
teachers were dismissed or suspended for failing to meet a school board
requirement even though they were judged to be competent in their teaching
expertise. Moreover, teachers dismissed for moral reasons by one board may be
I ?
hired as competent teachers by another school board.
19
The determination of
teachers' professional fitness resides largely in their employing boards.
Perhaps the most damaging loss of autonomy for teachers occurs at the
I
classroom level in the everyday practice of teaching. Teachers cannot even be said
to be in control of the
delivery
of educational policy. The notion of the teacher as an
autonomous agent in the classroom has been undermined by the conformity to
I
textbooks, the teaching for standardized exams, and the expectations of other
teachers. Teachers expect students to know certain things as a result of having
taken a previous class. Schools are built on prerequisites that limit a teacher's
freedom to engage in activities that, according to his or her best professional
I
judgment, might promote learning more effectively. The inclusion of exceptional
students in mainstream classrooms and the importance of computer literacy have
further limited the practical autonomy of teachers.
I
The lack of teacher control in the classroom was noted in a recent Alberta
decision by Justice Gallant: "I do not think there is any suggestion whatsoever of
MacDonald being incompetent. The allegation is that he failed to teach in
I ?
accordance with the published policy of the board. 20
In explaining what could be
?
set by the school board as appropriate policy, Justice Gallant stated:
The revised policy includes a
list
of criteria or guidelines relative to effective
I
teaching. The list of criteria, which is expressed not to be exhaustive, includes
detailed aspects of the procedural steps and aspects of instructional planning,
lesson presentation, learning environment, classroom management, student
I ?
evaluation, personal/professional considerations and out-of-class responsibilities
of the teacher.21
It would appear from a common sense understanding of the schooling situation,
I
as well as the ruling of Justice Gallant, that teaching autonomy in the classroom
will continue to be severely limited and that the delivery of school policy will not be
controlled by teachers.
I
Teaching and Learning
Most persons involved with education know that teaching does lot necessarily
producelearning. The most obvious reason is because there are so many
extraneous variables that influence learning and are beyond the control of the
teacher. It is quite possible for physical, psychological, neurological,
environmental, and cultural factors to enter into the teaching-learning act to

8— 1çqdi4g 2.7
?
James R. Covert
render teaching ineffective.
22
There are many instances of perfectly adequate
teaching taking place in a classroom where several individuals may learn very
little, even in a residential school where students live on campus for the entire
schooling period, it is ludicrous to propose a one-to-one teaching-learning
correlation.
Causation has another fundamental problem, however, if it fails to take into
account the obvious process-product distinction. Teaching is a process that may or
may not produce learning.23 Evaluating the process by reference to the product
alone negates the essence of the teaching activity and puts the emphasis in the
wrong place. In order for an individual to learn, he' or she must be receptive to the
teaching act. A great deal of co-operation must be exhibited by the student in order
for any learning to take place. Learning is a conscious act thatcannot. be
accomplished on one's behalf by someone else Students may lack interest,
experience, motivation, or the necessary wit and intelligence to take advantage of
the teaching being offered. Just as teaching can take place without learning,
learning can occur without a teacher's being involved. To make a causal
connection between these two facts presumes thatthe student will learn what the
teacher has taught, or, worse yet, that the student did not learn because the
teacher failed to teach something at an adequate level.
This teaching-learning relationship raises
one final issue that educators
should address when considering their responses to the educational negligence
issue. If teachers are to be judged negligent, it will have to be on the basis of their
teaching methods and techniques rather than on the failure of a particular
student to learn. This will require several educational adjustments on the part of
teachers and administrators. Initially there will have to be an agreed upon
standard of practice, and this will have to be applied by knowledgeable people,
ideally during the period of the alleged negligence. Administrators will have to
establish appropriate modes of evaluation and take the time to perform these
evaluations or develop a system of peer evaluation. Teachers and students are
quite aware of the artificial nature of the old school-inspector system of evaluation
and are loath to become involved in this flawed method of evaluation again.
The evaluation of the teaching process is not unusual in situations where
teachers are under investigation for incompetence. This kind of evaluation has
taken from two to ten years to accomplish and, unless there is some different
method instituted for the purpose of educational negligence suits, the
administrative entanglements will be prohibitively expensive and time-
consuming.
24
When this administrative difficulty is combined with the doubtful
outcome of educational negligence litigation, it is no wonder that Canadian courts
have had to devote such little attention to' the question of educational
malpractice 25
Judicial Conservatism
In educational matters the Canadian courts have generally chosen a path of non-
interference, especially concerning policy decisions and professional judgments.
Writing about the role of the courts in special education cases, Wilson and Usher
state:
Indeed, Ontario courts have been reluctant to overturn decisions made by
professional tribunals and appeal bodies which are 'governed by statutes unless it is
obvious that a blatant violation of the procedures set out in the Judicial Review
Procedures Act[
sic]
has occurred.26

1
Educational Malpractice ...
?
Reading 2.7-9
I
I
O'Reilly sees the role of Canadian courts to be
?
even more narrowly
circumscribed:
ITlhe role of the courts in our society is limited. The courts protect our fundamental
I
human rights and they arbitrate between parties, particularly when property rights
are involved. However, courts are loath to define the quality or nature of the
program that should be provided. In the realm of professional services, the courts
I
are always reluctant to interfere in the judgment of professionals.
Given this kind of conservative bias, along with all of the factors outlined above,
the chances of an individual student winning a malpractice case against a teacher
I
in
the near future are virtually nonexistent.
Conclusion
I
This analysis should be useful to those educators who are in control and exercise
greater responsibility over educational situations than teachers. Educators who
engage in testing and placement have clearly defined responsibility and are more
likely to be held accountable than classroom teachers. Administrators who make
I
decisions about policy and have the authority to change policy are also more
potentially liable than teachers. Many of the administrative acts are not as closely
I
tied to the learning function and therefore cannot hide behind the cloak of the
mysterious teaching-learning equation. This analysis proposes that teachers are
especially
?
insulated ?
from ?
charges ?
of ?
educational
?
negligence ?
but ?
that
administrators are relatively vulnerable because of their autonomy. School boards,
I'
who exercise ultimate authority in many policy matters, may be increasingly
vulnerable to suits for educational negligence in the coming decade.
The other area of vulnerability is special education. Special education teachers,
I
consultants, and school psychometrists may be in greater jeopardy than ordinary
classroom teachers, as their standard of practice and level of expertise are more
specified and circumscribed. The tests and measures used to identify and place
I
exceptional students provide objective evidence facilitating the establishment of an
appropriate standard of conduct. Moreover, the harm resulting from failure to
diagnose or misdiagnosis or misplacement of exceptional pupils is arguably more
I
easily established than the rather more ephemeral losses said to arise from mere
negligent teaching. Even ordinary classroom teachers may become increasingly
vulnerable as more and more exceptional pupils are integrated into regular
classrooms.
I
This article was not written to promote complacency. The claim that teachers
are protected from educational malpractice by virtue of their non-professional
I
status, and from educational negligence by virtue of the nature of their task, is
meant to encourage rather than discourage further professionalization. The
danger is that due to the educational malpractice rhetoric, teachers will choose
not to professionalize and promote the tenets of expertise, commitment, and
I
autonomy for fear of being held liable for acts of malpractice or negligence. It is
always desirable that teachers pursue these professional goals regardless of the
eventual attainment of the status of a professional. Teachers should strive for
I
Notes
greater autonomy in order to exercise their expertise.
'
?
?
1. L. Shulman, "Those Who Understand: Knowledge Growth in Teaching" (1986), 15
?
Educational Researcher 4.
2. W. Foster, "Educational Malpractice: Educate or Litigate" (1986), 11
Canadian
Journal of Education 122
at
143.

lO-eading2.7 ?
James K ,.Covert
?
I
3.
R. O'Reilly, "Still No Malpractice Suits in Special Education in',Canada or the
United States" (1985), 2 Canadian .
Journal for Exceptional Children
22.
4.
W. Foster, "Why Not Sue the School for Teacher Malpractice" (1987), 7 (No. 5)
The
Lawyers Weekly, p.
4.
5.
Note 3, above, at p. 24.
6.
W. Foster, "Educational Malpractice:A Rejoinder" (1987), 12
Canadian Journal of
Education
225.
7.
T. Loscalzo, "Malpractice in Education" (1985), 14 J. L. & Educ. 595.
8.
Note 2, above, at
p.
123.
9. Note 7, above, at
p.
602.
10.
Bill 27 (School Act), s. 13, Alberta, 1988, Third session, 21st Legislature, 37
Elizabeth 11.
11.
S.S. 1981, c. E-0.1, s. 227.
12.
V. Byfield, "Is There a Chance for Tricia?"
Western Report,
July 20, 1987,
p.
26.
13.
Bales v. (Central Okanagan) Sch. Dist. 23 Bd.-.of Sch. Trustees
(1984), 54 B.C.L.R.
203 (B.C.S.C.).
14.
A. Wilson and L. Usher, "Who Will Put Humpty Together Again?" (1985), 1
Canadian Journal of Special Education
1 at 12.
15. Note 4, above.
16.
Walsh v. Newfoundland (Treasury Bd)
(1986) 59 Nfld. & P.E.I.R. 129 178 A.P.R.
129 (Nfld. T.D.).
17.
Casagrande v. Hinton Roman Catholic Separate School District No. 155
(1986) I
(No. 3) School Law Commentary 1-3-9.
18.
Abbots
f
ord
School Distnct 34 v. Shewan
(1987) 21 B.C.L.R. (2d) 93 (B.C. C.A.).
19.
In the .instances cited in notes 16 and 17 both teachers were hired by another school
board after having been dismissed from their initial teaching positions.
20.
MacDonald v. Red Deer (County No. 23)
(1986), 44 Alta. L.R. (2d) 134 at 140.
21.
Ibid., p.
137.
22.
Peter W. v. San Francisco Unified School Dist.,
131 Cal.Rptr,854; 60 Cal.App.3d
814 (1976).
23. D. Simpson and M. Jackson,
Teacher as Philosopher
(Toronto: Methuen, 1984).
24. In the
MacDonald
case there were 26 evaluations conducted by three different
qualified persons over a period of four years.
25. Note 2, above, at
p.
123.
26.
Note 14, above, at
p.
12.
27. Note 3, above, at
p.
24.
0

1
I
?
UNIT THREE

Back to top


STUDENT AND PARENT RIGHTS AND

Back to top


1 ?
RESPONSIBILITIES
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I

Reading 3.1
Student Rights and the Charter An Analysis of
?
Legal and Extra-Legal Considerations
The impact of the Charter on students' rights has been a matter of speculation and
debate since the Charter's inception. This debate has been not only about how far the
courts were apt to go in extending rights to students but also about how far they ought
to go. The author of this article examines these questions specifically in the light of
the courts' interpretation to date of the individual rights-oriented sections of the
Charter including a number of cases where the sections have been interpreted and
applied in the school context. He urges the courts to extend such rights on a full
understanding of the complexities and peculiarities of the educational enterprise.
Depuis l'entrée en vigueurde la Charte, on n'a pas cessé de médiler et de délibérer
sur les effets de cette loi sur les droits des étudiants. Dans ce débat, la question de
savoir dans quelle mesure les tribunaux allaient accorder davantage de droits aux
étudiants n'était pas la seule
a
se poser; il importait tout autant de bien fixer les
limites qui devraient être imposées
a
ces droits. L'auteur de cet article étudieces
questions en tenant compte précisément de l'interprétation qu'ont donnée les
tribunaux jusqu'à present des articles de Ia Charte qui portent sur les droits de la
personne, notamment un certain nombre de causes oà ces articles ont été
interprétés et appliqués au milieu scolaire. Il invite les tribunaux
a
n'accorder de
tels droits qu'en se fondant sur une comprehension approfondie de la réalité
complexe et particuliére du projet éducatif.
Introduction
Slowly yet unmistakably, Canadian courts are changing the national legal
landscape. Studies of outcomes of litigation in federal and provincial jurisdictions1
show that numerous courts at all levels have broken
off
with the Canadian
tradition of extreme judicial deference to legislative and administrative authority.
As Monahan observes, the Supreme Court in particular has clearly shunned a
restrictive or passive attitude with respect to the Charter of Rights and Freedoms.2
Instead, it has pursued a "rather activist line of analysis,"
3
exhibited most fully so
far in its
B.C. Motor Vehicle Act Refe
rence
decision. 4
This decision engaged the
Court 5
in a substantive interpretation of section 7 of the Charter and left no doubt
that the new judicial era will see increased judicial policy making. It seems safe to
conclude that a pervasive judicial presence in different areas in the life of the
nation is now only a matter of time. Altogether, the prognostications and analyses,
made by legal and political minds
6
before and shortly after the arrival of the
Canadian Charter, may not have been made in vain.
Commentators at the intersection of law and education have sketched
anticipatory scenarios of their own. More specifically, Bergen,
7
MacKay,8
Magsino, 9
Manley-Casimir and Sussel,
10
Pyra and Watkinson,
11
and Schmeiser
and Wood
12
have envisioned a more prominent judicial presence in educational
sy
stems, particularly in relation to rights of students, teachers, parents, and
school boards. However, as may be expected, that presence may not be felt
overnight. With the notable exceptions of linguistic rights in schools,
13
funding
Reprinted from:
Magsino, R.F. (March 1989). Student rights and the charter: An
analysis of legal and extra-legal considerations.
Education and Law Journal, 1, 233-260.

2—Reading.3.i ?
R.F. Magsino.
rights of Catholic separate schools
12
and an asserted right against compulsory
public school attendance,
13
most potential charter rights of educational
participants have not been addressed by the Supreme Court of Canada.
The absence of definitive Supreme Court interpretations of Charter provisions
in a way that reveals their application to teachers, parents, administrators and
students, may occasion unease and perplexity. Educators, particularly those with
administrative roles, may anxiously wonder about the precise entitlements of
young people in school. The equality rights provision (section 15) of the Charter
forbids discriminatory denial of Charter rights on the basis of age, among other
things. Does this imply students' entitlement to fundamental freedoms (section 2),
legal rights (sections 7 to 14) and other Charter rights guaranteed all Canadians?
If so, are their entitlements coextensive with thoseof adults? May educators limit,
through their use of administrative discretion, students' exercise of Charter
rights?
The lack of precise answers to these questions, together with the real possibility
of student-initiated litigation based on alleged violation of rights, could
understandably make life uncomfortable for educators. Yet the situation seems to
offer positive opportunities for educators. It is to be assumed that lawyers and
judges are alert to the various legal arguments relevant to educational litigation;
however, a scholarly and reasoned presentation of the educational viewpoint could
sensitize judges and lawyers to distinctive educational considerations that should
be taken into account in determining the rights of young people within educational
institutions. Such sensitization may contribute to the recognition that "schools are
first and foremost a place of learning." 14
Perhaps even more significant, the
absence of definitive court-imposed decisions on student rights allows educators to
seize the initiative in establishing a regime of law and justice in school consistent
with its role as a place of learning. Despite evidence of activism in the courts, it is
still fair to assume that, in general, they are not eager to act as educational policy-
makers or school administrators. Provided good faith is shown by educators
through the establishment of reasonable guidelines and mechanisms for the just
treatment of young people, continuing judicial respect for educational autonomy
and discretion may be expected.
Establishment of this regime requires, among other things, analyses of
distinctive educational considerations needed to formulate mechanisms and
guidelines for the just treatment of young people. In an attempt to promote these
analyses, this article will elaborate on current developments affecting student
rights by examining recent Canadian cases. It will focus on the present lack of
unanimity among the courts in determining specific rights for students. It will be
noted, however, that principles applicable to these rights are evident in recent
decisions of the Supreme Court of Canada. Finally, some American cases will be
discussed to highlight certain educational elements which our own courts might
consider in determining rights of students under the Charter.
Students and the Lower Courts: Conflicting Signals
Vested with the power to interpret the Canadian Charter, courts may be expected
ultimately to provide consistent guidelines through their decisions. Until this
time, however, available judgments in different jurisdictions convey contrasting
messages. In Alberta, the case of a 13-year-old student who stole $65 from a
teacher's wallet raised the question of the application of section 10 of the Charter to
a student interrogated by the principal in his office.
15
First ascertaining that
teachers and principals who are employees of school boards are governed by the

I
I
-
Student Rights and the Charter: ...
?
Reading 3.1 —3
I
Charter, Provincial Court Judge Russell ruled that detention for interrogation in
the principal's office was detention within the meaning of section 10 and that the
student's rights as prescribed in that section were infringed because he was not
I
informed of his right to retain and instruct counsel. Referring to Lamer J.'s view
in
R. v. Therens, 18
that failure to abide by the duty of informing an accused of his
section 10(b) right will lead to obtaining evidence that will bring disrepute to the
administration of justice, Judge Russell consequently declared that the evidence
' obtained by the principal was inadmissible. Subsequently, the case against the
student was dismissed. On appeal to the Alberta Court of Queen's Bench,19
Justice Dechene upheld the student's acquittal; however, he noted that the need to
I
?
?
inform the student of the right to speak to a lawyer arose not under the Charter but ?
rather under the Young Offenders Act.
20
In Ontario,
R. v. J.M.G. 21
led to a different conclusion, however. Just as in
R.
v.H.,
the principal brought a 14-year-old student to his office when he was
informed that the student was seen placing drugs in his socks. Subsequently, a
search in the right sock of the accused netted some marijuana. The student was
I
convicted initially in Youth Court but was acquitted subsequently by a District
Court which ruled that the principal had no lawful authority to search him. The
Crown raised its case to the Ontario Court of Appeal. The student's counsel
I
argued that his client's section 8 right against unreasonable search and seizure
and his section 10 right to be informed of his rights upon detention had been
violated. In rejecting the section 8 arguments, Justice Grange emphasized the
principal's obligation to maintain order and discipline, the reasonableness of the
I
grounds for the search and seizure, and the inadvisability of securing prior
authorization for every search or seizure of illegal material. More interestingly,
Grange J.'s reasoning contradicted Judge Russell's in connection with the
I
application of section 10 to students. Noting Supreme Court Justice Le Dam's
consideration of the meaning of 'detained' in
R. v. Therens,
22
he, nevertheless, did
not find the student's detention to be a "detention" within the meaning of section 10
I
of the Charter. In his view, school attendance itself involves detention, and a
student is not only subject to the discipline of the school but is also required by the
nature of his attendance to undergo any reasonable disciplinary or investigative
• ?
procedure.
23
ILitigation involving the fundamental freedoms of religion and conscience has
not brought consistent results either. In
Kingston v. Bd of Trustees, Central
I
Okanagan24
students who refused to attend gym classes on religious grounds
were suspended. On behalf of their children, the parents argued in the court that
compulsory attendance in co-educational gym classes was a violation of section 2
of the Charter and succeeded in having their children return to school. However,
I
?
?
as MacKay notes,
25
their constitutional argument was not fully and finally
?
determined because the case did not proceed any further.
I
In any event, the favourable outcome for the students in
Kingston is
in contrast
to the result in
Re Zylberberg and Director of Education of Sudbury Bd. of
Education 26
Section 28(1) of R.R.O. 1980, Reg. 262, enacted under the Education
I
Act of Ontario, 27
provides what public schools shall open or close each day with
religious exercises consisting of the reading of the scriptures (or other suitable
material) and repeating of the Lord's Prayer (or other suitable prayers). In
accordance with this provision, the Sudbury Board of Education expected each
' principal to have opening religious exercises that were either conducted by the
teacher in the classroom or carried on over the central public address system.
Early in 1985, some non-Christian parents, on behalf of their children attending
I

4—Reading 3.1 ?
R.F. Magsino
Sudbury schools, acted to stop the practice. They challenged the school hoard
jurisdiction to hold religious exercises in its schools and to require the recitation of
the Lord's Prayer in these exercises. They took issue with both the regulation and
the practice thereunder as coercive against their children, whose religious
freedom (guaranteed in section 7 of the Charter) they claimed was thereby
violated. Justice O'Leary of the Ontario High Court, however, was not convinced.
Noting that the contested regulation did not compel participation in the religious
exercise because of its clear exemption clause, he stated that the pressure to
conform (by joining the exercise) rather than to face the embarrassment of
disclosing a different religious belief was not Qf such an extent as to constitute
coercive infringement on religious freedom and conscience. In his view, even if
the pressure constituted infringement, it was demonstrably justified in a free and
democratic society and was, therefore, a reasonable limit allowed by sectidri 1 of
the Charter. In a democracy, he argued, schools have an obligation to teach
morality. A minor infringement on some pupils' freedom of conscience and
religion, he insisted, must not stand in the way of the obligation of the schools to
teach morality in the most effective and least offensive way they know how,
namely, by holding religious exercises.
The arguments of the majority in the Divisional Court did not convince the
higher court when the case was appealed. The Ontario Court of Appeal agreed
with the dissenting analysis of Reid J. who insisted that pressures brought by
section 28(1) on religious minority students were real and that the section imposed
a compulsion to conform. For the court, whether the students were harmed or not
was immaterial because there was no burden of proof on those objecting to section
98(1) to prove that it caused harm to individual students. Referring to American
decisions on school prayer, the court stated:
The absence of an establishment clause in s. 2(a) does not limit the protection it
gives to freedom of conscience and religion.
Support can be found . . . for our conclusion that the compulsion on students to
conform and not exercise the right of exemption is a real restraint on the freedom of
conscience and religion guaranteed by the
Charter.28
But could the infringement of section 2(a) be justified under section 1 of the
Charter? Answering negatively, the court noted that the purpose of section 28(1)
was religious, concerned as it was with imbuing education with Christian
principles. Because of this evident purpose, the court did not have to examine the
impact of the section to determine whether section I applied. Even if it did, section
28(1) would not survive the test specified in earlier court decisions, namely, that
guaranteed rights should be impaired as little as possible.
Recent announcements indicate that the Ontario Government will not be
appealing this judgment to the Supreme Court 5f Canada. Consequently, though
this decision has some persuasive effect on the courts in other provincial
jurisdictions, it leaves the constitutionality of school prayers still an open question.
A similar case before the Supreme Court may still agree with the dissent of
Lacourciere J. that the Canadian Constitution 'contemplates a bridge rather than
a wall of separation between church and state, sp that even a religious purpose or
an incidental religious effect would not render the challenged legislation
unconstitutional.
Differences in court decisions in somewhat similar cases can also be seen in
two non-Charter cases concerning the Young Offenders Act. In
Re Peel Bd. of
Education and B.
29
two students were charged in court with the offences of

Student Rights and the Charter: ...
?
Reading 3.1 —5
I
I
kidnapping, unlawful confinement, and sexual assault. Subsequently, their
school principal suspended them. Their appeal to the school board ended with a
further suspension. Before conducting hearings on whether to expel the students,
the board sought the court's opinion as to whether such hearings would be in
violation of section 38 of the Young Offenders Act. This section prohibits
publication of a report of an offence committed or alleged to have been committed
by a young person if his identity will be disclosed. In his judgment, Ontario High
Court Justice Reid recognized the board's good faith in proposing the use of all
reasonable means to avoid formal or informal publication of the hearing.
However, defining a report to mean either an oral or written account of an event.
he noted that the result of an expulsion hearing unfavourable to the students
would inevitably be known publicly through oral means and by the very fact of the
students' absence from school. Thus, the proposed expulsion hearing was
declared contrary to the Young Offenders Act. It is noteworthy that Justice Reid
also saw the suspensions as arbitrary. In his view, the mere fact that a student
has been charged with an offence does not, by itself, establish a basis for
disciplinary action or justify the peremptory and, indeed, arbitrary action by the
board and its officials.
In a Saskatchewan case,
H. (G.) v. Shamrock Bd of Education, School Division
No. 38,30 however, the court supported the validity of a school board's action in
response to three students being charged in court under the Young Offenders Act
for alleged sexual assaults on other students at school. The board's action involved
placing restrictions on the movements of the three students within the school in
order to separate them from the complainant-students. Agreeing with the board,
Saskatchewan Queen's Bench Justice McLellan found that the action of the board
fell within its power to administer and manage the educational affairs of the
school division and to exercise general supervision and control over the schools of
the division. Apparently, the Justice found no need to consider that restrictions on
the three students alone may be seen as implying the board's presumption of their
guilt. Neither did he anticipate that such a presumption would be perceived by
students who are likely to spread it orally, not only in the school, but also in the
community.
The limited number of cases discussed above allows us to make a few guarded
observations concerning the use and impact of the Charter in the lower courts for
the purpose of determining how the young are to be treated. Despite the
widespread recognition that the Charter is a potent instrument protecting all
Canadians, cases argued on behalf of students do not invariably appeal to it for
support. Thus, in
H. (G.) v. Shamrock,
no argument was offered that there had
been an infringement of any of the rights and freedoms guaranteed to the
applicant students under the Charter.
Re Peel Bd. of Education and B.
appears to
have been argued solely on the basis of section 38 of the Young Offenders Act
which prohibits the publication of any report of a hearing, adjudication,
disposition or appeal concerning a young person who committed or is alleged to
have committed an offence.31
Similarly, the 1985 British Columbia case,
C.T. & J.T. v. Bd. of School Trustees
of School District
35
(Langley),
32 focused on the disparity between school board
policy and the relevant School Act (B.C.) provision respecting suspension. In this
case, a 13-year-old student was suspended from October till the end of the
academic year for smoking marijuana during the school lunch break at the
nearby house of a friend. In setting the suspension aside, the B.C. Court of Appeal
accepted the argument that the school board policy mandating the suspension
eroded the discretionary authority given to principals and teachers by section
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I

6—Reading 3.1 ?
R.F. Magsin()
117(3) of the Act. The important point to note in this case, as in the two preceding
cases, is that the litigants' failure to employ Charter provisions, where possible to
do so, deprives the courts of the opportunity to address the ramifications of those
provisions for students. In practical terms, educators who are waiting to receive
guidance from the courts may have to remain empty-handed for a long time.
Another observation concerns the lack of consensus among the courts
themselves, even when they address similar cases involving the same Charter
provisions. The Alberta case (R. v H.)
33
itself shows that, even within the same
provincial jurisdiction, courts at different levels may perceive the applicability of
Charter provisions in different ways. Whereas the Provincial Court accepted the
applicability of the Charter, the Alberta Queen's Bench, in
obiter dicta,
rejected it.
The Provincial Court and the
J.M.G.
(Ontario) court accepted theapplicability of
the Charter; both examined the application of section 10 and recognized the
Supreme Court ruling in
R. v. Therens 35
as the controlling authority on the issue.
Yet, they parted company when they explored the implications of the meaning of
'detention' provided in the ruling by Le Dain J. in
Therens.
The initial difference
is the Alberta court's explicit reference in the meaning of 'detention' to the
psychological, as distinct from the physical, control of one person by another.
Though the Ontario court took no cognizance of this aspect of detention, this
difference is perhaps not significant because, in the court's view, neither physical
nor psychological control of J.M.G. by the principal was "detention." The court put
it as follows:
The accused was already under detention of a kind throughout his school atten-
dance. He was subject to the discipline of the school and required by the nature of
his attendance to undergo any reasonable disciplinary investigative procedure.
The search here was but an extension of normal discipline such as, for example, the
requirement to stay after school or to do extra assignments or the denial of
privileges.36
This is in marked contrast to the view of the Alberta Youth Court:
This was no ordinary disciplinary measure being undertaken by the principal: it
was not a typical school detention; the purpose of his interrogation of these students
was to determine whether or not to report this matter to the police. The nature of this
detention was comparable to that which occurs when a person is being interrogated
by the police themselves; the objective of the detention was not to discipline these
students in relation to a school matter but to investigate a criminal offence; this
accused was aware of that; the psychological compulsion he was under was all the
more compelling because of that.37
Though not similar in all details, these two cases exhibit enough similarity to
develop expectations of similar rulings. The contrasting results may well suggest
a significant difference in the perspectives that shaped the decisions of the two
courts. Clearly, the court in
J.M.G.
took pains to recognize the educational context
within which the case occurred. Explicit reference was made to the province's
Education Act which imposes certain responsibilities on principals related to their
schools' educational objectives. The
J.M.G.
court saw the action of the principal to
be entirely reasonable within an educational context; on the other hand, the court
in
R. v. H.
revealed no particular concern for the specific context of the case. Its
review of and reliance on the case law gave a strong impression that the school is
to be treated as any other societal institution. At least one important reason for the
differing judgments in the two similar cases may
,
pertain to the different degrees
of sensitivity that the courts had toward the unique character of the school as a
teaching-learning institution.
I

I
I
Student Rights and the Charter: ...
?
Reading 3.1 - 7
I
Finally, the courts' recognition of the institutional character of schools needs to
be noted. Though the
R. v. H.
court deliberately or unwittingly sidestepped the
nature of school systems, most other courts have at least taken note of the unique
I
requirements of school systems. Thus, even as it reminded school authorities of
their obligation to recognize the legal rights of students, particularly when
expulsion is contemplated, and to avoid arbitrariness, the court in
Re Peel Bd. of
I
Education38
explicitly dealt with the educational concern in maintaining
discipline and order. Moreover, accepting the school board's contention that the
student did not have to be given warning under the circumstances of the case, the
court in
C. T. v. Langley
39
set aside her suspension, not on, account of any rights
I
she possessed, but because the contested school board policy was "ineffective to
override the discretionary authority given principals and teachers
1140
by section
117(3) of the School Act.
4
' This support for the discretionary authority vested in
I
educators in even more emphatically stated in
H. (G.) v. Shamrock. 42
There the
court asserted "a presumption of validity in favour of the action taken by the
respondent board" and laid the burden of proof of the applicants.
43
More
I
?
interesting, the court displayed traditional judicial passivity and deference toward
educational authority, as follows:
It is not for me to decide the rightness or the wrongness of the decision of the board
... I am only asked to determine whether the board possesses the authority under
the Act to impose the restrictions.44
Supreme Court of Canada Decisions: In Search of Principles
Whether the courts considered above were justified in their rulings can
undoubtedly be disputed. What is important for our purpose, however, is that
lower courts generally still appear to give educational authorities more than just
the benefit of the doubt. Nevertheless, given the lack of unanimity in this regard
among the lower courts, some possible guidelines from the Supreme Court of
Canada should be explored.
Unfortunately, guidelines which derive directly from Charter cases are in
short supply. Moreover, education-related cases have largely centered on collective
linguistic and religious rights rather than the predominantly individual-oriented
rights found in sections 2 and 7 to 14 of the Charter. None among the cases
available he dealt directly with rights of students. Nevertheless, some guiding
principles or conclusions that may well apply to educational matter relating to
students can be discovered.
Needless to say, one point can be immediately taken for granted. When
presented with the opportunity, the Canadian Supreme Court will not hesitate to
overturn Charter-offending legislation—even that which has a long history and
has survived legal challenge before. The Court amply demonstrated this
disposition in
R v. Big M Drug Mart Ltd.
45
which involved a corporation charged
with a violation of the Lords Day Act
46
when one of its stores opened and sold
various articles on Sunday. Finding that the Act aimed at the observance of the
Christian Sabbath in a way that compelled even non-Christians, the Court struck
it down. In doing so, it demonstrated, among other things, its judicial power and,
more important, its willingness to invalidate an act of Parliament seen to infringe
on a right guaranteed by the Charter.

8 —Reading 3.1
?
R.F. Magsino
Fundamental Freedoms
The
R. v. Big M
case also illustrates the Court's commitment to, and sheds light
on its conception of, the principle of freedom within the Canadian context. Noting
that freedom is founded on respect for the inherent dignity and the inviolable
rights of the human being, Chief Justice Brian Dickson defined a truly free
society, which Canada is supposed to be, as one which can accommodate a wide
variety of beliefs, diversity of tastes and pursuits, customs, and codes of conduct. ''
Thus, as he saw it, freedom of conscience and religion must mean, at the very
least, that the government may not coerce individuals to affirm a specific religious
belief or to manifest a specific religious practice for a sectarian purpose. The
Lord's Day Act, Mr. Justice Dickson found, was inimical to the spirit of the
Charter and the dignity of all non-Christians to the extent that it bound everyone to
a sectarian Christian ideal.
It is clear, therefore, that the Court will strike down statutes and regulations,
educational or otherwise, the object of which is the coercive and sectarian
imposition of values and beliefs by government or its agencies. It is not evident
from this case however, that restrictive institutional requirements with no
apparent discriminatory intent will be denied Court approval. The Court dispelled
any doubts on this matter when it addressed this issue explicitly in a non-Charter
case in the same year. In holding that a Seventh Day Adventist saleswoman at
Simpson-Sears had been discriminated against under the Ontario Human Rights
Code, 48 the Court ruled, in
Re Ont. Human Rights Commission and Simpsons-
Sears Ltd.
49
that proof of intent to discriminate is not an essential requirement.
An employment rule honestly made for sound reasons. equally applicable to all,
may nevertheless be discriminatory if one group of employees is treated with
different effects because of special characteristics which it possesses. According to
the Court's ruling, to avoid discrimination on the basis of one's creed, employers
must make a reasonable effort to accommodate the religious needs of their
employees, short of undue hardships or undue interference in the operation of the
employers' business. Though strictly speaking applicable to private employers,
there is little doubt that this principle will apply to public and governmental
institutions.
How the Supreme Court's decisive pronouncements on behalf of freedom of
conscience and religion actually translate in terms of student rights remains
intriguing. In the
Zylberberg
case, the Divisional Court was certainly aware of the
Big M Drug Mart
decision. Quoting Chief Justice Dickson extensively, the court
nonetheless contrasted the Lord's Day Act, which imposed a day of rest on
everyone, and the Ontario Education Act which did not require anyone to
participate in or be present at religious exercises. It also referred to
R. v.
Video
fl icks
Ltd.,
50
decided by the Ontario Court of Appeal, which upheld Ontario's
Retail Business Holidays Act 51
but declared it of no force and effect for one of the
accused. In its declaration in favour of N. Ltd., owned by an Orthodox Jew, the
Court held that freedom of religion and conscienc goes beyond lack of coercion in
holding and professing one's beliefs. It includes the right to observe the essential
practices demanded by the tenets of one's religion. In determining whether this
freedom is infringed by legislation, the court must determine the legislation's
effect on the observance of those practices. Again',however, the
Zylberberg
lower
court did not find this authority appropriate in the circumstances of that case. In
its view, the contentious section neither required participation in religious
exercises nor even made it inconvenient for the non-Christian pupils to pray or
direct their thoughts as their conscience dictated. It is ironic, however, that the
Ontario Court of Appeal read the
Big M Drug Mart
and
Video flicks
decisions in

Student Rights and the Charter: ...
?
Reading 3.1 —9
such a way that they served as a basis for overturning the ruling by the Divisional
Court. The decision by the Ontario Government not to appeal this ruling,
particularly in light of the issues raised in the dissenting views of Lacourciere J.,
may simply have postponed the final resolution of this issue by the court of last
resort.
Legal Rights
A similar commitment to non-religious rights has also been firmly established in
Re
f .
re Section 94(2) of the Motor Vehicle Act
52
and
Morgentaler u. R.
53
both of
which dealt with section 7 of the Charter. The
Motor Vehicle Act
case arose when
the B.C. government asked its Court of Appeal whether section 94(2) of the Motor
Vehicle Act was consistent with the Charter. Section 94(2) states that section 94(1)
creates an absolute liability offence of driving while disqualified in which guilt is
established by mere proof of driving, whether or not the defendant knew he was
not legally entitled to drive. On behalf of the Supreme Court, Lamer J. found that a
law that could convict a person who has not really done anything wrong offends
the principles of fundamental justice. If it imposes, as the Act did, imprisonment
as a penalty, it violates a person's right to liberty under section of the Charter. In
so finding, the Court explicitly gave, a meaning to the term "fundamental justice"
that transcended the merely procedure-oriented term "natural justice." It insisted
that though many of the principles of fundamental justice are procedural in
nature, they are not limited solely to procedural guarantees. According to the
Court, "fundamental justice" protects the substantive interests of life, liberty and
security, examples of which were those rights identified in sections 8 to 14. The
Court presented its views as follows:
Sections 8 to 14 are illustrative
of
deprivations
of
those rights to life, liberty and
security
of
the person in breach
of
the principles
of
fundamental justice. For they,
in effect, illustrate some
of
the parameters
of
the "right" to life, liberty and security
of
the person; they are examples
of
instances in which the "right" to life, liberty and
security
of
the person would be violated in a manner which is not in accordance
with the principles
of
fundamental justice. To put matters in a different way, ss. 7
to 14 could have been fused into one section, with inserted between the words
of s. 7
and the rest
of
those sections, the oft-utilized provision in our statutes, "and without
limiting the generality
of
the foregoing
(s. 7)
the following shall be deemed to be in
violation of a person's rights under this section." Clearly, some of those sections
embody principles that are beyond what could be characterized as "procedural."54
The Court noted that it would be incongruous to interpret section 7 more narrowly
than the rights in sections 8 to 14, which the Court believed should not be
interpreted in a "narrow and technical" manner.55
Section 7 served also as the focus of the recent contentious case of
Morgentaler
u.
R.
56 Speaking for the Court, Chief Justice Dickson did not find it necessary to
examine the substantive question of public policy on abortion. He found it sufficient
to investigate whether or not the impugned legislative provision (Section 251 of the
Criminal Code) met the procedural standards of fundamental justice.. Taking note
of Justice Le Dam's view in
R. v. Therens
57
that the element of psychological
compulsion in the form of a reasonable perception of suspension of freedom of
choice is enough to make the restraint of liberty involuntary, he declared that
"state interference with bodily integrity and serious state-imposed psychological
stress, at least in the criminal law context, constitute a breach of security of the
person." 58
He also observed that, in the present case, the system regulating access
to therapeutic abortions as manifestly unfair. He pointed out that section 251

10—Reading 3.1
?
1 ?
R.F. Magsino
contains so many potential barriers to its operation that the defence it creates will
in many circumstances be practically unavailable to women who would prima
facie qualify for the defence or (will) force such women to travel great distances at
substantial expense and inconvenience in order to benefit from a defence that is
held out to be generally available.59
Thus, section 251 did not comport with the principles of fundamental justice.
Whether at least some physical and psychological constraints or compulsions
in schooling may be regarded as being in violation of section 7 is an interesting
question. May indoctrinating practices in public schools be regarded as invasion of
students' liberty rights? Would such practices in private schools, whether
religious or secular, be similarly regarded? Does section 7 encompass students'
rights to privacy with respect to their confidential files, including the results of
their psychological tests?
Section 8, which guarantees everyone the right to be secure against
unreasonable search or seizure, reached the Supreme Court's attention through
Hunter v. Southam Inc.
60
This case began when investigators from the Combines
Investigation Branch searched the property of Southam Inc. just a few days after
the arrival of the Charter. The search was authorized by a member of the
restrictive Trade Practices Commission as set out in sections 10(1) and (3) of the
Combines Investigation Act.
61
Given that section 10(3) established a requirement
for prior authorization, the question was whether it provided for an acceptable
prior authorization procedure. The Court found that the Commission and its
members have been vested by the Act with significant investigatory functions.
According to the Court, this
has the result of vitiating the ability of a member of the commission to act in a
judicial capacity when authorizing a search or seizure under s. 10(3) . . . (T)he
administrative nature of the commission's investigatory duties . . . ill accords
with the neutrality and detachment necessary to assess whether the evidence
reveals that the point has been reached where the interests of the individual must
constitutionally give way to those of the State.62
Subsequently, the Court declared sections 10(1) and (3) of no force and effect "as
much for their failure to specify an appropriate standard for issuance of warrants
as for their designation of an improper arbiter to issue them."
63
In light of the fact
that principals are frequently involved in both policy and rule making and their
implementation and enforcement in schools, a closer look into their role in student
search and seizure may be called for by the
Southäm
decision.
Section 10 of the Charter was addressed by the Court through
R. v.
Therens64
which involved a motorist who was required by a police officer to undergo a
breathalizer test following an accident. The demand for the test was based on
section 235 of the Criminal Code.
65
The accused motorist was never placed under
arrest and remained cooperative throughout. At no time was the accused given
the information about the right to retain and instruct counsel. The Court's ruling
hinged on whether the accused had been detained and, therefore, it had to
examine the Charter's use of the word "detention." It established that 'detention'
involves a restraint of liberty, other than arrest, in which a person may reasonably
require the assistance of counsel. It may also involve a state agent's assumption of
control over the movement of a person by demhd or direction which may have
legal consequences and prevent or impede access to counsel. The restraint or
control need not be physical. As the court put it,

I.
I
Student RiMhts and the Charter:
?
3.1
-
11
I
It is not realistic to speak of a person who is liable to arrest and prosecution for
refusal to comply with a demand which a peace officer is empowered by statute to
make as being free to refuse to comply. The criminal liability for refusal to comply
I
constitutes effective compulsion. . . . Detention may be effected without the
application or threat of application of physical restraint if the person concerned
submits or acquiesces in the deprivation of liberty and reasonably believes that the
choice to do otherwise does not exist.66
Thus, having found that the accused was under detention, the Court concluded
that his rights guaranteed by section 10(b) had been denied. However, as
R v. H.
and
R. v. J.M.G.
illustrate, the Supreme Court's interpretation of 'detention' has
not resulted in a consistent interpretation in the educational context. A further,
more explicit elaboration from the Court of last resort still appears necessary.
R v. Oakes 67
scrutinized the application of section 11 of the Charter with
respect to section 8 of the Narcotic Control Act, 68 which provides that, where an
accused is found in possession of a narcotic, he must establish that he did not have
it for the purpose of trafficking if he is to escape penalty. Speaking for the Court,
Dickson C.J. ruled that section 8 of the Narcotic Control Act was inconsistent with
section 11(d) of the Charter because it contained a reverse onus provision which
established a presumption of trafficking in cases of drug possession. Presumption
of innocence protects the fundamental liberty and human dignity of any person
accused of criminal conduct by the state; it is dictated by commitment to fairness
and social justice. Thus, as a minimum, the right to be presumed innocent in
section 11(d) requires that the accused must be proven guilty beyond a reasonable
doubt and that the state bear this primary burden of proof. The spirit of this view
seems to underlie the point made by Justice Reid in
Re Peel Bd. of Education
(discussed above) which condemned the suspensions of students on the basis of
their being charged under the Young Offenders Act. However, whether section 11
of the Charter is actually applicable to educational institutions, where
suspensions and expulsions have been imposed by school administrators without
or before a full hearing to determine the facts of the case, remains to be seen.
Section 12, which guarantees the right not to be subjected to any cruel and
unusual treatment or punishment, was tested in
Smith v. R
.
69
In this case the
accused was sentenced to eight years in a penitentiary following a plea of guilty to
importing cocaine. The penalty was based on section S of the Narcotic Control
Act 70
which mandates a maximum penalty of imprisonment for life or a
minimum of seven years for unauthorized importation or exportation of any
narcotic. Noting that section S(1 ) of the Act covers numerous substances of
varying degrees of danger and totally disregards the quantity of the drugs, their
purpose, and the criminal record of the accused, the Court found the seven-year
minimum prison sentence required by section 5(2) to be potentially grossly
disproportionate. It could not be salvaged, the Court insisted, by the state's claim
that disproportionate sentences were avoided through the proper use of
prosecutorial discretion to charge for lesser offences. As the Court put it,
s. 52 of the Constitution Act 1982 . . . provides that any law which is inconsistent
with the Constitution is of no force or effect to the extent of inconsistency and the
courts are duty-bound to make that pronouncement not to delegate the avoidance of a
violation to the prosecution or to anyone else for that matter.71
The Court's substantive determination that some punishments may be so
disproportionate to the crime punishable by law as to offend section 12 of the
Charter will certainly be of interest to those who oppose corporal punishment. In
light of the opposition to the availability of such punishment in most educational

12 - Reading 3.1 ?
I
R.F. Magsino
jurisdictions in Canada, the courts, and perhaps the highest one, will be asked to
settle the matter once and for all. Though section 12 clearly applies to criminal
cases,
MacKay 72
has suggested that, because it does not have the same origins as
the U.S. Eighth Amendment, it does not refer to bail or fines, and uses the word
"treatment" as well as "punishment," a Canadian court might find that it also
applies in the educational context.
Legal Principles and Educational Considerations
The few Supreme Court decisions covered so far reveal its commitment to the legal
principles imbedded in the Charter provisions. The problem, as the Court has
frequently recognized, is that these principles may conflict with principles
underlying institutional goals and operations established by government for
societal well-being. Drug control, safe driving, regulation of monopolistic business
practices and the like are societal concerns which government must provide for,
perhaps even with attendant diminution of certain fundamental freedoms and
legal rights of individuals.
Balancing societal well-being and individual (or collective minority) rights has
been part of the Court's task in a number of cases. In doing so, it has had to
examine the application of section 1 of the Charter which allows only "such
reasonable limits prescribed by law as can be demonstrably justified in a free and
democratic society." A re-examination of
R. v. Oakes 73
will show us the clearest
position of the court in reconciling Charter principles and permissible restraints
in a democratic society.
In
Oakes,
the Court declared that, "The onus of proving that a limit on a right
or freedom guaranteed by the Charter is reasonable and demonstrably justified in
a free and democratic society rests upon the party seeking to uphold the
limitation."
74
In cases where freedoms are restricted, the Court will require the
party seeking to uphold the restriction to provide rigorous and persuasive evidence
and make clear the consequences of imposing or not imposing the limit. The Court
held that in a section 1 analysis, two central criteria must be satisfied:
1. The objective which the restrictive measures serve must be of sufficient
importance to-warrant overriding a constitutionally protected right or freedom;
and
2. The party involving section 1 must show that the means chosen are reasonable
and demonstrably justified.75
In turn, the second criterion involves a form of proportionality test with three
important components:
1.
The measures adopted must be carefully designed to achieve the objective in
question and must not be arbitrary, unfair or irrational;
2.
The measures or means must impair as little as possible the right of freedom
in question; and
3. There must be a proportionality between the effects of the restrictive measure
and the objective of great importance. The more severe the deleterious effects of
a measure, the more important the objective must be.76
A close reading of an important 1986 Supreme Court decision shows the
Court's fidelity to its own criteria as applied in the area of education.
Jones v. R.
involved a pastor of a fundamentalist church in Alberta who was charged with
failing to cause his three children to attend school. Along with 20 others, the

Student Rights and the Charter: ...
?
Reading 3.1 - 13
I
children attended the Western Baptist Academy which the pastor ran without any
I ?
permit from appropriate authorities. His defence was that the requirement that
his children attend public school, or even that he apply for exemption from such
attendance as allowed by the Alberta School Act
78
contravened his religious beliefs
I ?
and deprived him of his liberty as a parent to educate his children as he saw fit.
His defence thus appealed to sections 2 and 7 of the Charter. The Supreme Court
was, however, not convinced. Speaking for the majority, La Forest J. stated that
I ?
the School Act did not offend religious freedom. Rather, it accommodated it by
ensuring the education of pupils at public schools, private schools, at home, or
anywhere else provided appropriate permission were obtained. He saw the
I ?
requirement to apply for exemption as a legislative and administrative action
whose net effect on religion;was trivial and therefore, not a breach of religious
freedom.
I
According to the Court, the Act also did not infringe Jones' section 7 liberty
rights. Asserting the indisputable point that the education of the young is a
compelling state interest, the Court underlined its view that a province or its
agency, as prescribed by law, must be given room to make choices regarding the
I
type of administrative structure that will suit its needs unless the use of such a
structure is in itself so manifestly unfair or restrictive as to violate the principles
of fundamental justice.
As this decision and several others indicate, the Court will resort to a
painstaking balancing of Charter rights and societal interests in the operation of
government-sponsored institutions. Even though it is unequivocally committed to
the protection of such rights, it will not hesitate to preserve vital state interests,
provided its criteria for the limitation of individual rights and freedoms are met.
As
Jones v. R.
shows, education has clearly been recognized by the Court as a
vital state interest. Being in school or educated is such an important concern that
parental or children's rejection of it may be overridden. While this particular
issue seems to have been resolved, many others will rise to the surface. Where the
rights being claimed are within the context of schooling, such as the right to free
speech on campus and the classroom, personal appearance and language, and
conscience and religion, specific educational principles
vis-a-vis
the specific rights
claimed may have to be raised. Though lower courts have occasionally raised
them, the Supreme Court has not had the opportunity to do so.
Because the Supreme Court itself has shown some degree of receptiveness
toward the examination of American case law, it is worthwhile to allude, even if
briefly, to the American situation. Clearly, the expansion of rights enjoyed by
American citizens has resulted in large measure from landmark decisions
handed down by the U.S. Supreme Court over the last three decades. Marking a
new era in judicial activism,
Brown v. Bd. of Education, '
resolved in 1954 by the
Court under Chief Justice Earl Warren, heralded the judiciary's commitment to
the principle of equal protection and benefit of the law. Subsequent decisions
highlighting civil and political freedoms have reinforced the faith of many that, in
interpreting the Bill of Rights, the courts will remain the bulwark of rights and
liberties for citizens. This faith does not seem misplaced. Despite warnings that
appointments of conservative Supreme Court justices in recent years will
engender reversal of decisions protecting rights and freedoms, the Court's rights-
oriented stance in many areas has apparently not shifted considerably.
Nevertheless, interesting developments are detectable in the field of education.
The U.S. Supreme Court's unequivocal recognition of the constitutional status
of children's rights came in 1967 through
Re Gault
80
which declared that young

.14 —Readin
g
3.1 ?
R.F. Magsino
people are entitled to due process protection. However, it took about eight years
before the Court specifically addressed due process rights of young people as
students. In 1975, it ruled in
Goss v. Lopez
81
that any student facing suspension
for ten days or less must be afforded at least the minimum requirements of due
process (usually called procedural fairness in Canada). Such requirements
include being informed of the charges, access to evidence against the student, and
an opportunity to present his/her side of the case. This decision also emphasized
that, should the expected punishment be more than ten-days' suspension, the
student may be entitled to the fuller requirements of due process, including
assistance from legal counsel. In fact, another ruling in the same year, the
Wood
v.
Strickland
82
decision, underlined the student's entitlement to due process by
declaring that educators who maliciously and knowingly violate students'
constitutional rights will be liable to fine, imprisonment, or both!
The Court's landmark endorsement of students' freedoms was proclaimed in
1969. In
Tinker v. Des Moines,
83
Justice Abe Fortas declared that students, like
everyone else, are fully constitutional persons and therefore possess the same
rights as adults. This controversial decision ushered in a host of subsequent
decisions which greatly enlarged the scope of student rights. Now it encompasses
not only those associated with student civil rights but also those which have
substantial academic or curricular dimensions. Thus, in 1976, a federal circuit
court acknowledged that the First Amendment principle involving an individual's
right to know and to receive information could extend into the high school
setting. 84
Relying on previous Supreme Court decisions recognizing an adult's
right to know and to receive information, the court held that freedom of speech
protects both communicator and recipient alike. School authorities, it stated, may
not impose limitations on the use of the school library simply based on the social or
political tastes of school board members. Thereafter, another federal court ruling,
The Right to Read Defense Committee v. School Committee of Chelsea,
85
presented
the removal of an anthology of adolescent writing from a school library because the
school's decision was based on the School Committee members' personal rather
than educational standards. The book removal cases culminated in the U.S.
Supreme Court's decision in Bd. of Education, Island Trees Union Free School
District v. Pico.
86
The Court ruled unconstitutional any removal of library
materials to deny access to ideas with which school officials disagreed personally
or ideologically. In fact, a student's right to receive useful information under the
First Amendment provision on free speech has not been limited to access to library
materials. In
Loeuen v. Turnipseed,
87
a federal court prevented the Mississippi
State Textbook Board from inhibiting the adoption of a ninth-grade social studies
textbook. In
Pratt v. Independent School District,
88
a federal court ruled that
students had the right to be free from school officials' intentional suppression of
ideas. The officials' censorship of a film to be used in class was based on their
desire to suppress certain ideological and religious themes contained in the film.
Despite the unsettling thrust of these American cases, there are indications of
a change in legal thinking within the U.S. Supreme Court. This change seems to
be towards a greater weighting of educational considerations. The shift first
emerged in
New Jersey v. T.LO.,
89
handed down in 1985. The case arose when a
female student's purse was searched and cigarettes and marijuana were seized
following another student's report that she was smoking in the washroom. The
New Jersey Supreme Court ruled for the student, arguing that any search and
seizure in violation of a person's (even a student's) right to privacy is permissible
only where there is probable cause to believe that the person searched has violated
or is violating the law. On appeal, the U.S. Supreme Court reversed. It agreed that

Student Rights and the Charter: ... ?
Reading 3.1 - 15
school authorities were subject to the Fourth Amendment of the Bill of Rights and
that students had legitimate expectations of privacy. At the same time, it noted
that schools have the equally legitimate need to maintain an environment in
which learning can take place. Compelled to balance these competing interests,
the Court concluded:
The accommodation of the privacy interests of school children with the substantial
need of teachers and administrators for freedom to maintain order in schools does
not require strict adherence to the requirement that searches be based on probable
cause to believe that the subject of the search has violated or is violating the law.
Rather, the legality of a search of a student should depend simply on the
reasonableness, under all the circumstances, of the search.90
In light of its past decisions, the Court was expected to affirm the decision of its
State counterpart. Thus, the ruling caught legal watchers by surprise. So far, it
has not proved an aberration. The following year, the Court handed down
Bethel
School District No. 403 v. Fraser,
91
a decision which carries the shift even farther.
This case involved an honors student who delivered a nominating speech to
approximately 600 students before a forthcoming school council election. Full of
sexual innuendo, the speech had a decidedly obscene connotation. After his
speech, the student was suspended for three days and his name was excluded
from the list of candidates for graduation speaker. The student appealed the case
all the way to the Supreme Court, where ultimately he lost. In its decision, the
Court observed that the undoubted freedom to advocate unpopular and
controversial views in schools and classrooms must be balanced against society's
countervailing interest in teaching students the boundaries of socially appropriate
behavior. Further, the Court insisted that although adults may not be prohibited in
the use of an offensive form of expression in making what may be considered a
political point, it does not mean that the same latitude must be permitted with
respect to children in a public school. Indeed, nothing in the Constitution, the
Court stressed, prohibits public schools from insisting that certain modes of
expression are inappropriate and subject to sanctions. Rather, it is a highly
appropriate function of public schools to prohibit the use of vulgar and offensive
terms in public discourse.
I
A January 1988 decision,
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 92
is the
clearest signal yet of a decisive turn-around from the direction charted by
Re Gault
and
Tinker v. Des Moines.
This case involved students who were taking
I
journalism courses at Hazelwood East High School in Missouri. They sued after
their principal deleted two pages from an issue of a student newspaper published
as part of an elective journalism course.
I
These pages included an account of students' experiences with pregnancy and
a discussion of the impact of divorce on students at the school. The principal
objected to the pregnancy story because the pregnant student could be identified
I
and because he believed that references to sexual activity and birth control were
inappropriate for younger students in the school. He objected to the divorce article
because the parents could be identified and could be seen in an unfavorable way,
I
particularly because they did not have the chance to respond to the criticisms
made against theni in the article. In a 5 to
3
ruling in favor of the school district,
the Supreme Court gave educational administrators wide latitude in suppressing
controversial stories. Speaking for the majority, Justice Byron White stated that a
I ?
school need not tolerate student speech that is inconsistent with its basic
educational mission. He further noted that school officials may impose reasonable
I

16—Reading 3.1 ?
R.F. Magsino
restrictions on the speech of students, teachers, and other members of the school
community.
Concluding Comment
Whether the Supreme Court of Canada will adopt the legalistic activism initiated
by the Warren Court or follow the surfacing judicial restraint shown by the
Rehnquist Court in the United States remains speculative. In the final analysis,
all we can hope is that the Court will render decisions reflecting reasoned
judgments based on legal doctrines, principles and precedents presented during
the adjudicative process. In this process, in whièh the parties rather than the
judges raise the issues and develop the contending arguments, it is hoped that the
educational viewpoint is strongly argued side by side with Charter principles. It is
only in this way that balanced Court decisions will emerge.
In the meantime, in light of the slow process of the development of
jurisprudence, educators have the urgent and significant task of formulating
policies on student entitlement in their school systems. Model formulations may
be developed. Even those coming from south of the border may serve as starting
points for Canadian formulations. Attempts along this line could eventually prove
profitable, not only in terms of fair treatment of students, but also in terms of
avoiding disruptive and costly litigation.
Notes
1.
See P.J. Monahan, "A Critic's Guide to the Charter," in R.J. Sharpe (ed.),
Charter
Litigation
(Toronto: Butterworths, 1987); F.L. Morton, "Charting the Charter—
Year One: A Statistical Analysis" (1984-1988)
,
2
Canadian Human Rights Year
Book
237; and P. Russell, "The First Three Years in Charterland" (1985), 28
Canadian Public Administration
367.
2.
Monahan,
ibid.,
p.
392.
3.
Ibid.
4.
Reference
re Section 94(2) of the Motor Vehicle Act (B.C.)
(1985), 69 B.C.L.R. 145,
D.L.R. (4th) 536 (S.C.C.).
5.
To avoid confusion, the word "court" will be capitalized when it refers to the
Supreme Court of Canada and will not be capitalized when it refers to any other
court.
6.
See, e.g.,
M. Manning,
Rights, Freedoms and the Courts: A Practical Analysis of
the Constitution Act, 1982
(Toronto: Edmond-Montgomery, 1983); D. Schmeiser,
"Entrenchment Revisited: The Effect of the Canadian Charter of Rights and
Freedoms," in W.R. McKercher (ed.), The U.S. Bill of Rights and the Canadian
Charter of Rights and Freedoms Commentary
(Toronto: Carswell, 1982).
7.
J. Bergen, "Rethink Your Treatment of Students" (1981),
4 The Canadian School
Executive
13.
8.
W. MacKay, "The Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms: Implications for
Students," in M.E. Manley-Casimir and T.A. Sussel (eds.),
Courts in the
Classroom. Education and The Charter of Rights and Freedoms
(Calgary: Detselig
Enterprises, 1986); and
Education Law in Canada
(Toronto: Emond Montgomery,
1984).
9.
R. Magsino, "Teacher and Pupil Rights: Prospects for Change," in L. Stewin and
S. McCann (eds.),
Contemporary Educational Issues
(Toronto: Copp Clark Pitman,
1987); "Student Rights in a New Era" (1983) 3
The Canadian School Executive
3;

Student Rights and the Charter: ...
?
Reading 3.1 - 17
and "Rights in Canadian Education," in J. Calam (ed.),
The Study of Education:
Canada
1982 (Vancouver: Canadian Society for the Study of Education, 1982).
10.
M.E. Manley-Casimir and T. Sussel, "The New Rights Reality in Canadian
Society: The 'Chartered' Path," in R. Ghosh and D. Ray (eds.),
Social Change and
Education in Canada
(Toronto: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1987).
11.
J. Pyra and A. Watkinson, "Student Discipline and the Canadian Charter of
Rights and Freedoms," address to the Canadian Society for the Study of Education
Conference, Hamilton, Ontario, 1987.
12.
D. Schmeiser and R. Wood, "Student Rights under the Charter" (1985) 49
Sask. L.
Rev.
49.
13.
A.G. Que. v. Greater Hull School Bd,
[1984] 2 S.C.R. 575, 15 D.L.R. (4th) 651
(S.C.C.).
14.
Ref.
Re An Act to Amend the Education Act (Ont.),
[1987] I S.C.R. 1148, 40 D.L.R.
(4th) 18 (S.C.C.).
15. Jones v. R,
[1986] 2 S.C.R. 284, 31 D.L.R. (4th) 569 (S.C.C.).
16.
Schmeiser and Wood, note 12, above, at
p.
677.
17.
R. v. H.
(1985), 43 Alta. L.R. (2d) 250 (Prov. Ct.).
18.
R. v. Therens,
[19851 1 S.C.R. 613,18 D.L.R. (4th) 655 (S.C.C.).
19. R. v. Therens
(26 June 1986) 8503-0478-SZ (Alta. Q.B.).
20. Ibid.
21. R. v. J.M.G.
(1986), 33 D.L.R. (4th) 277 (Ont. C.A.). Leave to appeal to S.C.C.
refused (1987), 59 O.R. (2d) 286 (note) (S.C.C.).
22.
Note 18, above.
23.
Note 21, above, at
p.
284.
24.
Kingston v. Bd of Trustees, Central Okanagan,
cited in W. MacKay, "Making
and Enforcing School Rules in the Wake of the Charter of Rights" in
The Canadian
Charter of Rights and Freedoms and Education Law in B.C.,
ed. T. Wuester and
A. Nicholls (Vancouver. B.C. School Trustees Assoc., 1986),
pp.
73-88.
25. Ibid.
26. Re Zylberberg and Director of Education of Sudbury Bd of Education, League for
Human Rights of B'Nai Brith Can.
(1986), 55 O.R. (2d) 749, 29 D.L.R. (4th) 709
(H.C.), reversed C.A., No. 567/86, September 23, 1988.
27.
R.S.O. 1980, c. 129.
28. Re Zylberberg and Director of Education of the Sudbury Bd of Education,
Ont. C.A.,
No. 567186, September 23, 1988, at
p.
32 of unreported judgement.
29.
(1987), 59 O.R. (2d) 654, 38 D.L.R. (4th) 566 (Ont. H.C.).
30.
[19871 3 W.W.R. 270 (Sask. Q.B.).
31. It is significant, however, that the judge in this case unwittingly revealed his
position on the applicability of Charter rights to students. Berating the principal for
recommending the students' suspension and expulsion, Reid J. insisted as follows:
"This comes distressingly close lo condemnation without trial. The principal
seems to have assumed that the students were guilty simply because they were
charged. That is wholly contrary to fundamental principles of our system of
justice. Everyone is presumed to be innocent until found guilty by due process of
law.
At the very least, the judge here assumes student entitlement to ss. 7 and 11(d) of the
Charter. Note 29, above, at
p.
573 (D.L.R.).

18 —Reading 3.1
?
R.F. Magsino
32.
(1985), 65 B.C.L.R. 197 (C.A.).
33.
Note 17, above.
34.
Note 21, above. However, the Court of Appeal made no direct ruling on this point but
merely assumed that the Charter applied.
35.
Note 18, above.
36.
Note 21, above, at
p.
284.
37.
Note 17, above, at p. 257.
38.
Note 29, above.
39.
Note 32, above.
40.
Ibid.,
p.
207.
41.
R.S.B.C. 1979,c. 375.
42.
Note 30, above.
43.
Ibid.,
p.
274.
44. Ibid.,
p.
275.
45.
R. v. Drug Mart,
[1985] 37 Alta. L.R. (2d) 97, 3 W.W.R. 481,18 D.L.R. (4th) 321
(S.C.C.).
46.
R.S.C. 1970, C.L-13.
47.
Note 45, above, at
p.
322 (D.L.R.).
48.
S.O. 1981, c. 53.
49.
(1985), 23 D.L.R. (4th) 321 (S.C.C.).
50.
(1984), 48 O.R. (2d) 395,14 D.L.R. (4th) 10 (C.A.).
51.
R.S.O. 1980, c. 453.
52.
Note 4, above.
53.
[19881 1 S.C.R. 30, 63 O.R. (2d) 281 (note) (S.C.C.).
54.
Note 1 above at
p.
549 (D.L.R.).
55.
Ibid.
56.
Note 53 above.
57.
Note 18 above.
58.
Note 53 above at
p.
56 (S.C.R.).
59.
Ibid.
pp.72-73.
60.
(1984),11 D.L.R. (4th) 641 (S.C.C.).
61.
R.S.C. 1970, c. C-23.
62.
Note 60 above, at p. 656.
63.
Ibid.,
p.
660.
64.
Note 18, above.
65.
R.S.C. 1970, c. C-34 [as am. S.C. 1974-75-76, c. 931.
66.
Note 18, above, at
pp.
679-680.
67.
[198611 S.C.R. 103, 26 D.L.R. (4th) 200 (S.C.C.).
68.
R.S.C. 1970, c. N-I .
69.
[198711 S.C.R. 1045, 40 D.L.R. (4th) 435 (S.C.C.).
70.
Note 68, above.
71.
Note 69, above, at
p.
482.
72.
Note 8, above.

Student Rights and the Charter: ... ?
Reading 3.1 - 19
I
I
73. Note 67, above.
74. Ibid.,
p.
225 (D.L.R.)
75. Ibid.,
p.
227.
76.
Ibid.
77.
Note 15, above.
78. R.S.A. 1980, c. S-3.
79. 347 U.S.483 (1954).
80.
387 U.S.1 (1967).
81.
419 U.S.565 (1975).
82.
420 U.S.308 (1975).
83.
393 U.S. 503 (1969).
84.
For a good discussion of freedom rights in American schools, see K.B. Avery and
R.J. Simpson, "The Constitution and Publications: A Comprehensive Approach"
(1987) 16 J.L. & Edüc. 1.
85. 454 F. Supp. 703 (1978 Dist. Ct. Mass.).
86.
102 S. Ct. 2799 (New York, 1982).
87.
180 F. Supp. 1138 (N.D. Miss. 1980).
88.
670 F. 2d 771 (8th Cir. Minn.; January 1, 1982).
89.
105 S. Ct. 733, 83 L. Ed. 2d 720 (N.J. January 1985).
90.
Ibid,
p.742 (S. Ct.).
91.
106 S. Ct. 3159, 92 L. Ed. 2d 549 (Washington, July, 1986).
92. Slip opinion, 1988.
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
1

Back to top


Reading32
Students and the Law: Curriculum Implications
I
I
By tradition, as recognized by provincial
General
legislation, curriculum is determined by
provincial Ministries of Education with some input from local school boards. For
example, in Ontario, the
Education Act
provides that the Minister may issue
I
curriculum guidelines and require that courses of study be developed from the
guidelines.
1
Further, the Minister has the authority to prescribe the courses of
study and to establish procedures for the approval of courses of study which are
not developed from the curriculum guidelines. School boards are provided with
I ?
authority to develop courses of study subject to approval by the Minister of
Education.
Recent legal developments have the effect of altering provincial control over
curriculumdevelopment and implementation. Although not yet recognized by
provincial legislation, trends are developing which show that unilateral,
unfettered control over curriculum by provincial Ministries is outdated. The
I
individual's rights movement, as reflected in the Canadian
Charter of Rights and
Freedoms,
provides the greatest possible legal challenge to curriculum control.
Parental input into curriculum and restrictions on the type of curriculum taught
to students in public schools is forecast to increase significantly by the year 2000
I
and beyond.
The purpose of this paper is to review those areas of the law where there are
I
curriculum implications. Many questions remain, the limits of parental or
student control over curriculum is as yet undefined, and major political
negotiations, such as land claims for Canadian Natives, are as yet unresolved.
The identification of some of the issues in this paper is for the purpose of
I
stimulating discussion and increasing awareness of the current issues.
Freedom of Conscience and Religion
I
The
Charter
guarantees freedom of conscience and religion in Section 2(a).
Religious Exercises
I
Religious exercises for the opening or closing of each school day in public schools
in most provinces is optional.
2
For example, new school legislation in Alberta
I
permits school boards to prescribe religious exercises for its students. 3 Only the
Provinces of Ontario, Manitoba and British Columbia mandate opening and
closing religious exercises for schools.
I
Provincial legislation consistently provides for the opting out on an individual
basis, by parents who do not wish their children to participate in religious
exercises. The usual scheme of the legislation is the requirement of a written
I
request by the parent to the teacher for permission for the student to either leave
the classroom while the exercises are taking place or for the student to remain in
the classroom without taking part in the exercises.5
I
Reprinted with permission from:
Anderson, Judith C. (1989, May).
Students and the law:
Curriculum implications.
Paper presented to the Canadian Education Association Short
Course in Educational Leadership.
I

2— Reading 3.2 -
?
Judith C. Anderson
The compulsory nature of religious exercises in schools was quickly
challenged through legal action after the implementation of the
Charter.
Parents
who opposed mandatory religious exercises in schools, supported by groups such
as the Canadian Civil Liberties Association, commenced legal actions in Ontario,
later in British Columbia and, more recently, in Manitoba. The Ontario Divisional
Court rendered the first decision in Zylberberg. et al vs. The Director of Education
of the Sudbury Board of Education. 6
The majority of the Divisional Court held that
mandatory religious exercises did not infringe the guarantee of freedom of
conscience and religion guarantees under the
Charter.
Alternatively, if it did, the
infringement was justifiable under Section 1 of the
Charter.
On appeal to the
Ontario Court of Appeal, the lower Court decision was reversed
7
in a four to one
decision.
The majority of the Court of Appeal stated that the regulation that mandates
religious exercises at the opening and closing of schools infringes freedom of
conscience and religion guaranteed by Section '2(a) of the
Charter.
The Court
stated that while the majority view may be that Section 28 confers freedom of
choice on the minority, the reality is that it imposes on religious minorities a
compulsion to conform to the religious practices of the majority. Peer pressure
and classroom norms to which children are acutely sensitive are real and
pervasive and operate to compel members of religious minorities to conform with
majority religious practices. The requirement compels pupils to make a religious
statement.
The Court also concluded that, even if the infringement was capable of
justification under Section 1, the result would have been the same. One of the
elements that must exist for Section 1 to apply is for the infringement to impair as
little as possible. Evidence showed that the Toronto Board of Education used less
intrusive ways of imparting educational and moral values from those provided in
Section 28. The Toronto experience shows that it is not necessary to give primary
Christian religion in school opening exercises and that they can be more
appropriately founded upon the multicultural traditions of our society. In Toronto,
exercises consist of the singing of "0 Canada", the reading of one or more
selections from a book of readings and prayers drawn from a number of sources
including Bahaism, Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism, Hinduism, Islam,
Jainism, Judaism, people of Native ancestry, secular humanism, Sikhism and
Zoroastrianism, and a moment of silent meditation.
More recently, the Civil Liberties Association has been successful in its
challenge of the British Columbia legislation.
8
A challenge has been launched in
Manitoba by the Manitoba Association for Rights and Liberties against Manitoba's
compulsory religious exercise legislation.9
Chief Justice Dickson, of the Supreme Court of Canada, eloquently provided a
definition for freedom of conscience and religion in
R. vs. Big M Drug Mart:
10
The essence of the concept of freedom of religion is the right to entertain such
religious beliefs as a person chooses, the right tq declare religious beliefs openly
and without fear of hindrance or reprisal, and the'right to manifest religious belief
by worship and practice or by teaching and dissemination.
And further:
Coercion includes not only such blatant forms of compulsion as direct commands
to act or refrain from acting on pain of sanction, coercion includes indirect forms
of control which determine or limit alternative courses of conduct available to
It

I
I
Students and the Law: Curriculum Implications
?
Reading 3.2 —3
others. Freedom in a broad sense embraces both the absence of coercion and
I
constraint, and the right to manifest beliefs and practices.
The Ontario Court of Appeal summarized the constitutional objection that
I
exists
in mandating religious exercises in schools:11
On its face, s. 28(1) infringes the freedom of conscience and religion guaranteed by
2(a) of the
Charter.
This was conceded by the respondents. Section 28(1) is
I
s.
antithetical to the Charter objective of promoting freedom of conscience and
religion. The recitation of the Lord's Prayer, which is a Christian prayer, and the
reading of Scriptures from the Christian Bible impose Christian observances upon
I
non-Christian
pupils and religious observances on non-believers.
Religious Instruction
I
Religious instruction, as opposed to religious exercises, has also been the
subject of litigation. In Corporation of the Canadian Civil Liberties Association et
al vs. Minister of Education and Elgin County Board of Education
12
the Ontario
Divisional Court has ruled, in a 2-1 decision, that Ontario legislation does not
I
violate the
Charter.
The Elgin County School Board developed, over a long period of
time, religious curriculum to be offered in its schools. Immediately prior to the
law suit, the school system had offered religious education through a curriculum
I.
which was exclusively Christian in focus reflecting the high proportion of
Christian residents within the County where the schools were located.
In 1983, revisions to the Board's curriculum and religious education were
I
undertaken. After an extensive consultation and review process, the School Board
adopted a new curriculum for September, 1981. The new curriculum included
materials of religions other than Christianity. At both the primary and junior
I
levels, the program included stories from world religions such as Hindu, Islam,
Judaism and Bhai as well as Mennonites, Mormons, Jehovah's Witnesses and
Canada's native peoples. Religious events and holy days in each religion were to be
I
discussed. The program at the intermediate level included celebrations, food and
dress and different religious traditions of the world. At each level the program
focused on a theme. The primary level themes were
"With my family"
and
"With
my friends"
and the junior level themes were
"Being together"
and
"Working
I
together".
The intermediate level examined the subjects of a growing awareness
and deepening awareness. At each level there were three (3) modules - Judeo-
Christian story; Celebration; and Relationships. The entire
?
program ?
was
I
described
as one in moral and religious education.
Any student who did not wish to participate in the religious instruction had the
option of being excluded.
13
This decision is currently under appeal to the Ontario
I
Court of Appeal.
The most significant feature of the
Elgin County
decision is the finding by the
Ontario Court that curriculum developed by a school board was a "law" as defined
I
under the
Charter.
A Court may declare school curriculum to be inconsistent with
the provisions of the
Charter
and, thus, of no force and effect only if the
I
curriculum is deemed to be a law of Canada.
14
Justice Watt, speaking on behalf of
the majority of the Divisional Court, stated:
15
-
The Board, itself a creature of the enabling
Act,
administers the
Act
and
Regulations
implementing their provisions at the local level. The Board's
I
authority to do so, in my respectful view, derives wholly and exclusively from
provincial legislative enactment and subordinate legislation. Indeed, in the
absence of such legislation, the Board would have no existence, let alone authority.

4—Reading 3.2 ?
Judith C. Anderson
As it appears to me, the respondent Board relies upon statutory authority to provide
the very instruction which the statue requires to be made available to pupils in pubic
elementary schools. Delegated to the local Board, for obvious good reason, is the
implementation of the statutory scheme of instruction in religious education should
the Board choose not to seek or be denied exemption. It is, accordingly, my
respectful view that, based upon the decision in
Retail, Wholesale & Department
Store Union, Local 580 et al. v. Dolphin Delivery Ltd.,
supra, the curriculum of the
respondent Board in accordance with which instruction in religious education is
furnished under the legislative mandate of the
Education Act
and
Regulations is
subject to
Charter
scrutiny.
This ruling has the potential of permitting a Court of law to review any
curriculum in place in public schools in Canada. As all curriculums are
developed under the auspices of legislation and regulation, the same reasoning as
enunciated by Justice Watt could apply.
Family Life Education
Control over family life education curriculum (often referred to as
"sex education")
is controversial and has been the subject of litigation both in the United States and
Europe.
In the United States, two (2) constitutional issues have resulted; first, whether
the school is precluded from offering sex education or family life courses and
second, whether students have a right on request to be excluded. The first issue
arises in relation to the First Amendment
"Establishment Clause"
which requires
a complete separate of Church and State. The second issue relates to the parental
"liberty"
right to determine and control their children's education.
In Cornwall vs. State Board of Education
16
such courses were ruled not to
infringe on the
"Establishment Clause" of
the constitution. The second issue, that
is the parents'
"liberty"
rights, was dealt with by relying on the need to balance the
interests of the State and the individual.
A similar issue was heard by the United States Supreme Court in 1976.
17
The
Court held that a family life and sex education program for public school students
that did not promote any particular religious viewpoint in the curriculum
coverage and from which children could be exempted was constitutional.
The
European Court of Human Rights
considered claims by Danish parents of
school-age children that compulsory sex education in school was contrary to
Article 2 of the First Protocol. The European Court
in
Kjeldsen, Busk, Madsen and
Pedersen Case
18
held that the program did not contravene Article 2 which refers
to religious and philosophical convictions
of
parents. The Yearbook summary
of
the decision provides:
The Court found that the legislation in question, 'is principally intended to give
pupils better information' to enable them, when the time comes, 'to take care of
themselves and show consideration for others in': that respect,' 'not . . . (to land
themselves or others in difficulties solely on account of lack of knowledge'. Whilst
'these considerations are indeed of a moral order', 'they are very general in
character and do not entail overstepping the bounds of what a democratic State may
regard as the pubic interest'. The Danish legislation 'in no way amounts to an
attempt at indoctrination aimed at advocating a s' ecific kind of sexual behaviour'
and 'does not affect the right of parents to enlighten and advise their children' and
'to exercise with regard to their children natural parental functions as educators.'19

Students and the Law: Curriculum Implications ?
Reading 3.2 —5
I
I
The
Charter,
Section 7, provides as follows:
7.
Everyone has the right to life, liberty and security of the person and the right not
to be deprived thereof except in accordance with the principles of fundamental
justice.
To date no challenges have been taken under the liberty provision with respect
to family life or sex education curriculum in Canadian schools. Depending upon
the content of such courses and, in particular, whether the course reflects any
particular religious viewpoint, Canadian Courts may find themselves examining
family life curriculum in the future.
Censorship
At times, school curriculum will be supplemented by prescribed reading and
library resources. In British Columbia, a parent was unsuccessful in her attempt
to establish parental rights to censorship in school libraries. In
Serup vs. Board of
Trustees of School District No. 57 et al.
20
the parent was unsuccessful in obtaining
an injunction to prohibit the School Board and the Province from interfering with
her alleged lawful review of materials in school libraries and was also
unsuccessful in obtaining a declaration that her rights and freedoms in this case,
as guaranteed by the
Charter,
had been infringed.
The mother had reviewed and challenged a book entitled
"Boys and Sex"
in
accordance with a by-law of the resident School District. As a result of her
challenge, a Committee was convened to review the book resulting in the book
being removed from the library. Later, she challenged a book entitled
"Girls and
Sex". Prior to the convening of the Committee to review that book, she became
engaged in a confrontational situation with the principal over her access
privileges to the school library. The following access arrangement was offered to
her by the Principal and refused:
a.
access to the school library on the provision of, four days' notice to the principal
or his delegate;
b.
access to be outside of school hours at a time convenient to the Plaintiff and to
the principal or his delegate;
c.
access will be once in each school term;
d.
the parent may not remove books from the school library and she is expected to
utilize the services of the public library system in Prince George;
e.
the parent may provide me with a list of books in which she is interested and
the principal or his delegate will advise her whether any of those books are
available in the school library.
The British Columbia Supreme Court dismissed the parent's action and, in
doing so, made the following statement:
There is one purpose for a school and that is to educate its students. The Board has a
statutory obligation to educate and it must do so in ways that it sees fit. One can
imagine that if any non-student wished to come into the school for the purpose to suit
his or her own needs, such as using the recreational facilities, at a time when they
deemed it convenient, and also to borrow books that may be needed by students, the
result would adversely affect the proper administration of the school besides being
disruptive and therefore affect the purpose of the school system.21
I
I
I
I
Li
I
I
I
I
I
Li
I
I
I
I
I
I

6—
Reading 3.2
?
Judith C. Anderson
Rights of individuals, such as parents, to regulate supplementary materials
for school curriculum was placed in a secondary position to the rights of the local
school to educate the students in their charge. Not only was the parent denied a
Charter
right as alleged, the Court determined that Section 1, the reasonable
limits provision of the
Charter,
could have provided an adequate defence.
Home Schooling
Home schooling has been recognized as a right of a parent by the Supreme Court
of Canada
22
when it held that Pastor Larry Jones was guilty on three (3) counts of
truancy for the non-attendance of his children at schools operated by the Calgary
Board of Education. Pastor Jones had argued that the requirement that his
children attend a public school or even the requirement that he apply for
exemption from such attendance as provided in the Act contravened his religious
beliefs and deprived him of his liberty to educate his children as he pleases
contrary to the principles of fundamental justice.23
The Alberta school legislation, under review, provided for compulsory
attendance at schools subject to exceptions for attendance at private schools or for
efficient instruction at home or elsewhere as well as other exemptions. 24
The Court interpreted Alberta's legislation as not giving the Government
absolute control over the education of children. Section 143 provided options to
education at a public school. Parental as well as State interest in education was
described as follows by Justice La Forest:
If the appellant has an interest in, and a religious 6onviction that he must himself
provide for the education of his children, it should not be forgotten that the state, too,
has an interest in the education of its citizens. Whether one views it from an
economic, social, cultural or civic point of view, the education of the young is
critically important in our society. From an early period, the provinces have
responded to this interest by developing schemes for compulsory education.
Education is today a matter of prime concern to government everywhere. Activities
in this area account for a very significant part of every provincial budget. Indeed,
in modern society, education has far-reaching implications beyond the province,
not only at the national, but at the international level25
It was conceded by the Court that a reasonable accommodation would have to
be made to persons such as Pastor Jones where the option of home schooling was
chosen. Justice La Forest stated:
In determining whether pupils are under "efficient instruction", it would be
necessary to delicately and sensitively weight the, competing interests so as to
respect, as much as possible, the religious convictions of the appellant as
guaranteed by the
Charter.
Those who administer the province's educational
requirements may not do so in a manner that reasonably infringes on the right of
parents to teach their children in accordance with their religious convictions. The
interference must be demonstrably justified.26
And further:
So too, I would think, is a subsidiary requirement that those who wish to give such
instruction make application to the appropriate authorities for certification that
such instruction complies with provincial standards of efficiency. Such a
requirement constitutes a minimal, or as the trial judge put it peripheral intrusion
on religion. To permit anyone to ignore it on the basis of religious conviction would
I

I
Students and the Law: Curriculum Implications
?
I
Reading 3.2 - 7
I
create an unwarranted burden on the operation of a legitimate legislative scheme to
assure a reasonable standard of education.27
A reasonable approach has been taken by the Supreme Court of Canada as
shown by the
Jones
decision in balancing the rights of the State to establish
standards of education through provincial curriculum and, at the same time,
recognizing the individual rights of parents in the upbringing of their children.
Provincial regulation of school curriculum is no longer unlimited and unfettered.
Reasonableness in accommodating, in particular, religious views of parents,
must at all times be respected. As shown by the following statement from the
Jones
decision, more is yet to come:
The extent to which a state could intrude on the appellant's religious convictions in
determining what is efficient instruction does not arise here. A balance could only
be attempted in a specific context.28
Minority Language Educational Rights
Program Development and Delivery
Section 23 of the
Charter is
a
"Canadian made"
constitutional right. Section 23 has
been the focus of numerous judicial decisions and until the Supreme Court of
Canada renders its decision on Mahé et al. vs. The Queen in Right of Alberta,29
many questions remain unresolved. One of the most controversial questions
relates to the definition of
"facilities"
and, in particular, whether the guarantee to
facilities guarantees the right to management and control of minority language
establishments. For the purposes of the topic under review in this paper, it is not
necessary to review the various judicial interpretations of
"facilities".
Of interest,
however, is the approach taken by the Prince Edward Island provincial
government in its constitutional reference. By Order-in-Council
30
five (5) questions
were referred to the Prince Edward Island Court of Appeal for determination.
Question 5 read as follows:
Is the School Act or the Regulations made thereunder inconsistent with the
Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms
in that the members of the French
linguistic minority entitled to have their children receive instruction in the French
language are not accorded the right to participate in French language program
development and its delivery?"
I
The Court of Appeal, in a unanimous decision answered question five (5) in the
affi rmative.
31
The Court interpreted
"programs of development", to
mean the type
of courses a child is to be taught and
"delivery"
to mean how it is to be taught.
I
The rationale for the Court in answering this question in the affirmative is
described in this way:
Overall, by s. 23, the linguistic minority become entitled to a minority language
education. Parliament having been so explicit in setting forth this right, it is
inconceivable that it would not have meant to include the right of the linguistic
minority to participate in the program development and delivery of such a right. It
would be foolhardy to assume that Parliament intended to give the French
linguistic minority the right to receive their instruction in French but leave the sole
control of the program development and delivery with the English majority. If such
were the case, a majority language group could soon wreck havoc upon the rights of
the minority and could soon render such a right worthless. The words "minority
language instruction" in s. 23(3)(a) must imply the right to participate in program
development and delivery thereof.32
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

8 Reading 3.2 ?
Judith C. Anderson
The Court dealt, in general terms, with what this right entailed with respect to
provincial curriculum as follows:
One facet of the French language minority being allowed to participate in program
development and its delivery must be addressed. What is sought is the right of the
minority to participate in program development and its delivery. Currently this is
done in part by the trustees who are elected to the boards of the individual school
units and by the Department of Education. The right to participate would apply to
both bodies with an adequate number of minority language persons being
associated with both the school board, as trustees and staff, and the Department
of
Education.33
In view of the Prince Edward Island decision, curriculum committees
composed of minority language persons may be a requirement of the
Charter.
Again, the unfettered and uncontrolled curriculum development and
implementation is under scrutiny, this time through minority language
educational rights.
Geographical limitations
Ontario, 34 Alberta,
35
Prince Edward Island
36
and Saskatchewan 37
Courts have
all agreed that the terminology
"whenever in a province"
used in Section 23 in
conjunction with the
"numbers warrant test"
may have the effect of crossing over
present school board boundaries. Strict geographical limitations imposed by the
school board boundaries are inconsistent with the
Charter
right.
The significance of the crossing of territorial boundaries is best illustrated by
consideration of the factual situation:
a.
where the geographical boundaries which are transcended are those of a
religious school jurisdiction, in particular, a Roman Catholic school
jurisdiction;
b.
where the religious school jurisdiction operates the Francophone program;
And
c.
where it requires, as part of its curriculum, religious instruction.
This issue will be examined by the Supreme Court of Canada when the
Mahe
appeal is heard. Question number 4 is as follows:
4. Are the rights guaranteed by s.23 of the Charter affected by the provisions
of s.93
of the
Constitution Act, 1861,
s.29
of the Charter and s.17 of the
Alberta Act?
If so,
how?
Compulsory religious instruction in Catholic: schools is routinely accepted.38
However, the validity of that curriculum requirement, when applied to a non-
Catholic who has minority language educational rights that may only be accessed
through attendance at a Catholic school, is now being questioned.
A further component of this issue is the impact on the religious climate and
milieu of a Catholic school when significant numbers of non-Catholics attend by
virtue of their
Charter
rights. It is a fundamental principle of denominational
school rights that the religious climate must prevail in the school in order to
ensure that the main purpose of Catholic education is achieved.
Future decisions will provide answers to these questions.

I
Students and the Law: Curriculum Implications
?
Reading 3.2 - 9
I
I
Special Education
Equality rights are guaranteed by the
Charter.
39
I
Equal benefit of the law is guaranteed without discrimination because of
mental or physical disability. It is obvious that Section 15 will impact on special
education and public schools and on the curriculum that must be offered in order
I
to achieve equal benefit of the law without discrimination based on mental or
physical handicaps. The extent of those rights has yet to be determined by
Canadian Courts.
Equal educational opportunities may involve individual program or
educational plans (IEP or IPP) for each special needs student. In order to avoid
discrimination, it may be necessary to treat each student differently and according
to his individual abilities. M.A. Zuker in
Equal Educational Opportunity, Special
Education and the Charter of Rights
40
described the concept in this way:
Another concept of equal educational opportunity focuses primarily on the output of
the schools, and schools are to be equalizers. According to this view, equal
educational opportunity exists when each child is schooled in relation to his
individual background and ability up to a minimum and when the consequences of
schooling compensate for prior inequalities among students.
It is usual for out-of-Court settlements to be reached in litigation involving
disabled children and school boards. An illustration of the type of settlement that
may be concluded is shown in the
Elwood
case and described by Wayne MacKay,
co-counsel for the child.
41
The settlement included an elaborate procedure for the
development of the program for the child. An Educational Support Team
comprised of the school principal, the classroom teacher, the parents and others
chosen by the principal was responsible for the design and development of the
child's program.
The development of individualized educational plans for special needs students
is advocated by Poirier, Goguen and Leslie:
42
Access of children with disabilities to education without discrimination must be
followed by the development of educational programs and services suited to the
needs
of
these pupils. This shifts the discussion from legal to pedagogical analysis.
And further:
Canadian courts could use these American decisions in construing sections 1 and
15 of
the Charter, since the wording
of
both sections is, close to the United States'
wording
of
the Fourteenth Amendment. By referring to these American cases then,
it would be possible for a Canadian judge to declare that the handicapped child has a
right to a minimal level of instruction and that such instruction be appropriate to
the needs of the child. Appropriateness could mean evaluation of the child,
designing an individualized educational plan (I.E.P.) in consultation with the
parents, and placing the child in the least restrictive setting.
The debate on this issue will continue until the Supreme Court of Canada has
provided some guidance for Canadian educators. Suffice it to say at this point in
time, the traditional curriculum in public schools will be affected by rights of
students who have special educational needs. It is the extent to which the
curriculum will be affected that is subject to debate and resolution.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

JO
Reading 3.2
?
Judith C. Anderson
Indian Land Chims
Throughout various parts of Canada land claims are under negotiation between
Canada's first nation and provincial and federal: governments. On December 9,
1988 history was made when the Council of Yukon Indians adopted a framework
agreement which had been negotiated with the Government of Canada.
The agreement gives to the First Nations the authority to negotiate for the
design, delivery and administration of programs relating to education and
specifies that future negotiations will include Indian student counselling, cross-
cultural teacher/administrator orientation, composition of teaching staff, early
childhood,
special and adult education curriculum, kindergarten to grade 12
curriculum
and composition and evaluation of teachers, administrators and other
employees.
Control over Indian curriculum has been identified as a significant item for
First Nations parents. As more land claims are settled in the year 2000 and
beyond, significant changes will occur in Indian education curriculum and its
development and implementation. Traditional ways in which such curriculum is
now developed and implemented may find obsolescence. There appears to be little
doubt that the First Nations people will play a significant part in curriculum for
native children in the future.
Conclusion
The unfettered right of Ministries of Education with input from elected trustees
and school boards for curriculum development and implementation will change
drastically from now through the year 2000. Many areas have already been
modified by judicial decisions, in particular, religious exercises in schools. The
significance of individual rights in areas such as special education require
further study, debate and judicial interpretation before it is known the extent to'
which curriculum development and implementation in its traditional sense will
be impacted. It is this writer's view that governmental interests in curriculum
will be maintained by the judiciary with individual rights balanced against the
State right to ensure that proper standards of education are maintained.
Individual rights to be involved in and participate in the development of
curriculum will be recognized and legalized, such rights to live in harmony with
the State right to ensure ultimate standards in education.
Notes ?
I'
1. Education Act,
R.S.O. 1980, c. 129, s. 81(b) and (c).
2.
School Act,
S.A. 1988
c.
S-3.1, s. 33;
The Education Act,
R.S.S. 1978c. E-0. 1,
S.
181;
Schools Act,
R.S.N.B. c. S-5, School Administration Regulations (OC 84.51)
s.
37(4);
The Education Act,
R.S.N.S. 1961, c. 81 and Regulations s. 68;
The Schools
Act,
R.S.Nfld. 1970, c. 346, s. 81(c).
3. School Act,
S.A. 1988, c. S-3.1, s. 33(1).
4.
Public Schools Act,
R.S.M. 1981, c. P-250, s. 84and Regulation 246/80;
School Act,
R.S.B.C. 1979, c. 315, s. 164;
Education Act
R.S.p. 1980 c. 129 s. 50 and Regulation
262/80, s. 28.
5.
School Act,
R.S.B.C. 1979, c. 315, Regulation 436/181;
School Act,
S.A. 1988,
c. S-3.1,
s.
33(2);
The Education Act,
R.S.S. 1978 c. E-0.1, s. 181(2.1);
The Public Schools Act, R.S.M.
1981, c. P-250,
S. 84(4);
Education Act,
R.S.O. 1980, c. 129, s. 50(2); New Brunswick (OC 84.51) s. 31(5) School
Administration; Nova Scotia
Education Act
Regulation;s.
69; The Schools Act
R.S.NfId. 1970 c.
346, s. 81(c).

Students and the Law: Curriculum implications
?
Reading 3.2 -11
?
6. ?
(1986) 55 O.R. (2d) 149.
7. Zylberberg et al vs. the Director of Education of the Sudbury Board of Education,
Supreme Court
of
Ontario, Court
of
Appeal, Brooke, Blair, Goodman, Robins and
Lacourcière JJ.A., Judgment dated September 23, 1988 (unreported).
8. Russow and Lamber vs. Attorney General of British Columbia, Supreme Court
of
British Columbia,
Hollinrake,
J., January 23, 1988 (unreported).
9. Globe and Mail (January 31, 1989) "Defence
of
School Prayers Irks Manitoba
Rights Group."
?
10.
?
1.198511
S.C.R.
295 at
p.
336.
?
11.
?
Supra f. 7,
pp.
21-22.
?
12. ?
26 O.A.C. 177.
13. Education Act, R.S.O. 1980, c. 129, s. 50 and Regulation 262/80, s. 28.
14. Charter of Rights and Freedoms, s. 52:
52.(1) The Constitution of Canada is the supreme law of Canada, and any law that
inconsistency,
is inconsistent
of
with
no
force
the provisions
or effect.
of
the Constitution is, to the extent
of
the
(2) The Constitution
of
Canada
includes.
a.
the Canada Act, including this Act;
b.
the Acts and orders referred to in Schedule I; and
c.
any amendment to any Act or order referred to in paragraph (a) or (b).
?
15. ?
Supra. f. 12,
p.
257.
16. 314
F. Supp.
340
(D. Md.
1969) affirmed, 428
F.
(2d) 471 (4th Cir. 1970).
17. Citizens for parental Rights vs. San Mateo County Board of Education, 425 U.S. 980
(1976).
18. 1976.
Yearbook of
the European Convention on Human Rights, 502.
?
19. ?
Ibid.,
p.
504.
?
20. ?
(1987) 14
B.C.L.R. (
2d) 393.
?
21.
?
Ibid.,
p.
398.
22. Jones vs. Her Majesty the Queen (1986) 31.
D.L.R.
(4th) 569.
23. Sections 2 and 7
of
the Charter.
?
24.
?
School Act R.S.A. 1980, c. S-3, s. 143.
(replaced
in 1988 by S.A. 1988, c. S-3.1, s. 23).
?
25. ?
Supra. f. 22,
p.
592.
?
26.
?
Ibid.
p.
593.
?
27. ?
Ibid.
pp.
593-594.
?
28. ?
Ibid.
p.
594.
29. 42
D.L.R.
(4th) 514 (Court
of
Appeal).
30.
Order-in-Council, E.C.
476/85, dated September 19, 1985.
31. Reference
PEIR
236
Re
(PEI
Minority
S.C.A.D.).
Language Educational Rights (P.E.I.) (1988) 69
NFLD &
?
32. ?
Ibid.
p.
259.
?
33. ?
Ibid.
p.
261.
34.
Re
f er
ence Re Education Act of Ontario and Minority Language Education Rights
(1984) 10
D.L.R. (
4th) 491 (Ont. C.A.).
35. Supra. f. 29.
?
36. ?
Supra. f. 31.
I

Judith C. Anderson
37.
Commission des Ecoles Fransaskoises Inc. et cii vs. Government o'f Saskatchewan
(1988) 48D.LR. (4th) 315 (Sask. Q.B.).
38.
Supra.f. 7, p. 5—
.
- "It should'be noted that the right of Ontario RománCathólicstc
religious education in separate schools is guaranteed by Seètion 93 ofthe
Constitution Act, 1867
and is not an issue in this appeal."
39.
Section 15 states:.
15.(1) Every individual is equal before and under the law and has the right to the
equal protection and equal benefit of the law without discrimination and, in
particular, without discrimination based on race, national or ethnic origin, colour,
religion, sex, age or mental or physical disability.
(2) Subsection (1) does not preclude any law, program or activity'that hasas its
object the amelioration of conditions of disadvantaged individuals or groups
including those that are disadvantaged because of race, national or ethnic origin,
colour, religion, sex, age or mental or physical disability.
40.
Prepared by M.A. Zuker for the Learned Societies Conference, June, 1984, Guelph,
Ontario,
p.
10.
41.
"The Elwood Case: Vindicating the Educational Rights of the Disabled." A.
Wayne MacKay,
School Law Commentary
"Comment" Oct. and Nov., 1987.
42.
Education Rights of Exceptional Children in Canada,
Poirier, Goguen, Leslie,
Carswells, 1988,
pp.
50-60.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
Reading 3.3
?
Focus: Student Legal Rights and The Role of Schools
In surveys of teachers needs and concerns student discipline is usually first in
order of priority. Faced with increased responsibilities and diminishing authority
educators require an understanding of how their roles are defined at law. It is this
definition which will determine the scope of legal rights to which students will be
entitled in a school context. For this purpose, it will be helpful to consider the
following judicially recognized roles:
1.The
educator acting in loco parentis, in place of and instead of the parent
having been delegated either expressly or impliedly the parent's rights, duties and
responsibilities.
The doctrine of
in loco parentis
evolved at a time when children
were considered to be the property of their parents and therefore had no
independent legal status. It also evolved when schooling was not compulsory and
when schools were directly controlled by smaller and relatively homogeneous
communities so that parents had direct input into such matters as hiring, firing
and shaping the curriculum. In that context it was reasonable to assume that
parents had delegated responsibility for the education of their children to the local
school. In contemporary society this doctrine may be more valid in private schools
smaller school districts such as those on Alberta's Hutterite colonies and in some
rural communities than in the larger composite schools and schools in larger
school districts.
2.
The educator acting
in parens patriae,
as government in order to protect the
state's interest in the health and welfare of students.
This doctrine may be invoked
where the parents are not available or are incapacitated or where the state's rights
override parental rights. The duty of school authorities under this doctrine is not
necessarily to do what the parent wishes but to act "in the best interests of the
child," however that may be defined in a given set of circumstances.
3.
The educator acting as government under a common law or statutory duty to
maintain order and discipline In schools.
This is the emerging view of school
authorities resulting from increased governmental control over education and
increased centralization of education in larger administrative units. In this role
the primary interest served by the educator is the welfare of the schoolcommunity
as a whole. This interest may override the will of parents and the best interests of
any one student. However school authorities may not totally subrogate the
interests of the individual student to the common good. They have a duty at
common law to act in accordance with the principles of natural justice or at a
minimum a duty to act fairly. The content of this duty is sometimes set out in
school legislation and policy. In addition school authorities are bound by the
Charter when their actions are characterized as governmental.
4.
The educator acting as government law enforcement agent.
This role has
emerged as a result of increased criminal activity among students, particularly
with respect to the distribution and use of illegal drugs and associated violence in
schools. When educators play this role, the student may invoke the fullest scope of
legal rights under the Charter and the Young Offenders Act. Educators may wish
to consider carefully whether they should assume this role or allow this role to be
imposed upon them.
Reprinted with permission from:
Doctor, E. (ed.).
(1990,
May). Focus: Student legal
rights and the role of schools.
EduLaw School Newsletter, 1(9),
1.
I
F]
I
I
El
I
I
I
El
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I

E. Doctor
Students
!
Legal Rights, ?
What Are The
y
and When Do They Apply?
Under the Charter
s.7.
The right to life, liberty and security of the person and the right not to be
deprived thereof except in accordance with the principles of fundamental justice.
s. 8.
The right to be secure against unreasonable search and seizure.
s. 9.
The right not to be arbitrarily detained or arrested.
s. 10.
On arrest or detention to be informed promptly of the reasons for it; to retain
counsel without delay; to be informed of the right to retain counsel without delay;
to challenge the validity of the arrest or detentiori and be released if it is unlawful.
s. 12
The right not to be subjected to any cruel and unusual treatment or
punishment.
s. 24(2)
Evidence obtained in a manner that infringed or denied any Charter rights
or freedoms shall be excluded from court proceedings if, having regard to all the
circumstances, the admission of the evidence would bring the administration of
justice into disrepute.
Under the Young Offenders Act
The
Young
Offenders
Act
was designed to hold young offenders more accountable
for their acts while recognizing their special needs. It expressly states that young
persons, defined as those between the ages of 12and 17 inclusive, have rights and
freedoms of their own including those stated in the Charter. In addition to the
Charter rights, the Act sets out the following additional rights for young persons.
Section 11(1)
provides that a young person has the right to retain and instruct
counsel personally without delay and at any stage of the "proceedings" against
him, and the right to do this prior to and during any consideration of whether to
use alternative measures to deal with the young person, instead of commencing or
continuing judicial proceedings under the Act.
Section 56(2)
provides that no oral or written statement given by a young person to
a peace officer or other person who is, in law, a person in authority, is admissible
against the young person unless stringent safeguards are met. School
administrators should make themselves familiar with the list of safeguards
enumerated in this section.
Section 38
prohibits the publication by any means of any report of an offense
committed or alleged to have been committed by the young person and any report
of any hearing, adjudication, disposition or appeal which could identify the young
person.
NOTE: The
Young Offenders Act
only protects.oral or written statements made
by the young person. This admissibility of other evidence is governed by the
Charter and other laws of evidence.
Application
The legal rights of students under the Charter and
Young Offenders Act
may be
invoked during any disciplinary proceeding which is penal in nature or for which
there are or may be criminal or penal consequences. Under this legislation, the
legality of a school's disciplinary practices and procedures may be challenged.

-
Focus: Students Legal Rights...
?
Reading 3.3 —3
I
I
1.
where one or more students object to a school's disciplinary regime claiming
that it violates their rights under the Charter or under human rights legislation;
2.
where criminal proceedings result and the court has to determine, for the
purpose of the Young Offenders Act, whether statements made by the student are
admissible as evidence against the student; and,
3.
where criminal proceedings result and the court has to determine, for the
purpose of the Charter, whether any type of information gathered during the
investigation is admissible as evidence against the student.
What Is Your Role under the Young Offenders Act
When Your School is Not Seeking Prosecution?
Facts:
A police officer arrives at school and demands the right to speak to a
student. You know nothing about the matter and you wish to distance yourself
completely from it. In fact, you have no interest in the student's conviction and
could care less if the statements taken from the student by the police officer are
later held inadmissible in court. You have done nothing to assist the police officer
and you have not encouraged the student to cooperate with the police so that
"things will go better" for him.
Your Role:
You are probably not a person in authority during this investigation. It
is not your duty to provide the student with his legal rights for the purpose of
helping the law enforcement officer do his job. In fact, you may be the very person
who can testify that the student was not afforded his legal rights.
The peace officer, being the person in authority, must inform the student of his
legal rights including his right to consult with a parent or counsel, or in the
absence of either, an adult relative or in the absence of an adult relative, "any other
appropriate adult chosen by the young person." If the other parties are not
available, that appropriate adult may be you. If so, an amendment to the Act
provides.that, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, the adult chosen by the
student will be deemed NOT to be a person in authority. In any event, your role as
an educator and the definition of parent under the Young Offenders Act probably
require that you act
in loco parentis
or as government, in
parens patriae
and in
the best interests of the student. In the American case, New Jersey, Petitioner v.
T.L.O. (1985), 105 S.Ct. 733, Mr. Justice Powell described the teacher/pupil
relationship as follows:
The special relationship between teacher and student also distinguishes the setting
in which school children operate. Law enforcement officers function as
adversaries of criminal suspects. These officers have a responsibility to
investigate criminal
Key to Legal Literacy
1. Even if we assume that you as an educator normally act in loco parentis or in
the best interests of the student, have you done anything to make you a government
law enforcement officer or a person in authority
vis-à-vis
this student?
Corporal Punishment in Schools
The Law Reform Commission of Canada Working Paper No. 38 (Ottawa: The
Commission, 1984), identifies three uses of force against young persons:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[j
I
I
I
I

.4
—Rep4ing
3.3
?
E. Doctor
1.
the justifiable use of force in emergency situations for the immediate safety
of persons and property;
2.
acts of force in the heat of the moment;
3.
force by way of chastisement, usually administered some time after the
misbehaviour and with some form of ritual.
The right of school authorities to administer corporal punishment to students
originates with the in loco parentis doctrine. Where the doctrine is not recognized
or operative, the right of school authorities to administer reasonable corporal
punishment has been founded in the statutory. 'or common law duty of school
authorities to maintain order the discipline. The rule has been stated as follows:
A parent or one who stands.
,
in place of a parent, may use reasonable force,
including corporal punishment, for discipline and 'control. A school teacher has the
same authority. It is sometimes said that the parent, by sending the child to school,
has delegated his discipline to the teacher; but since many children go to public
schools under compulsion of law, and the child may well be punished over the
objection of the parent, a sounder reason is the necessity for maintaining order in
and about school. (Prosser on Torts,
1941,
p.
167.)
Many school authorities no longer support or tolerate systematic,
institutionalized corporal punishment of the type described in number 3 above. If
they do, there are usually very specific rules to ensure procedural fairness and
reasonableness in its administration. The greatest concern of school authorities
is, therefore, the inevitable act of force in the heat of the moment.
How Can You Be Sanctioned for Using Force on Students?
The right of school authorities to use force aginst students must be balanced
against the right of students to be left alone. Therefore, there are many legal and
professional sanctions which may be invoked when students are subjected to the
use of force.
1. The use of force against any person is an offense under the
Criminal Code
of
Canada which states:
265(1)
A person commits an assault when
(a) without the consent of another person, he applies force intentionally to that other
person, directly or indirectly;
(b)he attempts or threatens, by an act or gesture, to apply force to another person, if
he has, or causes that other person to believe on reasonable grounds that he has,
present ability to affect his purpose;
It is important to remember that under these sections of the code, the accused
does not have to intend harm or cause actual harm. Even a threat of harm can be
an offense. The Code, however, provides a defense for teachers who use force on
students.
43. Every schoolteacher, parent or person standing in the place of a parent is
justified in using force by way of correction toward a pupil or child, as the case
may be, who is under his care, if the force doe,s not exceed what is reasonable
under the circumstances.
2. The use of force against students mayyiolate the student's Charter-
guaranteed right to life, liberty and security of the person and his right not to be
subjected to any cruel or unusual treatment or punishment.

I
I
Focus: Students Legal Rights...
?
Reading 3.3 —5
I ?
3. The student may bring a civil action for assault and claim damages for
?
injury, pain and suffering resulting from corporal punishment.
4. In jurisdictions such as British Columbia, where school legislation prohibits
I ?
corporal punishment, an action may be brought for violating the Act and the
?
student may be entitled to whatever remedy is specified in and under the
legislation.
. I
5.
The student may challenge the school's jurisdiction or right to establish a
scheme for the administration of corporal punishment or the lack of natural
justice or fairness in the scheme.
I6.
The unauthorized use of force by an individual educator may result in
sanctions from the teacher's professional association, or in suspension or
revocation of a teacher's license by the ministry of education.
I7.
The employment contract of the individual educator may be suspended or
terminated for cause under contracts of employment or collective agreements.
Key to Legal Uteracy Criminal Sanctions
The test applied to determine whether a teacher will escape criminal sanctions
by raising a s.43 defense is as follows:
1.
Did the student commit a breach of school discipline which justified the use of
force "by way of correction"?
2.
Alternatively, applying an objective test, was the teacher's belief that the
discipline was justified founded on reasonable and probable grounds?
3.
Was the force used reasonable under the circumstances and not of the kind to
cause serious or permanent injury to the student?
4.
Applying a subjective test, is the teacher's belief ill-founded but completed
honest and genuine so that the teacher may be entitled to an absolute discharge
if convicted?
Does Failure to Follow Instructions Justify the Use of Force?
Case Comment:
R. v. Kanai
(1981) 9 Sask. R. 181 (Sask. Dist. CO.
Facts:
A 14-year-old student periodically walked during a running test. Each time
he did so the physical education teacher would tell him to run and he would try for
a while. The teacher concluded that the pupil's refusal to run was a breach of a
rule and after the test he asked the pupil to go into his office where he could talk to
him about his conduct. The student gave no indication that he would not
voluntarily comply with this request but, for some unspecified reason, the teacher
grabbed the boy by his hair, pushed him toward the office, banged or rubbed his
head on the door as they entered the office and flicked his chin up when the boy
looked down while being spoken to. Mainly because of the concern expressed by his
parent, the boy was hospitalized for six days and treated for headaches which
could have been caused by the physical trauma, a slight swelling, or by tension
and anxiety.
Decision:
At trial the court found that the teacher had an "honest belief' that the
conduct of the student was such as to deserve discipline but concluded that the
force was not reasonable under the circumstances. The teacher was convicted but
given an absolute discharge which meant that he was deemed never to have been
convicted of this offense. Nonetheless, he appealed his conviction.

6 Readin3.3
?
E. Doctor
On appeal the court addressed the above questions as follows:
1.
It found that the pupil had committed no fault or breach of discipline. The
pupil did not resist or talk back. There was no defiance, hostility or challenge to
the teacher's authority.
2.
It held that there must be "reasonable and probable grounds" to believe a
student's conduct justified the use of force not just "honest belief" as was the
opinion of the trial judge. In these circumstances there was no reasonable or
probable grounds.
3.
It held that since there were no reasonable. and probable grounds to justify
the use of force "by way of correction," it was not- necessary to decide whether the
force used in these circumstances was reasonable.
4.
It held that an ill-founded but completely
,
honest and genuine belief that
circumstances existed which warranted the use of force, could justify a court
granting an absolute discharge in an appropriate case, depending on the extent of
the force used. Although not asked to rule on the matter, the court agreed with the
trial judge that this may have been an appropriate case for granting an absolute
discharge.
Will a Teacher Necessarily Be Convicted for Using Force
?
on the Wrong Student?
Case Comment:
R.
v.
Haberstock (1970), 1
C.C.C. (2d) 433 (Sask.
CA.)
Facts:
Three pupils were on a bus heading for home on a Friday afternoon when
they shouted names at the vice-principal who was supervising students in the
school yard. On Monday morning the vice-principal walked up to them and
slapped each of them on the side of the face. At trial, the judge found as a fact that
only two of the pupils called him names and that the assault on all three was not
for the purpose of correction. The teacher appealed.
Decision:
The court held that a teacher exercising a delegated parental authority,
is entitled to the s.43 defense and addressed the above questions as follows.
1.
It accepted the finding of fact at trial, that one of the students did not call the
vice-principal names;
2.
It held that the defense was nonetheless available since there were
"reasonable and probable grounds" upon which the vice-principal was justified in
concluding that the pupil had participated in the name calling. Also, the
punishment was administered in the "honest belief" that the boy was guilty of
conduct deserving punishment.
3.
If found that the force used was reasonable and it was administered at the
first reasonable opportunity.
Is There Less Tolerance for the Use of Force
?
in Contemporary Canadian Society?
Case Comment:
R. v. Dimmell (1980), 55
C.C.C.
(2d) Ont. Dist. Ct.).
Facts:
A 15-year-old student was given a 1O'minute assignment by way of
detention. He clearly indicated that he would not do it and when he returned to
class the next day, he was given a double assignment. This, as well, was not done
and so the teacher sent the student to the office toi fill in a Dismissal Report Form.
The student returned to the classroom to have it authenticated by the teacher but

I
I
Focus: Students Legal Rights... ?
Reading 3.3 - 7
each refused to accept the other's version of events. When the student openly
refused to complete the form as suggested, the teacher took him by the shirt and
began to shake him. The boy broke from the teacher's grasp and the two
exchanged punches. The court found that the student struck first.
Decision:
At trial, the judge contrasted the standard of reasonableness as
determined by attitudes in rural Canada 10 years earlier with community
standards of reasonableness at the time of trial. He stated that if the Haberstock
case would be heard in 1980, the force would be held unreasonable and he
concluded that the force in this case was unreasonable. The teacher appealed his
conviction.
The Court of Appeal objected to this line of reasoning, noting that this section of
the Criminal Code was the same in 1970 as in 1980, and that the teacher was
entitled to the full benefit of the defence. (Section 43 is the same in the 1985
Criminal Code presently in use.) This court focused on the initial shaking of the
student and dealt only with question 3, the reasonableness of the force used, as
follows:
Considering that the boy was openly defiant of the teacher, the court found the force
used to be reasonable under the circumstances. Mr. Justice Smith emphasized that
a teacher has charge of a full class and has the responsibility, not only of teaching
but of keeping order in that class because without order there can be no teaching. He
held that the term "by way correction" did not limit the use of force to such purposes
as removing the disruptive student from the classroom. The teacher was entitled to
use force for the purpose of "shaking some sense into him" so long as the degree of
force was not unreasonable. Finally, the court referred to self defense provisions in
the Criminal Code and concluded that, under certain circumstances, the teacher
does not have to measure neatly the amount of force he uses. We may presume that
he was referring to the force used when punches were traded with the student.
Can a School Bus Driver Invoke the Section 43 Defense?
I
Case Comment:
R. c. LePage (1983), R.L. 247
(Que. C.M.)
Facts:
A school bus driver with seven years of experience gripped a young student
I
by the shoulders and placed him back onto the seat of the bus, leaving him with
visible, finger marks on his body. School regulations held the driver entirely
responsible for the students being transported but did not specify the driver's
I ?
duties and obligations. The driver alleged that his duty to maintain discipline on
the bus justified his use of non-excessive physical force.
Decision:
As a preliminary matter, the court distinguished between the
I
.commission of a criminal offense and an act which is more or less acceptable in a
school context, the suggestion being that a school board may have the right to
defend corporal punishment, but that does not preclude criminal action where
I
corporal punishment is administered. This implies that educators will not be able
to rely on school policies to support their disciplinary activity in a criminal action.
The decision was, however, based on the following legal principles:
I
I. The parent's authority to punish a child is delegated to the school teacher;
2. Corporal punishment by a teacher is presumed to be reasonable unless and
until proved otherwise;
I
3. So long as the punishment causes only temporary pain and does not cause
serious injuries it is presumed to be reasonable; and
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FJ

8— Reading,
3.3 ?
E. Doctor
4.
If there is any doubt that the punishment is excessive, the doubt must be
resolved in favour of the teacher.
On the basis of these principles, the court concluded, in a very brief judgment,
that since the bus driver had complete responsibility for the students; he replaced
the parent or the teachers and acted
in loco parentis.
It held that the force used in
these circumstances was not excessive. The Ogg-Moss case below, however,
suggest that persons who are not strictly speaking school teachers may not be able
to invoke the s. 43 defense.
What Effect Does School Legislation Have on a Determination
?
under the Criminal Code?
Case Comment:
R.
v.
Wheaton
(1982), 354 Nfld. and P.E.I.R. and 99 A.P.R. 520
(Nfld. Prov. Ct.)
Facts:
In this case, the School Act provided that a teacher could not administer
corporal punishment unless a third person, other than a pupil, was in the class.
The 16-year-old student was admonished three times in a twenty minute period for
laughing and talking out loud and getting out of his seat. Finally the teacher took
him by the shoulders, turned him around and told him to get to work. When the
student saucily replied, "I'm doing my work, sir." the teacher slapped him across
the face. Angry words were exchanged and then the teacher grabbed the student
by the hair and forcefully pushed his face right into the books laying on the desk,
telling him to get to work. The student jumped up and left the class.
Decision:
At the trial the court addressed the above questions and concluded
that:
1.
the student's behaviour undoubtedly merited punishment because of the
three disruptions, his saucy attitude when told to get to work and his defiance
when slapped in the face.
2.
in view of the above, the teacher's reasonable and probable belief did not
require consideration.
3.
the punishment was reasonable because the only ill effect was a temporary
bump on the back of the head where the hair had been pulled. No desks were
overturned, no books fell from the student's desk and his eyeglasses remained on
during the entire event.
The court then commented briefly on the teacher's conduct stating that it was
certainly less than a professional response to a discipline problem. The Crown
contented that the teacher was in violation of the School Act but the court refused
to deal with this as the teacher had not been formally charged with that violation.
This case suggest that civil liability for inflicting corporal punishment may
have no bearing on the determination of criminal, liability. An educator who uses
corporal punishment is liable to both.
NOTE: These cases were in the early 1980s before the impact of the charter was
felt and before there was any recognition to speak of, that young persons had
independent legal status. The impact of the charter on individual and group rights
since 1982 will undoubtedly alter the scope of protection afforded by s. 43 and may
ultimately result in repeal of this defense.

I
I
Focus: Students Legal Rights...
?
Reading 3.3 - 9
I
Can Teachers Use Force on Older, Mentally Handicapped "Students!'?
?
Case Comment:
R.
v.
Ogg-Moss
(1984), 5 O.A.C. 81 (S.C.C.).
I
Facts:
This case put into issue two sensitive topics, namely, the status and rights
of mentally retarded persons, and the limits on the disciplinary prerogatives of
persons in authority over them. The long, tortuous process through all levels of the
I
?
?
justice system testifies to the fact that this case was probably of keen interest to
many people, particularly advocates for the rights of the handicapped.
Henderson was a 21 year old man with an I.Q. of less than 20 and mental age
I
of 5. He was resident in a provincial facility for the developmentally handicapped
where the hospital policy and ministerial directives prohibited the use of force
against any resident for any reason. On the day in question Ogg-Moss was
supervising a group of residents when Henderson spilled his milk on the table in
I
an apparent attempt to get attention. Ogg-Moss shouted "no" and struck
Henderson five times on the forehead with a large metal spoon. The incident was
reported by a summer student who testified that Henderson appeared quite
I
startled by the blows. Ogg-Moss testified that Henderson who had no speech per se
did cry out when struck but would be incapable of remembering the incident after
five minutes.
I
Decision:
At trial the case was dismissed. On appeal Ogg-Moss was convicted
and fined. On further appeal the issue of whether the s. 43 defense applied at all
was raised and the Court of Appeal sent the matter back to the lower court for
determination. That court determined that the defense was available to him and
I
the acquittal was restored. On yet another appeal, the Court of Appeal ruled that
the defense was not available to Ogg-Moss. The conviction was restored but an
absolute discharge was granted. The case was appealed to the Supreme Court of
I
Canada.
Mr. Justice Dickson stated for the court that the purpose of the criminal law is
protect the individual's right to be free from unconsented invasions to his or her
I
to
physical security and dignity. For this reason the category of persons who may use
the s. 43 defense should be limited. He then considered the following substantive
I
1.
issues:
Is a Mental Retardation Counsellor charged
?
with ?
the daily
care of
profoundly retarded persons "in loco parentis" vis-à-vis these persons?
No. At common law there are two ways in which a person could put himself in
I
the place of a parent:
a. by assuming, in the absence or default of the natural parent, all of the
I
obligations which give rise to the rights of the parent including the support and
maintenance of the child. Here the counsellor had no financial responsibility for
Henderson. He exercised limited parental responsibilities under the direction of
the Minister and senior professional staff. He therefore did not become a person
I
standing in the place of a parent.
b. by having those rights delegated to him by the natural parent. Here the
I
.
parent's right of correction was delegated to the Minister and never subdelegated
to the counsellor. On the contrary, the Minister's directive prohibited the use of
force for any reason.
I
I

10— Reading 3.3
?
E. Doctor
2.
Is a person with a chronological age of 21 and a mental age of five a "child"
for the purposes of the s. 43 defense?
No. Mr. Justice Dickson held that for the purpose of the law the word "child"
has a chronological meaning. He found that no parent had the right at common
law to use corporal punishment on "childish" or "childlike" 21-year-olds and that
the Criminal Code did not refer to a mentally handicapped person as a child.
He rejected a functional definition of "child" stressing that childhood is a
transitory phase of life in which the suspension of the child's protection from
certain kinds of assault is temporary. For a handicapped person, a functional
definition of "child" is a life sentence which creates a category of permanent
second class citizens on the basis of mental or physical handicap, a category
which, by extension, may catch many other invalids.
3.
Is a Mental Retardation Counsellor charged with training mentally retarded
persons in basic life skills, a school-teacher and are their charges "pupils" for the
purpose of the s. 43 defense?
No. The term "pupil" must be limited as it was at common law to a child taking
instruction. Since Henderson was not a child, he could not be a pupil.
The counsellor was not a "school-teacher." This term refers to a qualified
teacher giving formal instruction in the child's school. The educational
responsibilities of these counsellors, training in' basic life skills such as eating
with a spoon, "have no academic content, and the context in which they are
carried out has not even a metaphoric connection with that in which a school-
teacher functions."
4. if
all of the above questions had been answered in the affirmative, was this
punishment "by way of correction'?
No. Since Henderson was incapable of remembering the incident, the assault
could not have been "by way of correction."
Implications for School Authorities
This case has implications for educational authorities. Consider the following
issues:
• How clearly is the school's authority to act in loco parentis sub-delegated to
non-teaching personnel such as school aides, lunch room supervisors, bus
drivers and school psychologists who may be providing instruction or services
which do not meet this definition of "schoolteaching"?
• When does a student stop being a "child" or "pupil" in a school setting? What is
the age of majority for school purposes? Is it the age to which schools are
obligated to provide schooling, usually 15 or 16? Is it the older age to which
schools voluntarily provided education, up to the age of 20 in some provinces?
• It has been suggested that the Charter equality provisions may entitle handi-
capped students to extended years of education. If this is forced upon schools,
will the student still be a "child" or "pupil" for school purposes at some later
age? (Quebec already extends education for the handicapped from age 18 to 21).
• If the definition of teaching in the usual school context does not include
training and instruction in basic life skills, does that relieve school boards from
the responsibility of providing such services to, the handicapped unless the duty
is imposed by statute? (NOTE: School legislation in New Brunswick,
Saskatchewan, Ontario and Quebec requires that "services" be provided.)
I

I
I
I
I ?
Reading 3.4
Parental Participation Policy for Schools: A Comparative
I ?
Legislative Analysis of Reform and Dynamic Conservatism in
British Columbia, Alberta, and Quebec
I
Introduction
Although legislation is usually thought of as an instrument for implementing
I
public policy, and public policy as a mechanism for expressing the will of people,
what appears to be true and what actually happens are not necessarily the same
things. Recent requests by parents in British Columbia for a more meaningful role
I
in educational decision-making, and public policy formalized in the new
School
Act (1989) as the response to that request, are exemplary of such a mechanism and
such an instrument. The appearance of reform in parental participation is not
necessarily what is seems. Despite the acquisition of a formal legal status to
I
?
?
participate in educational decision-making, parents in reality have no greater
?
voice than they formerly had.
The discrepancy between the apparent and the real perhaps may be less a
reflectionof conscious and deliberate action on the part of those responsible for
public policy, and more the result of tension between forces for stability and forces
for destabilization or change. These forces naturally tend to maintain their own
I
constancy, and hence a state of dynamic equilibrium.
Those who study and administer social policy are well aware that the
expressed aims and intentions of policy-makers do not necessarily bring about the
I
desired effects, and furthermore, that the implementation of such policy may
conversely produce many negative consequences (e.g., Sabatier & Mazmanian,
1979; Ingram & Mann, 1980; Weatherley & Lipsky, 1977; Wildavsky, 1979). The
I
search for explanations of this lack of fit between policy and effects in education is
most likely to focus on theory about political interactions and about the
implementation process largely from the perspective of the behavioral sciences
(Angus & Rizvi, 1989). Less attention seems likely to be paid to explanations from
I
?
?
theory about change and stability in social systems, and about the efficacy of
?
legislation.'
I
The special circumstances surrounding the new School Act in British
Columbia, and specifically its new policy on parental participation, presents an
interesting case for analysis. The new Act was introduced into the Assembly as
"the most forward-looking School Act in Canada," and as "broad and enabling"
I
(Brummet, 1989a). The Minister noted earlier too that the new Act "signals a point
of departure in our thinking about education and its importance in our lives
(Brummet, 1989b)." He also referred to the new policy on parental participation as
I
a "victory" for parents (Brummet, 1989c). Much is therefore expected of it for these
and other reasons. First, it has been touted generally as policy reform legislation,
and is perceived in the Province as such. Second, it is the first rewrite of the law in
thirty years, concluding years of promise of educational reform and of major
I ?
-
reviews of education in British Columbia. And third, it was intended to implement
policy
Reprinted
for schools:
with permission
A comparative
from:
Martin,
legislative
Y.M. (1991,
analysis
March).
of reform
Parental
and
participation
dynamic
conservatism in British Columbia, Alberta, and Quebec.
(pp.
1-38).
I

2 —Readi4g 3.4
?
Y.M. Martin -
virtually all of the recommendations of a Royal Commission on education. What
needs to be assessed in the aftermath is the potential of this law for achieving
specific policy objectives, real or perceived.
The purpose of this chapter is to determine, from an analysis of the law,
precise policy intentions behind the sections of the new legislation relevant to
parental participation in British Columbia, and to assess, on the face of the law,
its potential for giving parents a meaningful participant role in educational
decision-making. This analysis will be made in the context of similar legislative
provisions made at approximately the same time in Alberta and Quebec—
provinces which have also recently defined or redefined the role of parents.
There are four specific objectives; (a) to conduct a detailed examination of the
provisions in the law in British Columbia relevant to parental participation in the
process of determining educational goals and
L
policies; (b) to compare these
provisions with similar provisions in legislation in Alberta and Quebec as a
means of increasing understanding; (c) to determine the policy towards parents
that might reasonably be implied from the law in British Columbia; and (d) to
assess whether or not the British Columbia law reflects "dynamic conservatism"
—the tendency to fight change in preference for stability. Theory on change and
stability in social systems will provide the theoretical framework for under-
standing the call by parents for participation in educational decision-making, and
the Legislature's provisions in response to that call. Theory on the efficacy of
legislation will guide this analysis of the laws.
Conceptual Framework
Dynamic conservatism: A predisposition to stability
Dynamic conservatism (Schon, 1971) refers to the characteristic tendency of social
systems to resist change because change creates instability within them. Change
creates this instability in one of three ways. First, it causes social systems to
become unstable by disordering established relationships among those who control
and those who are controlled. In this instance it is said to disorder "structure."
Second, change unsettles well established ideas, concepts, and values held by
individuals in the system. This unsettles "theory." Third, change creates
instability by disrupting the conventional ways in which people do their jobs. This
disrupts "technology."
According to Schon (1971) people in a society are motivated to seek change
either because they become dissatisfied with the relative powerlessness of the
position they perceive themselves to hold in the system, or because they have
grown disenchanted with the dominant values in the system. The degree of
resistance to change is related to the degree of th6 change demanded. Minor and
peripheral changes evoke little resistance, whereas major and radical changes,
(those which strike at the heart of existing "structure," "theory," and "technology,")
is met with great resistance.
Resistance to change may not always succeed. When resistance fails, the
system resorts to "anti-responses," or responds with nominalistic or token
changes. Often too the change masquerades as the old regime dressed in the
rhetoric of the new. What is more, when the sponsors of the system are themselves
charged with initiating the change, their response is likely to be "reactionary
radicalism." That is, the change they initiate is inevitably tainted with the past
because of their association with the past.

I
I
Parental Participation .. .
?
Reading 3.4 —3
If Schon's notions outlined above hold true, then the strong call by parents
addressing the Sullivan Royal Commission on Education in British Columbia for
participation in educational decision-making is likely to be perceived as a potential
source of destabilization in the education system. The realization of greater
participation by parents will dismantle traditional power relationships in the
education system, and in doing so it will disorder "structure," unsettle "theories"
in use at all levels of the system, and inevitably will disrupt current "technology"
for educational decision-making.
The Legislature is most likely, by nature as the theory proposes, to respond to
this call by parents for a major shift of power in their favour, with dynamic
conservatism. Resistance to change will be as great as the degree of change
required. While the resistance will be most obviously displayed by public
authorities and individuals who currently have entrenched interests in the
current system, this resistance may also be reflected in the legislation mandating
the change. If this is indeed the case, then a study of the relevant provisions of the
new School Act in British Columbia should reveal elements of resistance to
change, in one form or another. Any such elements would, in effect, legitimize
resistance and would explain in part, any gap between policy objectives and policy
realization.
I
Schon's theory of stability in social systems explains generally the resistance to
change in social systems. It therefore is one explanation of the motivation to resist
drastic change in public policy with respect to parental participation in
I
educational decision-making. What is now needed is a framework for analysis of
the legislation to determine if the policy behind it indeed reflects reform or
dynamic conservatism. Theory of the efficacy of legislation provides some useful
insights.
I
hgisIative Efficacy
Government and other public agencies rely on legislation to implement policies;
hence the efficacy of the legislation will to some extent determine whether or not
stated policy objectives are achieved. Efficacious legislation maximizes the
likelihood that policy objectives will be achieved by formally structuring the
implementation process (Sabatier & Mazmanian, 1979,
p.
487). The major features
of such legislation have been identified in the implementation literature, and can
be briefly described.
First, the policy objectives are precise, and clearly ranked, both internally (that
is within the law itself), and externally (that is within the overall program of
implementing agencies (Sabatier & Mazmanian, 1979,
p.
487). Policy objectives
may be conceptualized on a 4-point ordinal scale running from "ambiguous" at the
low end, to "quantitative" at the high end. Ambiguous objectives which lack
precision and which are not ranked in the statute are least likely to result in the
achievement of policy objectives. "Quantitative objectives" which are specific and
clearly ranked, are more likely to succeed. Between these extremes are the
intermediate positions "definite tilt" in which there is a clear ranking of objectives,
and "qualitative objectives" in which objectives are more specifically stated.
Second, the form of the legislation is appropriate to the ends sought (Miers &
Page, 1982,
pp.
221-224). For example, where the statute provides a mechanism to
effect change, the mechanism, once implemented, should reasonably be able to
bring about the anticipated change.
Third, incentives and disincentives are formally provided for in the law, to
increase the likelihood of its implementation and of compliance with it. Those
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I

4—Reading 3.4
?
'. ? Y.M. Martin
whose behaviors the law intends to change, will not comply merely because the
law exists (Miers & Page, 1982,
p.
224).
Fourth, the statute stipulates the formal decision rules for the implementing
agency (Sabatier and Mazmanian, 1979: 49). When this is not done, the
implementing agency may make up the rules according to its conception of what
ought to be, and according to its own agenda.
Fifth, the statute provides adequate means of and procedures for enforcement
of the policy (Miers & Page, 1982,
pp.
225-230). This includes provisions for
enforcement, the establishment and carefully structuring of an enforcement
agency, sanctions that can invoke compliance, and institutional and procedural
arrangements to monitor 'compliance.
Sixth, the statute provides for oversight and 'other monitoring mechanisms to
see that the policy is implemented as intended. For example, it provides ample
opportunity for constituent groups to intervene with input in the implementation
process. It also provides liberal rules of standing for supportive constituencies,
and for evaluation and periodic reporting
to
sovereign bodies (Sabatier &
Mazmanian, 1979,
p.
492).
Seventh, the statute provides at the outset a level of funding adequate to ensure
the possibility of achieving statutory objectives. Financial resources should be
sufficient to hire staff, to conduct analyses for the development of regulations,
administration, and monitoring of target group compliance. (Sabatier &
Mazmanian, 1979,
p.
488). These resources should be targeted so as to ensure that
they are used appropriately.
These criteria when used to analyze the provisions for parental participation in
the
School Act
(1989) of British Columbia, will be useful in helping establish
whether or not the letter of the law indeed reflects a "real change" in public policy
towards parental participation, or merely dynamic conservatism. The comparison
with similar provisions in Quebec and Alberta will help reflect on the British
Columbia provisions. Before such analysis, however, it is necessary to look at the
history and the background to the law.
Legislative History and Backgmund to the New Policy in British Columbia
Despite the 68 year history of Parent-Teacher Associations and the Home and
School Federation in British Columbia, the involvement of parents in educational
decision-making was not formally recognized in law before this new
School Act
(1989). Parents as a group had no legal status as participants in the decision-
making process. Traditionally, as in many other jurisdictions, they had to resort
to political pressure, particularly at the local level, to affect decisions governing
the education of their children.
The first School Act in British Columbia came into force in 1872. As its
preamble suggests, the primary intent was to establish an organizational
structure for the provision of education for children. Some of the provisions imply
that the Government of the day was preoccupied largely with selling the value of
education. For instance, the Superintendent, probably then the most influential
position in the hierarchy, was to give a speech each year in each school district,
and to encourage public participation in order to improve education.
The intent of subsequent amendments to the original Act appears geared to
correcting problems with the initial Act (1872) and to making the organizational
framework function more smoothly. For instance, an 1897 amendment required
every child, from 7 to 12 years of age inclusive, to attend some school, or be

I
Parental Participation ...
?
Reading 3.4 —5
I
I
otherwise educated for 6 months in every year. There was a penalty for violation of
this section.
The new Public Schools Act which received royal assent on March 20, 1958
I
appears to be largely an extension of the 1872 Act. On the face of the Act there
seems to have been no apparent new directions radical departures in thinking and
policy. It did not have a preamble. Its primary concern, as before, was with
providing adequate education to students. One can only surmise that educators
I
and legislators saw little wrong with the system, so changes, where they occurred,
might be judged as adjustments at the periphery. One such change was the
I
increase by 3 years of the period of compulsory education. A parent or guardian
who failed to heed this provision was guilty of an offence and was liable to a fine.
The Sullivan Royal Commission, appointed in 1987 to inquire into and report on
education in the Province, was asked as part of its mandate to address issues
I
related to parental input into education. Across the Western world the decade of
the 1980s witnessed a trend towards greater community and parental involvement
in the education of their children. In support of this trend Principle VII of the
I
United Nations Declaration of the Rights of the Child states that parents have a
responsibility to determine the education of their children. It was not surprising,
then, that parents made it clearly known to the Commission, and earlier to the
I
Minister on his tour of the Province (Smith, 1981), and to the researchers in the
"Let's Talk about Schools" survey (Province of British Columbia, 1985), that they
wanted a role in the decision-making process.
I
In response to this demand, Sullivan (1988,
p.
52) made the following recom-
mendation to Government:
That each of the 75 school districts of the province adopt policies and procedures
I
which provide a designated role for parents and other community members through
membership on parent-community advisory committees at the school district level
and at each school within the district.
I
The
Government announced, immediately on the receipt of the recom-
"greater
mendations, that ?
involvement of parents at the school and district levels
will be encouraged," and that the responsibility of boards for these councils would
I
be outlined in the new Act (Brummet, 1989d). In a statement of its mandate which
was passed first as an order in council, the Government noted that:
Parents have the right and responsibility to participate in the process of
I
determining the educational goals, policies and services provided for their
children. They have primary responsibility to ensure that children are provided
with the healthy and supportive environment necessary for learning. They have a
I
?
?
responsibility to help shape and support the goals of the school system and to share
in the tasks of educating their young (Province of British Columbia, 1988c,
p
.
6).
The ideas of "empowerment," "consultation," and "participation" became part
I
of the rhetoric often used. This is the first time that the role of parents in
educational decision-making had been a matter of Government policy in British
Columbia. The new School Act was, among other things, to give parents a formal,
I
legal status as participants in the educational decision-making process. The policy
objective, then, seemed instrumental rather then symbolic, and seemed clearly
articulated. In accordance with their interpretation of the provisions those
I
responsible for its implementation at the Ministry level publicized the new policy
towards parents in materials prepared for the interested public. (Ministry of
Education, 1989b).
I

6 - R ea
4 i i g
3.4 ?
Y.M. Martin
With these pronouncements of the new policy and the backing of the Sullivan
Royal Commission, one might reasonably expect that the new Act, drafted to
reflect this policy, would provide a significant departure from the past in that
parents would get meaningful participant status.
The questions now to be addressed in an analysis of the legislation, are: What
precisely are the provisions, and to what extent will they enable parents'
participation in decision-making? How do these provisions compare with
provisions in other provinces which have recently adopted or redefined a similar
policy toward parents? What policy objectives might reasonably be implied from
the law? Does the policy reflect "dynamic conservatism": in Schon's terms, the
social system's fight against change?
Statutory Provisions
British Columbia
There are four substantive sections in the British Columbia School Act which deal
both directly and indirectly with parental involvement in educational decision-
making. The first, section 7, gives parents entitlements to information about their
children's performance, to annual reports on the general effectiveness of
programs in the district, to membership on a school level Parents' Advisory
Council (PAC), and to examine their children's record. In accordance with these,
the Regulation (1989) provides that teachers have a duty to report to parents on the
progress of students at least 5 times in the school year (s. 4).
The second section (s. 8), provides that parents in each school may form a PAC,
and through the elected officers of the council
may advise
the local board of school
trustees, 2
the principal and staff,
on any matter relating to the school
[emphasis
added throughout]. Although parents are under no obligation to form a PAC a
board is obliged to establish one on the receipt of an application.
The third section (s. 185), provides for a
district advisory council
with parent
and community membership. The school level PAC in the district are to have
representation on the district advisory committee. Other organizations in the
community also may have membership on a district council. District councils are
not mandatory, but are established at a board's discretion. The provision here
deals neither with their functions nor their powers, nor does it define the
relationship between boards of school trustees and PACs.
Section 11, the fourth and final relevant section, contains provisions for a
parent to appeal to a board any decision by its employee that significantly affects
the education, health, or safety of a student. Aprivative clause provides that a
board may make any decision it considers appropriate in respect of the matter that
is appealed to it under this section. The decision of the board is final.
In response to the provisions above, parents drafted what they called the
"counter-proposal School Act Legislation" (Hagen, 1989). One clause in this
counter-proposal provides, "that parents be entitled to participate in the process of
determining their child's educational needs and program of instruction and of
determining the educational goals."
During the legislative debates, Anita Hagen, member of the Opposition
responsible for Education, argued that the new law entitles parents to what has
been theirs traditionally; namely, to receive information about their children, and
access to annual reports on the work in the district. Further, she reasoned that the
law, as drafted, did not empower parents to participate in decision-making, as

Parental Participation ...
?
Reading 3.4 - 7
they had requested. The Honorable Mr. Brummet, Minister of Education,
apparently did not deal with the issue in his response. He defended the section as
drafted, and argued, "If parents are going to be full participants, then they can
come into the classroom and teach," and he pointed out that the Opposition had
already objected to having anybody else enter the classroom. He continued, "This
[the entitlement to reports] is an empowerment, if you like, that nobody can deny
them [parents]." And later, in reference to an attack on the requirement that
parents consult with the principal when establishing the by-laws governing a
PAC, the Minister reasoned, "I don't think we could open it up more to them
[sic]
running the situation. If we don't provide for their right to exist and no one with
the right to deny them, then it would be a hollow victory, wouldn't it?" With those
comments and no further opposition discussion of these sections ended.
In summary, in keeping with the trend in the Western World parents in
British Columbia requested of Government a greater involvement in educational
decision-making. In response to this request legislative provisions were
introduced to give them such a role. How do these provisions compare with those
effected at about the same time in other provinces? The cases of Alberta and
Quebec follow:
Alberta
Virtually a year earlier the Alberta Provincial Legislature also passed into law
new school legislation (1988) with provisions for parental participation in
educational decision-making. The preamble to this law recognizes the "right of
parents to make decisions respecting the education of their children." There
seems to be only one substantive section which deals directly with parental
participation. Section 17 provides that parents may establish a "school council,"
one for each school. That council may advise the principal of the school and the
board respecting any matter related to the school. Further, the board may delegate
duties or function to a council, but the council performs those duties and functions
at its discretion: that is, it does not have to do what a board requests of it if it does
not wish to do so. The board has a duty to make rules respecting the establishment
of a school council. These rules regulate the by-laws governing the meetings,
business, and conduct of a council's affairs.
In a division of the Alberta Act dealing with appeals, the law requires a board
to set up appeal procedures for parents (ss. 104-105). As in British Columbia, a
board may make any decision it considers appropriate having heard an appeal.
Unlike the case in British Columbia, however, the Alberta law provides for
ministerial review of these decisions of the board. A parent may seek ministerial
review of board decisions respecting placement in a special program,
infringement of minority education language rights under the Charter, home
education program, the expulsion of a student, and access to accuracy or
completeness of student record, and the amount and payment of fees and costs
(S.
104).
Bill 107, new legislation on Education, became law in Quebec on December 23rd,
1988, and it provides yet another source of comparison of public policy on parental
participation as reflected in legislative provisions. Quebec law has made a role in
educational decision-making for parents at school, district, and regional levels,
mandatory since 1970. However, an explanatory note indicates that the new law is
designed to make the school "legally more independent of the school board, while
preserving its organizational links with the board and the other schools connected
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Li
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

8—Reading 3.4
?
Y.M. Martin
with the board." This stated political ideal creates the potential for an interesting
comparison of the resultant legislative provisions for parental participation with
those of British Columbia and Alberta. It sets in relief the contrasts and
similarities.
The new Quebec law establishes for each school an "orientation committee"
whose primary role is to determine, within the legislative framework, the specific
objectives of the school. Parents, teachers, administrators, support staff, and
students at the secondary level are represented on orientation committees. The
committee may choose to elect a member to represent the community at large.
After consultation with parents (s. 57), the board determines the number of parent
representatives on an orientation committee, provided that parents are always to
comprise a majority of the membership on the committee. The principal takes part
in the meetings but is not entitled to a vote. A parent must chair its meetings, and
as chair, has the casting vote (ss. 66-76). An orientation committee is obliged to
meet a minimum of at least three times per year.
The functions, powers, and duties of the orientation committee are also clearly
specified. The primary function is to determine the specific aims and objectives of
the educational project of the school. Other functions include the following:
a
duty
to "give its opinion to the principal as regards the measures likely to
ensure the implementation and evaluation of the aims and objectives . . . adopt the
rules of conduct and safety rules proposed by the principal . . . approve the choice of
educational activities proposed by the principal. (ss. 77-82)
It has a duty to advise the board "on any matter likely to facilitate the operation of
the school and the implementation of its educational project."
Furthermore, the law provides for some control by the orientation committee
over how money is spent in the school. It has a duty to provide the principal with
its opinion of the school's annual budget, in addition to being able to adopt its
annual operating budget and generate revenue in addition to allocated funds. It
must be consulted by the board on matters related to the criteria for selection of the
principal and the manner of the implementation of the basic school regulations,
on enrichment and adaptation of official programs, on local programs, and on
students and special education services.
The Quebec law also provides a "school committee," comprising parents only,
for each school (ss. 83-93). A representative from the school committee sits on the
parent's committee on the school board (s. 189). The primary function of a school
committee seems to promote parental participation in defining, implementing,
and evaluating the school's educational project (s. 88). Its other functions include
advising the orientation committee and the board on any matter within their
mandate or concerning parents. It must be consulted on a number of matters
including; the change of confessional status of a school; the aims, objectives, and
measures contained in the educational project; school closure; the rules of conduct
and safety rules governing students; and programs of educational activities which
entail changes in students' regular schedule, or cause them to travel to places
outside the school. The principal has a duty to take part in the meetings of the
school committee but is neither entitled to vote, to be appointed chair of the
committee, nor to represent the committee before the board. Both orientation
committees and school committees are entitled to use school administrative
support facilities in accordance with establishd terms and conditions, and to
indemnity from prosecution for actions taken in good faith.
I
I

Parental Participation .. .
?
Reading 3.4 - 9
I
I
At the district level a council of commissioners administers the school district,
and the law makes it mandatory that there be on the council commissioners who
represent the interests of parents' committees for each of the elementary and
secondary levels (s. 143). They have a voice but no vote.
Finally, there are provisions at the regional level where such a level exists.
Where for administrative purposes, regional school boards exist, there are
regional parents committees and a central parents committee of delegates
representing the regional parents committees. Currently, there are only two such
regions: the Montreal Catholic School Commission (MCSC), and the Protestant
School Board of Greater Montreal (PSBGM). These regional committees all have a
duty "to promote the participation of parents in the activities of the board," to
"ensure such cooperation as is necessary for the proper operation of school
committees (s. 191-196)." These regional committees perform for the region duties
and functions that are similar to those served by parent committees at the district
level, as well as to those school committees perform for the local school.
Comparative Analysis of Legislative Efficacy
Seven criteria for
legislative
efficacy, that is for legislation which biases the policy
implementation process in favour of achieving policy objectives, have been
presented earlier. These criteria, now used below to analyze the efficacy of
legislative provisions on parental participation, reveal significant variations
between the British Columbia and Alberta laws, and the law in Quebec.
Policy objective
The policy objectives in British Columbia and Alberta are not likely to help achieve
a goal of meaningful parental participation in educational decision-making. Legal
mandates are most effective when the goals and objectives they seek to achieve are
clear, and there is either a balance of public and professional support or neutrality
for the change (Firestone & Corbett, 1988). This does not seem to be the case as
regard parental participation policy in British Columbia and Alberta. Parents in
Quebec, where the policy objectives are clearer seen are more likely to achieve
meaningful participation in educational decision-making than are their British
Columbia and Alberta counterparts.
The British Columbia and Alberta provisions lack precision and are
"ambiguous," (Sabatier & Mazrnanian, 1979,
p.
487). They do not provide clear
directives to boards of trustees which must implement the policy. Furthermore,
where PACs rank in the hierarchy of those who make decisions about schools, and
precisely what decisions they are meant to contribute, are not addressed at all in
the law. In short, the legislative provisions in British Columbia and Alberta lack
the specificity which is characteristic of legislation which is capable of producing
desired effects.
The Quebec law seems, on the other hand, clearly more "quantitative" than
"ambiguous" by Sabatier & Mazmanian's definition (1977,
pp.
487-488). It precisely
states legislative objectives which are ranked in importance. The provisions are
specific as to the functions, duties and responsibilities, and operation of parental
committees at all the levels of the system. In addition, the law clearly ranks highly
the importance of the contribution of parental committees in the decision-making
process.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

1O—
Reading 34 ?
Y.M. Martin
Form of legislation
The form of the legislation in British Columbia and Alberta does not seem
appropriate to the end of real parental participation. By contrast, the form of the
law in Quebec seems more appropriate and thus more likely to enable real
parental participation.
PACs in British Columbia and their counterpart school councils in Alberta are
not mandatory; that is, parents may choose whether or not they establish such
bodies. Furthermore, they may act only in an advisory capacity to boards, the
principal, and staff. Although political power remains intact, there is no legal
leverage with which to ensure cooperation with such advice. They have been given
no statutory duties and responsibilities. Obviously, a board is under no obligation
to comply. Furthermore, the scope for advisement is too broad to be helpful, and
the law, is silent on other important aspects of the advisement.
Although orientation and school committees also have a requisite advisory
role, they are not primarily advisory bodies. The primary function of an
orientation committee is to determine aims and objectives, adopt rules of conduct,
approve the principal's choice of extra-curricular activities, among other things.
School committees have a functional role: that is, to see to the implementation of
the plans adopted by the orientation committee. In addition, the school board has a
duty to consult them.
Incentives and disincentives
Although the Quebec law does not contain formal incentives and disincentives, it
is likely that the appropriateness of the form of the law will be an indirect incentive
to comply with the policy. The Alberta provision (s. 104) for a ministerial appeal of
board decisions relevant to placement in a special program, infringement of
minority education language rights under the Charter, home education program,
the expulsion of a student, and access to accuracy or, completeness of student
record, and the amount and payment of fees and costs, also indirectly provides a
source of disincentives. On the contrary, conjecture that boards and school
administrators in British Columbia and Alberta may not be likely to comply with
the policy since there are no incentives or disincentives neither formally nor
indirectly provided for in the law, and given an inappropriate form of the laws.
Even when individual parents appeal a decision of an employee of a board in
British Columbia, the provision is for the board to have the final decision. Indeed,
it might reasonably be argued that the law indirectly contains incentives not to
comply with such a policy since it creates for boards a conflict of interest.
Those boards and principals who resent involvement (Morris, Crowson,
Porter-Gehrie, & Hurwitz, 1984,
pp.
134-135) by parents must now by law foster the
development and well being of parent councils with newly gained power to advise
on any matter relating to the school. Because of this it is likely that the new PACs
will at least be regarded as a nuisance by some boards and some principals.
In Quebec, because parental committees are mandatory and established by
law, non-compliance with the requirements governing their operations and
function is therefore an offence. This fact obliges both school officials and parents
to comply with the terms of the law which are so clearly set out.
Formal decision rules
In addition to providing unambiguous objectives, appropriate legislative form, and
incentives and disincentives, legislation can bias the implementation process in

Parental Participation .. . ?
Reading 3.4 - 11
I
I
favour of achievement of the policy objective by providing the formal decision rules
for the implementing agencies. In the British Columbia and Alberta laws there
are no formal decision rules stipulating how the Ministry school board officials,
and principals should arrive at their decisions concerning PACs. In fact, the
Ministry of Education has no legitimate jurisdiction over the establishment of
PACs, and may only offer boards guidelines with respect to the development of
policies and procedures for PACs. There is no onus on a board to prove that it has
complied with the policy.
Furthermore, under the legislation in British Columbia and Alberta, boards
make the major policy decisions concerning the operation of parental bodies.
Boards are not likely to be the agency most supportive of parental participation in
areas of decision-making that are held as sacred trusts by school administrators.
What is more, Weatherley & Lipsky (1977,
p.
166) have observed that, despite
having the support and protection of the law, parents sometimes acquiesce to
strong pressure by administrators to make decisions that are not in their best
interest.
The law in Quebec, on the other hand, lays out the decision rules necessary for
successful implementation of parental participation in decision-making. For
example, it stipulates the following: what constitutes a valid committee decision;
who has the casting vote; what constitutes a quorum, and what happens in the
event there is not a quorum; a principal's non-voting role on a decision in a school
committee meetings; and, among others, the control of the orientation committee
over its rules of internal procedure.
Means of and procedures for enforcement
In addition to provisions for institutional and procedural arrangements to ensure
the systematic implementation of the policy, sections 478 and 479 of the Quebec law
empowers the Minister to enforce school boards' compliance with all provisions of
the Act. Consequently it guarantees compliance with sections specific to the
operation of parent committees. The Minister may designate a person to verify
"whether a school board or the Conseil scolaire de l'ile de Montreal is complying
with the provisions of the Act and the educational services as well as the
management, organization and operation of a school board or the conseil scolaire
de l'ile de Montreal" (s. 478). As a result of such investigation Cabinet may
suspend all or some of the powers of the board or the Conseil scolaire de l'ile de
Montreal.
There are no such provisions in the laws in British Columbia and Alberta. In
these provinces the push for systematic enforcement will most likely come from
interest groups in each of these provinces.
Furthermore, there is no provision for oversight or monitoring of the
implementation process. The Ministry or Department of Education, as is the case,
does not have jurisdiction in this matter. In its implementation of the legislation
the Ministry of Education may only encourage boards to establish policies and
procedures governing the functioning of PACs and in accordance with the law. It
cannot exact compliance. A public agency with discretionary powers will use its
discretion to comply only according to its conception of its function in the overall
scheme of the law (Miers & Page, 1982,
pp.
238-239). As asserted earlier, a board is
likely to see the limitations of the law to effect change and interpret is symbolic
rather than instrumental.
As far as parents are concerned there is also nothing in the law that would
encourage their compliance on an individual basis. Individuals only comply with
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

12— Reading, 3.4
?
Y.M. Martin
?
-
a law or policy decision when they perceive that they stand to gain or lose
something of value (Miers & Page, 1982, p. 231). When parents who are really
interested in participating in educational decisions read the provisions closely,
they will find nothing there of value to induce compliance. The same will be the
case in Alberta. In contrast, parents in Quebec who are really interested in
participating in educational decision-making will find that law enabling.
Intervention by constituency groups and oversight
The statutes in the three provinces provide formally neither for intervention by
constituency groups, nor for legislative oversight. Nevertheless, the provision by
Alberta for ministerial review of school board decisions in areas recognized as
ones in which parents have demonstrated major 'interests, alleviates greatly the
exigency created by the failure to make such provisions. In a similar manner, the
form of the legislation in Quebec seems to make the need for such provisions less
pressing.
Adequate financial resources
Information gathered from the ministries of Education indicate that at the
threshold, the financial arrangements made to support parental participation
policy in all three provinces are inadequate. Where there are no, or only few other
redemptive features in the statutory provisions, the likelihood and even the
possibility that the policy will be achieved are even further remote.
In British Columbia, for the school year 1990-1991, a sum of $319,000 was
provided for school board budgets for support to PACs. These funds are distributed
to school boards on a per school basis. They are not, targeted. In addition to this
sum, funding of $250,000 has been allocated over the next three years to the British
Columbia Council of Parent Advisory Councils for Parent Interaction Grants to
enable discussion of the new program. It is not likely that boards will supplement
these funds. What is more, there is a possibility that the funds may easily find
"more defensible use" in the current crisis in funding schools in British Columbia.
In Alberta no provincial funds have been allocated for the support of school
councils. Boards are expected to support them out of their usual budget. It seems
reasonable to conclude that in that province too it would be unlikely that school
boards would spend adequately, if at all, to support these councils.
The law in Quebec stipulates that budgets must be made available to parent
bodies, but it does not stipulate the amounts. That law, like the British Columbia
and Alberta laws, leaves each school board to decide on the level of financial
support for parent committees. Where school administrators at both district and
school levels are reluctant to have parents shaie in real educational decision-
making, it seems certain that financial support will fall far below what is
sufficient to assist in the achievement of the objective. A summary of these
findings are presented in Figure 1.

1
I
Parental Participation .. .
?
Reading 3.4 - 13
CRITERIA
BRITISH COLUMBIA
ALBERTA
QUEBEC
POLICY OBJECTIVES
Ambiguous. Lack of
Ambiguous. Lack of
Clear. Precisely stated in
precision.
precision.
the law.
F()i(M()I"THE
Form inappropriate for
Form not appropriate.
More appropriate form. In
real participation.
School Councils are
addition to being advisory,
Parents Advisory
only advisory,
orientation and school
Councils are only
committees are functionary
advisory bodies,
bodies.
INCENTIVE OR
DISINCENTIVE TO
No formal incentive or
No formal incentive.
The law indirectly provides
COM PLY
disincentive.
Some disincentive
disincentives and incen-
through ministerial
tives. See enforcement
power to review some
below.
school board decisions.
FORMAL DECISION
RULE
No formal decision rule
No formal decision
The law stipulates some
in the law,
rule in the law.
important decision rules.
ENFORCEMENT
No provisions for
No provisions for
The Minister has power to
enforcement,
enforcement,
suspend powers of a non-
compliant board.
OVERSIGHT
No oversight provided.
The Minister oversees
No specific provisions for
with power to review
oversight, but the form of
some Board decisions,
the law reduces need for
oversight.
ADEQUATE RESOURCES
In 1990-91, Boards got
No provincial funds
No provincial funds have
$319,000 in untargeted
have been allocated
been provided although the
funds for PACs support.
for the operation of
law stipulates that boards
Three year funding of
school councils,
must provide budgets for
$250,000 provided for
committees.
BCCPAC.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Figure 1. Comparative summary of parental participation provisions in British Columbia,
Alberta, and Quebec.
I
Conclusion
The questions of whether on not parents
ought
to participate in educational
I
decision-making, and of the extent to which parents ought to participate were not
a concern in this analysis. Such questions have been addressed elsewhere (e.g.
Levin, 1982). The purpose of the analysis was to determine precisely what are the
I
policy intentions behind provisions for parental participation in British Columbia,
and to determine how those intentions compare with those in Alberta and Quebec,
provinces which also recently provided for parental participation.
I
Despite all the aspirations and the rhetoric to the contrary, the policy implied
in current legislative provisions in British Columbia and Alberta seems to be
primarily an affirmation of the value of parental participation with no intention to
I
revise the power structure to give parents a say in educational decision-making.
With respect to this policy, the law may be described as symbolic legislation. The
policy does not seem to provide an instrumental role in educational decision-
making for parents.
I
To the extent that law enunciates public policy, the British Columbia and
Alberta laws are but blunt instruments with which parents may make an impact
I

14 - Reading 3.4 ?
Y.M. Martin
on educational goals and policies. At best the poliéies, as enunciated in the laws, is
an incremental step in the right direction. At best, the new provisions for parental
participation are the thin edge of what could become a challenge to traditionally
held authority over school decision-making. They give statutory recognition
though little else to parents; they open the door for discussion of issues related to
parental participation and power in educational decision-making; and they create
the conditions within which school administrators dialogue and develop policy on
the role of parents in educational decision-making.
On the other hand, the new laws really seems to offer nothing new. Some
parents might even find the new arrangements disadvantageous because it
circumscribes so narrowly the powers of parents. Furthermore, the benefits of the
new law are likely to be available to a small gioup of articulate and politically
aware parents, to the detriment of the majority. At worst, the new laws may
increase conflict between parents who want to participate meaningfully, and
school officials with the legal authority and in whose best interest it may be to deny
them such a role.
The reform, if indeed it may be called reform, does not reflect a change in the
policy makers' philosophy of the role of parents. The recognition of this philosophy
is likely to affect practice in educational decision-making in a marked way. The
reform is evolutionary, and hence peripheral in scope, and is not intended to make
major alterations to the status quo. As the response to the call by parents for
participation, the policy may be described as dynamic conservatism—the fight in
the education system to resist real change, since such a concession requires a
restructuring of power. Participation without the distribution of power is "an
empty and frustrating process for the powerless" (Arnstein, 1969).
Meaningful parental participation calls for systemic changes in jurisdiction
over educational decisions. Traditionally the Minister, the board, the
superintendent, and school administrators have statutory authority over key
educational decisions. Since there is no undistributed quantum of control over
educational decisions, latitude for parents to participate meaningfully must
clearly mean a concomitant decrease in control residing elsewhere in the system
The policy-makers have not provided for such decrease because to do so would be to
bring about radical changes to the structure of relationships in the system, to the
theories and "ideas in good currency" (Schon, 1977,
pp.
116-179) about who ought
to make educational decisions, and to the technology of educational decision-
making.
The law in Quebec provides for a systemic. shift in the balance of power
required to effect real parental participation. The provisions have effectively
restructured the power relationships among the board, the school administrators,
and parents, in favour of parents. Change seems to have been radical in Quebec,
when compared with those in British Columbia and Alberta. It seems clear that
policy-makers in Quebec have attempted to recognize the primary responsibility of
parents for the education of their children, and then to force them to get involved
both at school and school board levels.
It does not seem likely that parents in British Columbia will attempt to use the
courts as there does not seem to be a sound legal basis for a suit. The overall
scheme of the legislation seems to support solidly a minor role for parents. It is not
surprising that this is the case. The drafters of the followed to the letter the
Sullivan recommendation, which was merely that there be a "designated role for
parents." "Designated role" is a meaningless motherhood term which in and of
itself gives no specific philosophical direction for implementation.

Li
Parental Participation •. ?
Reading
3.4 - 15
I
If meaningful participation were really intended for parents, then the
recommendation must be considered a weak one. If it were not intended, then it
could be that the Commissioner Sullivan either perceived parents as asking for
little, and therefore recommended very little for them, or, that having heard from
all sides, his recommendation was a compromise in the interest of maintaining a
balance between competing forces—between forces for change and forces for
stability.
If the policy is truly to give meaningful participant status to parents, the policy
decision and the legislative provisions enunciating the policy must have precise
and clearly ranked objectives, must have a form appropriate to achieve the end
sought, must include formal incentives and disincentives for compliance, must
stipulate the decision rules for the implementing agency, must provide adequate
means of and procedures for enforcement, must provide oversight and other
monitoring mechanisms, and must provide adequate financial resources to
implement the policy. Despite what the agenda and political motivation may be,
the Quebec legislation does most of these things while the British Columbia and
Alberta laws do not.
References
I ?
Angus, L., & Rizvi, F. (1989). Power and the politics of participation.
Journal of
?
Educational Administration and Foundations, 4(1),
6-23.
Arnstein, S. R. (1969). A ladder of citizen participation.
American Institute of Planners,
I
35(4),
216-225.
Brumm et, A. J. (1989a). Second Reading, Legislative debate on the
School Act.
Brummet, A. J. (1989b). Presentation notes to the Superintendents of British Columbia,
I
Vancouver: British Columbia.
Brumm et, A. J. (1989c). Second reading, Legislative debate on the
School Act.
Education Act.
Stats. of Que. 1988, c. 84.
I
?
?
Firestone, W. A. & Corbett, H. D. (1988) in N. Boyan (Ed.)
The handbook of research in?
educational administration.
New York: Longman.
Hagen, A. (1989). Second reading,
Legislative
debate on the
School Act.
I
Ingram, H. M., & Mann, D. E. (1980). Policies failure: an issue deserving analysis. In
H. M. Ingram and D. E. Mann (Eds.).
Why Policies succeed or fail
(11-32).
Beverly Hills: Sage Publications.
I
?
?
Levin, B. (1982) Public involvement in public education. Do we have it? Do we want it? ?
Canadian Journal of Education 7(4),
1-13.
Miers, D. R., & Page, A. C. (1982).
Legislation.
London: Sweet & Maxwell.
I
Ministry of Education, Province of British Columbia, (1985).
Let's talk about schools: A
report to the people of British Columbia, Vols.
1-5. Victoria, British Columbia:
Queen's Printer.
I
?
?
Ministry of Education, Province of British Columbia, (1989)
Mandate for the school
?
system.
Victoria, British Columbia: Queen's Printer.
Morris, V. C., Crowson, R. L., Porter-Gehrie, C., & Hurwitz, E. ('1984).
Principals in
I ?
Action: The Reality of Managing Schools.
Columbus: Charles E. Merrill
?
Publishing Co.
Sabatier, P., & Mazmanian, D. (1979). The conditions of effective implementation: A
I
guide to accomplishing policy objectives.
Policy
Analysis, 5(4),
481-504.
Schon, D. A. (1977).
Beyond the stable state.
London: Temple Smith.
School Act.
Stats. Alta. 1988 c. S-3.1.
I
I
I
I
I
I
Li

16 - Reading 3 .4 ?
Y.M. Martin
School Act.
Stats. B.C.
1989, c. 61.
School Regulation,
B.C. Reg.
265/89.
Smith, R. D. (1981). Education: A report from the Minister.
Victoria, British Columbia:
'Queen's Printer.
Sullivan, B. M. (1988). A legacy for learners: The report of the royal commission on
education. 1988.
Victoria, British Columbia: Queen's Printer.
Weather .
ley, R., & Lipsky, M.
(1977).
Street level bureaucrats and institutional
innovation: implementing special-education reform.
Harvard Educational
Review, 47(2), 171-197.
Wildavsky, A. (1979). Speaking truth to power: The art and
craft
of policy analysis.
Toronto: Little Brown & Co.
Notes
1 Well structured and unambiguous legislation is a necessary but not wholly sufficient condition
for
successful policy implementation. Nevertheless, there seem to be at least three clear reasons to
justify an analysis of legislation as a means of evaluating its potential efficacy. First, analysis
of
the efficacy of the legislation is most likely to be neglected in an assessment
of
the failure or
success of public policy to attain its objectives. Second, Government and other public authorities
rely on legislation to implement policies. The success of such implementation, therefore, must
depend heavily on the efficacy of the legislation itself. Third, successful policy implementation
will eventually dependon how the courts might reasonably interpret the law, since those who
draft law might not influence its interpretation. Attention then should be paid to the letter
of
the
law, since the court's interpretation of its intent will determine in the final analysis what actually
happens.
2 ?
Aboard of school trustees in Canada is usually a locally elected municipal body with statutory
powers to determine local policies for schools.

I
1
?
UNIT FOUR

Back to top


CRIMINAL LAW AND WRAP-UP
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
?
Reading 4.1
Freedom and Fair Copies in the Information Age
I
Since the passage in January of Bill C-60, the law to replace the old Canadian
Copyright Act, educators and librarians have expressed concerns about the
I
impact of the legislation on their work and on public access to information. Many
of these concerns have arisen because of a lack of information and a general
misunderstanding of the issues.
The 1924 act permitted reproduction of "less than a substantial portion of the
I
work" or a more substantial part for "private study, research, criticism, review or
newspaper summary." It protected the rights of the creator and provided remedies
I
in keeping with the limited kinds of infringement possible at the time.
The old law came into force long before the advent of mechanical and electronic
copying devices, when copying, if it were to happen at all, had to be carried out by
hand or by making carbons. Since then, the proliferation of photocopy machines
I
has made copying routine. A study by the Book & Periodical Development Council
estimates that Canadian schools, colleges, universities and public libraries
I
photocopy 3.4 billion pages a year, 1.2 billion from material in copyright.
Under the 1924 act, writers and publishers were not in a strong position to deal
with these flagrant and wholesale infringements of their rights. The new law has
addressed the need for appropriate protective measures in two ways: first, fines for
I
summary convictions have been increased from $10 to $25,000 and, in the case of
an indictable offence, to a maximum of $1 million or a jail term of up to five years.
Second, the bill permits and even encourages the formation of collectives to act on
I
behalf of writers and publishers and to represent their interests in negotiations
with user groups.
I
Writers and publishers are of course anxious to facilitate the transfer of
knowledge and to do so legally. To that end they have formed the Canadian
Reprography Collective, called CanCopy, in keeping with its commitment to
accessible reproduction.
I
CanCopy
recently opened a head office in Toronto and has appointed a national
director. Its board of directors is equally representative of writers and publishers
and includes poets, novelists, non-fiction writers, a visual artist and publishers of
I
books,
magazines and newspapers.
The collective provides easy legal public access to material in copyright by
issuing blanket licences that entitle groups of users to copy legally within certain
I
limits and guidelines. The licences guarantee payments to writers, illustrators
and publishers for copies of their work. A government-appointed copyright board
will ensure that the fee structure established by collectives is fair and reasonable
I
and, through mediation, will help resolve disputes over fees and the interpretation
of licences.
CanCopy is now expanding its inventory of material in copyright by signing
I
affiliation agreements with individual writers and publishers. At the same time,
the collective has begun to negotiate licences with user groups, in particular the
government and several provincial departments of education. These talks
I
federal
Reprinted with permission from:
Bohne, H. (Winter, 1990). Freedom and fair copies in the
information age. History and Social Science Teacher,
65-67.

2.—.Rea'dihg 4.1 . ?
. ?
.
?
.
?
.
?
. ?
H.. Bohne
will lead eventually to blanket licensing agreements with these users. The CRC
has chosen provincial governments as its primary targets because more than 50
percent of all reproduction of material in copyright takes place in the educational
sector; the federal government is also a major user.
Users and the CRC itself benefit when CanCopy negotiates blanket agreements
with senior levels of the provincial and federal governments rather than with
individual boards of education, for example. Limiting the number of negotiating
partners eases 'CanCopy's administrative burden and hastens the completion of
licence agreements. It also reduces the fee per copy in the blanket licence; the
more copies a single group makes, the lower the, cost per page for the individual
user.'
Much has been made of the potential administrative costs associated with
licensed photocopying. From the outset CanCopy has recognized that if the scheme
is to work efficiently the burden on the user must be minimal. To ensure this, it
has looked to other countries, including Great Britain and Australia, where the
collective approach works well, for an efficient way of measuring the amount' of
photocopying that takes place. This has led to the: adoption of a method of sampling
that should produce reliable statistics conveniently. For example, in the
educational sector, school will be designated on a rotating basis each year to carry
out samplings. They will produce an additional copy of every page reproduced or
keep a register in which copying details are noted. Once compiled, these samples
will allow the CRC to estimate the total amount of copying done throughout the
system, the ratio of material copied in copyright to that not in copyright and to
gather bibliographic details—author, title and publisher—of the work used.
While there is general agreement on the rights of creators to their work,
teachers and librarians have asked the federal government for certain exemptions
from the provisions of the act, especially with regard to fees for single copying of
complete works, such as articles in magazines, chapters in books and entire
poems.
Ottawa has promised further consideration of Bill C-60 and the question of
exemptions. CanCopy's critics have said that negotiations with user groups
should await the passage of the second phase, expected in 1990. CanCopy argues
that the collective approach does not require exemptions; licences will be all-
encompassing and the unit fee will be a function of total usage. However, should
the next phase result in exemptions, they will simply translate into an
accumulated credit to the user group against the fees for future contract renewals.
It is unreasonable to expect writers and publishers to postpone further the
collection of income to which they have been entitld for many years.
Critics have also argued that photocopying in large amounts is not detrimental
to the creator, because authors and publishers cannot expect additional sales of
books or magazines in response to restrictions on copying. The "economic
argument"—that writers and publishers to not lose income as a result of
copying—has no bearing on the principle invoWed: that creators and producers
retain the reproduction rights to their work. It 'would indeed be foolish to expect
additional sales if photocopying were curtailed, but this does not mean that writers
and publishers should not be compensated for the use of the material they created.
Academics argue that they do not write for profit except when they write
textbooks, of course) 'and say that they are actually pleased if colleagues and
students copy their work extensively. They point but that they receive salaries and
grants from the public purse for the specific 'purpose of doing research and
disseminating the results. Copies of their workshould therefore be made freely

I
I
I
?
Freedom
available
and
without
Fair Copies...
compensation.
?
Such generosity is laudable, but it
Reading
ignores
4.1—
the
3
Principle of the author's rights in intellectual property. It also ignores the rights of
the publisher—whether a university press, a learned society or a commercial
I ?
house. They heavily subsidize the publication of scholarship and therefore have
the right to compensation if their work is copied.
While much of what is reproduced in schools will be largely Canadian in
I
origin, librarians at universities and colleges have said that much of the material
copied in their institutions derives from foreign sources and that this will result in
a heavy outflow of funds to the United States, Great Britain and elsewhere. But
I
already, under international copyright agreements such as the Berne Convention
or the Universal Copyright Convention, Canada, the U.S. and the U.K. must give
"national treatment" to foreign authors and publishers. And surely it is fallacious
and ignoble to argue that we should not pay for the use of intellectual property
I
because it benefits foreign copyright holders. Ironically, many of those who worry
about this imbalance of payments are quite willing to spend their book budgets
outside Canada.
While CanCopy hopes to negotiate licensing agreements at the provincial level,
separate agreements with universities, colleges and public library boards may
become necessary. Concerns have been expressed about costs of the licences at the
local level, despite the fact that most of these institutions charge for reproduction
on a per-copy basis, frequently at a profit. Surely the addition of three or four cents
to the amount already collected for payment of a licensing fee is not an
unreasonable expense, especially given that there would be nothing to copy were it
not for the work of the writer and publisher. Why pay for the copier, the paper and
the ink—not to mention the salary of the teacher or librarian—when the
contributions to education and search made by the writer and publisher are "free
of charge"?
CanCopy knows that while it protects the interest of its members it must not
hinder photocopying. It does not stand in the way of the transfer of information
from teacher to student or from librarian to patron. Blanket licences will make it
easy to copy, not harder. The new Canadian Copyright Act provides for just
compensation for writers and publishers.
The collective approach to rights js successful throughout the world. Without
it, the administration of photocopying permits would be chaotic, based on
individual requests to copyright owners. Cooperation is the key—between creators
and producers and those who use their work.
Harald Bohne,
recently retired director of the University of Toronto Press and Chair of the
Association of Canadian Publishers, is the Co-Chair of the Canadian Reprography
Collective, CanCopy.
In other educational publications, you may have seen dire warnings about what
Canada's new copyright legislation will to unless teachers can secure wholesale
exemptions for their photocopying and videotaping. Here's a different viewpoint. Harald
Bohne, for many years one of Canada's most important educational publishers, explains
how the new system means that teachers win soon be able to do the copying they need without
permission hassles or that nagging guilt about pirating someone else's hard work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I

I
I
I
Reading 4.2
Students and Teachers Should Have a Copyright
I
American teachers can photocopy sets of articles and tape anything off-air for use
at least once without payment. Why can't we?
I
The British copyright act no longer considers schools to be "public places," thus
giving teachers the freedom to play broadcasts or show videos in the classroom.
Why can't we?
I
We can't because the Mulroney government has given "cultural enterprises"
the upper hand in any negotiations with education ministries, school boards, and
even individual teachers.
I
Many authorities, including the best legal mind on copyright on the U.S.
Supreme Court, Justice Stephen Beyer, insist that ownership of intellectual
I
property is
not
self-evident, that intellectual property is not "like some piece of
personal property." It is intangible. Yet Ottawa insists that if teachers want to use
cultural products in the classroom, the public must often pay for them twice: first
via subsidies to Telefilm Canada, the Canada Council, the NFB, the CBC, and so
I ?
forth, and then from provincial education budgets.
Why hasn't the government given students and teachers a fair deal?
I
Government is not entirely in control of the rapidly growing information
industry. Moreover, it needs an income-generating mechanism to help pay the
costs of maintaining the cultural sector. But the producers, creators, and
distributors are dictating the terms, while educators passively wait for Phase-Two
I ?
amendments to the 1924 Copyright Act, which should receive first reading this
spring.
I
The government has to make some show of listening to educators' concerns.
Thus, in 1989, the Department of Communications (DOC) formed the Consultative
Committee on Educational Uses of Copyright Materials. The meetings were a
farce.
I
No formal minutes were kept.
Documents scheduled for the agenda were often not discussed. Audio-visual
materials received less than 10% of the committee's time. The chairperson
admitted that media literacy instruction is "a complete departure from normal
use" and that, frankly, he didn't know how to deal with it. No additional time was
allotted to
try
to deal with it, and a request from the Council of Ministers of
Education, which asked for an "additional limited exemption" precisely as a way of
dealing with media-literacy education, was received at the final meeting and then
ignored.
Throughout the meetings, user representatives were uncomfortably aware
that, while the DOC posed as a mediator, the driving force behind the chair,
Wanda Noel, had been the chief counsel to the Charter of Rights for Creators
Speakers for the producers, creators, and distributors charged that
schools
are
responsible for the plight of the non-theatrical film industry, and teachers were
repeatedly blamed for the starving artist's annual salary of $6,800. It was no
I
I
I
I
I
??
have
Reprinted
a copyright.
with permission
Education Forum
from:
6,
Vegh,
(3).
M. (1990, Spring). Students and teachers should

M. Vegh
surprise, then, that the "amended educational provisions," when they finally
came, fell far short of even the government's original recommendations.
And that is only what has been happening in Ottawa.
All across the country, art groups have engaged in unprecedented lobbying,
generating rumors and threatening court action. And the authorities have made
an example of a London, Ontario, church youth group, which was fined $750 for
showing a rented video. As a result, members of the Educational Media Producers
and Distributors Association have been able to
.
cow school boards into paying
exorbitant sums for duplication rights and public-performance fees of $245 and up,
for a single copy of videos such as
Death of a Salesman
and
Places in the Heart.
But information is more than a commodity. ;It is also a social resource with
which societies build from the ground up. Governments form institutions and
mandate teachers as public servants to be extensions of the family, to parent and
nurture young minds by using this social resource. As Linda Rushon, an English
teacher in Sault Ste. Marie, puts it, "Teachers who incorporate media into their
lessons should be thanked for promoting interest, instead of criticized for
stealing."
And Margaret Nix, of the Ontario Film Association, wryly points out that
because information is now big business, which has made access entirely
dependent upon payment, the producers, creators, and distributors "have made
crooks of us all." Teachers, rather than be conscience-stricken, should consider it
their moral duty to take advantage of the most appropriate learning materials.
How else are they to remain relevant and responsive to their students and the
times?
To that end, says Harvey Weiner, of the Canadian Teachers' Federation, "We
are looking for guaranteed access through the legislative process." The next steps
in that direction will be taken if the proposed Phase Two legislation provokes
enough requests for additional amendments. A parliamentary committee will
then listen to briefs calling for more changes.
Already at least two more educational exemptions are expected. One is a
limited spontaneous-use clause. The other is a dropping of the "public"
performance tax on school use.
Limited spontaneous use will amount to parity with American teachers. It will
permit first use of anything, print or off-air, without permission or compensation,
if that use supports a specific curriculum program. Jerry McNabb, of McNabb and
Connally, a Toronto film distributor, does not Object to this. It amounts to a
preview, an evaluation of the materials. If students respond well to material, then
licensing for repeated use makes sense. It is the only fair way of evaluating
potentially useful material without suffering from media's tendency to become
dated overnight. Only those products with lasting value will be used frequently
and, therefore, purchased. Repeated use and payment would become the
industry's ultimate quality control, for marginal products rarely see a second use.
As for the second possible Phase-Two exemption, the act now classifies a school
as a public place, like any other entertainment vepue. This is tantamount to fining
the learning process and thereby subsidizing the very industry (American feature
films) from which education and the DOC are trying to liberate us.
Also, public-performance fees raise the cost of movies to the point where only a
few copies can be purchased through school-board AV budgets, and teachers must
then stand in line to use them. This makes no sense, because most boards could

I
Students and Teachers ...
?
Reading 4.2 —3
I
afford (and would be willing) to pay the home-video price. So why should Criterion
I
Films charge $245 for a Warner feature movie, when selling it at $29.95 would
make it affordable for every teacher and department in the country? Don't the
producers, creators, and distributors realize that a good portion of school buying is
I
decentralized? Surely the increased profit from volume sales makes as much
sense for business as does removing the distribution problems for boards and
teachers. Besides, board AV buyers claim that this system would allow them to
use their budgets to acquire more Canadian works, which was the ultimate goal of
I
all three interests at the DOC meetings.
However, the producers, creators, and distributors do not see the advantages of
either amendment and are fighting them. They realize that laws are made by
I
lobbying. Too many teachers act as if the federal government is an unbiased
mediator. The provincial government is also conspicuously silent, as though
guaranteeing access were not its responsibility. And administrators warn us
l
about the risks of infringing copyright rather than organize teachers to speak for
students' rights to information. Perhaps they don't realize that education, as a
public service, should have a prior right.
I
On the other hand, Linda Rushon, the Sault Ste. Marie English teacher,
realized quickly that the ultimate victims of restrictive copyright laws would be her
students, and she did do something about it. She drew them into the debate, and
MPPs.
I
together they involved members of the community. She contacted MPs and
She wrote producers like CBS and NBC for permission to use materials, and she
informed other teachers that she was generally being granted the same use that
I
American
teachers enjoy.
More of us need to write Marcel Masse and their legislators. We must inform
our students and their parents and involve them in the lobbying process. Without
I
their support, there will be no legislative hearings on further amendments, and
these predictions will be read with bitterness by the next generation.
I
Michael Vegh
teaches English and history at Earl Haig Secondary
.
School, North York,
I
Ontario.
I
I
I
Li
I
I

I
I
I
Reading 4.3
It's High Thne Copycats Start Paying the Piper
Reproducing other people's work is fine—providing they receive something in
return.
Writersand other cultural producers feel the law must catch up with such
technological advances as photocopiers and video recorders, undreamed of when it
was drafted.
I
There has been a
lot
of angry talk recently from librarians, teachers and educators
about the federal Government's revisions to the Copyright Act. In letters to the
newspapers, public statements and advertisements, they have depicted the
I
amendment to the antiquated law as reactionary and unjust, suggesting the
changes will compromise education and interfere with the public's right to
information and the free flow of ideas.
I
The villains are authors and creators, the people who wrote the books, made
films, composed the music, invented the software and choreographed the ballets
that are protected by copyright—or are supposed to be protected.
I
The problem is that the law was made in 1924, before television, tape recorders,
computers and photocopying machines existed. Authors have the right to
compensation for the legitimate use of their work, but these modern developments
I
?
have simply out-stripped the individual's capacity to keep track of where and when
something is being used.
Consequently, some countries have instituted compensatory measures, such
I ?
as a surtax on blank recording tape that is distributed to recording artists as
recognition that home taping does take place and is beyond ordinary control.
Writers, however, are the object of the ire of librarians and teachers. And
writers are the subject of disinformation campaigns that give the public the
impression that masked bands of poets are roaming the halls of Canadian schools,
threatening teachers with heavy fines and jail terms should they dare to write a
I
?
single line of copyright poetry on the blackboard, or read Anne of Green Gables
aloud to their pupils.
Judgments just passed by Parliament provides stiffer penalties for
infringement.But the remedies and penalties in the old law were so low that court
action was never a viable means for seeking redress, and very few people bothered
trying. Now, in cases where there is criminal intent, as with pirated records and
I ?
tapes packaged for resale, the punishment will fit the crime—maximum fines of
$1-million and up to five years in jail.
However, nothing in the new law, or the old, prevents teachers from writing
large chunks of novels on their
,
blackboards if they wish. What the creators and
copyright reformers want to do is provide a way that the vast amount of copying
done mechanically by schools, teachers, academics and researchers, can be done
legally, with permission and payment to the copyright owner.
Nothing terribly unusual or outrageous about that; it is simply a scheme to
recompense the person who has spent the time, energy and creative capital to
I
I
I
I
??
piper.
Reprinted
The Globe
from:
and
Crean,
Mail
S.M.
(Toronto),
(1988,
p.
January
7.
18). It's high time copycats start paying the

2—
Reading 4.3 ?
The Globe and Mail
write the book. it should be no different from the attitude toward computer
software. We don't expect IBM to give its products away. Why do librarians and
teachers think writers should?
When the use of photocopiers spread in the early 1970s, teaching and learning
were revolutionized; published work became instantly and cheaply available as
ready-to-wear information. Photocopying allows students to use libraries more
efficiently. They can keep home libraries of selected material for ongoing
reference.
The photocopier quickly created a huge new market for written work. Although
Xerox and Canon made lovely profits, teachers and librarians weren't
complaining in public that copying costs were hobbling education and
undermining academic freedom.
It did occur to some people that this unrestricted photocopying might not be
ethical, but the thought of having to sleuth down each and every copyright owner
to negotiate permission and a fee seemed absurdly time-consuming. So most
people, writers included, simply went ahead and photocopied anyway.
The point is that there was no mechanism for clearing copyright, and therefore
there was little choice. Now, however, there will be a choice.
The scheme being proposed is simple enough, and is modelled on one used
successfully in the music business for years. Performance rights are negotiated
between radio stations and the composers' collectives (in Canada, CAPAC and
PROCAN) by way of blanket licences that give the broadcasters access to a
repertoire of music for an appropriate royalty. The royalties are then distributed to
artists according to a formula that is revised by regular sampling.
Association has declared itself opposed to the very idea of authors forming
collectives to grant licences, saying that libraries ought to be exempted and
individuals allowed to make single photocopies of material for "private" study. The
trouble with that idea is that it adds up to 24 or 20 million copies—and since when
is private consumption a reason for demanding a statutory prohibition against
fees?
Educators also are lobbying for exemptions. It has been established (at
meetings convened by the Department of Communications to discuss educational
uses of copyright material) that there is, in fact, no disagreement between
educators and copyright owners over the issue of access. It is manifestly in the
interest of both sides to make access as speedy and efficient as possible.
But two big questions remain: money and goodwill. In the one province,
Quebec, which has introduced a photocopying scheme and provided the extra
money to pay copyright owners, several post-secondary institutions still refuse,
three years after the fact.
Furthermore, as part of an out-of-court settlement with educational film
producers, the Quebec Department of Education agreed to provide $500,000 a year
on a matching basis to school boards to purchase audio-visual material that had
been lifted off the air. After three years, however, less than $200,000 of the possible
$3-million has been spent.
In short, even when they are given the money, educators do not seem disposed
to reimburse creators. Perhaps because intellectually property has been free for
the taking all these years, they resent having to pay for it now. Certainly you find a
surprising tolerance for illegal videotapes among school administrators that is not
extended to stolen sports equipment.

I
I
It's high time copycats...
?
Reading 4.3 —3
I
Of course, the teachers are right about one thing: intellectual property and
Canadian cultural material of all kinds ought to be readily available throughout
our education systems. If the problem is to get tight-fisted education departments
l ?
to allocate decent budgets for classroom materials, then we can all get behind the
effort and make that happen.
The answer is not to legalize abuse or advocate nineteenth-century laws that
requireone group of professionals to contribute their work gratis, in the public
interest. Teachers wouldn't do that; neither would librarians. And as long as their
salaries are not considered an impediment to good education and the free
exchange of ideas, they shouldn't content that paying writers is.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
Reading 4.4
Facts: Copyright and Canadian Libraries
Between 1984 and 1986 the Canadian Government published three documents
on copyright: From Futtenberg to Telidon (1984): A Charter of Rights for
Creators
(1985);
Government Response
(1986).
In the cover letter of the
Government Response,
then Minister of
Communications, Marcel Masse, and Minister of Consumer and Corporate
Affairs, Michel Côte, state:
• . new copyright legislation must reflect the balance between the legitimate
interests of creators to be paid for the use of their works and the needs of users to
have access to their works."
2.
CLA briefs on these documents and on Bill C-60 (phase one of copyright
amendments proclaimed in June 1988 and January 1989) supported the need
for balance between the rights of both creators and users of copyright. Bill C-60
allowed for the establishment of photocopy collectives and for a new Copyright
Board. It enhanced the rights of creators, but did not deal with matters related
to the rights of users. These were to be covered in the next phase of
amendments (phase two).
3.
In preparation for phase two of copyright amendments, the Canadian library
community participated with the creative community and with the federal
Department of Communications in the consultation process on library uses of
copyright material. Meetings were held from January to June 1988 to
determine what exemptions for libraries should be incorporated into phase two
of copyright amendments. These exemptions were listed as "Library
Provisions" in a Department of Communications document dated July 1988. In
summary they are:
Libraries may make a copy of a work in certain circumstances. Briefly these
circumstances are:
A.
to replace a damaged or deteriorating work
B.
to preserve a work
C.
to provide an out-of-print work for a library
In addition, in certain circumstances:
D.
a library is not responsible for infringing copies made by a patron
on a self-service machine
E.
a library may make a copy upon request by a person provided that
the copy would have constituted fair dealing (for purposes of
private study or research) had it been made by the requester
F. a librarian may make single copy of a periodical article for a
library user provided that the copy will be used for private study or
research of a scientific, technical or scholarly nature
G. an individual may make a single copy of a periodical article for
purposes of private study or research of a scientific, technical or
scholarly nature
Reprinted with permission from:
Facts: Copyright and Canadian Libraries.
(1989, June).
Ottawa: CLA.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

2—
Reading 4.4
?
1Canadian Library Association
H. rights holders who have instituted proceedings against a library
for infringement and whose works are not included in the
repertoire of a collective are entitled only to the remedy to which
they would be entitled if their works were included in the
repertoire.
4.
In May 1988, then Communications Minister Flora MacDonald stated that
phase two amendments, including library exemptions, would be introduced in
the House of Commons some time in the Fall of 1988.
1
She also stated forcefully
that there would be exemptions for the blind and other persons with
disabilities.
5.
The introduction of phase two has been delayed and is not expected until the
Fall of 1989 at the earliest. Meanwhile, the Writers' Union of Canada has
advised its members not to permit the Canadian National Institute for the
Blind to reproduce their works in braille and cassette because license fees will
be negotiated by CANCOPY, the new photocopy collective. CANCOPY has also
approached the education and library communities to begin fee negotiations.
As predicted by the Canadian Library Association, this action on the part of the
photocopy collective places libraries in the untenable position of having to
negotiate license fees for photocopying before knowing what types of copying the
law will exempt from license fees. To date the Government of Canada has
failed to follow through on assurances by the Minister of Communications that
the library community would see the wording of the law dealing with library
exemptions before its introduction and that the bill would be introduced in
September 1988. Members of the creative community have already been given
the opportunity to study certain sections of the phase two bill.
6.
Canadian libraries deal fairly with copyright. A recent study
2 indicates that
only half of what is copied in Canadian libraries is from published works. In
87% of instances of copying, only one copy is made, and most of the time (79%)
fewer than 10 pages are copied from any publication.
7.. Copyright is both a national and an international matter. The special role of
libraries in collecting, preserving and making knowledge available to citizens
has been recognized in the copyright of at least 35 countries including Great
Britain, Australia and the United States. These laws provide users of copyright
materials the right, under certain circumstances, to make a copy of a work
without permission of the copyright owner and without fee. In our global
economy, it is essential that Canadians have access to the same information as
our competitors around the world, without being penalized by fees for fair use
of the same works which are exempt elsewhere.
8.
In its principles to guide governments, the World Intellectual Property
Organization recognizes that there are considerations of public need in both
international copyright convention and in national laws. These principles form
a basis for some restrictions on authors' rights.
3 Copyright laws protect the
owners of copyright from unfair reproduction of their works; they do not
provide guaranteed income for creators.
9.
The Canadian library community supports the public interest and urges early
introduction and swift passage of phase two of copyright amendments so that
negotiations for license fees can be undertaken in a manner conducive to
fairness for all and to achieving the balance which every seeks.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Facts: Copyright and Canadian Libraries
?
Reading 4.4-3
1
?
?
Senate of Canada.
Proceedings of the Standing Senate Committee on Banking, Trade and
?
Commerce,
No. 59 (May 27, 1988).
2 Hébert, Françoise. Photocopying in Canadian Libraries: Report on a National Study.
Ottawa:
Canadian Library Association, 1987. ($55.00, available from Canadian Library Association, 200
Elgin, St., Ottawa K2P 1L5).
Copyright: Monthly Review of the World Intellectual Property Organization.,
24 (No. 2, February
1988). Special issue.

I
I
I ?
Reading 4.5
Legislative Update: Copyright and Canadian Libraries
I
Bill C-60, amending the Copyright Act, was passed on June 8, 1988 and is now in
force. The Bill allowed for the formation of copyright collectives and for a newly
I
constituted Copyright Board to arbitrate disputes over photocopy licensing fees.
The photocopy collective, CANCOPY, with an Executive Director based in Toronto
and a Board of Directors from across Canada, is now seeking photocopy license
I ?
arrangements. The new Copyright Board is in the process of formation.
Bill C-60 did not change the law regarding the making of photocopies or other
reproductions of copyright works. We expect amendments in Phase two of
I
copyright legislation to be introduced in the Fall of 1989, and that these
amendments will cover exemptions for libraries which are similar to exemptions
now in place in other countries where photocopy collectives exist. CLA worked
I
?
?
with the Department of Communications and the creative community to reach a
consensus on what Canada's library exemptions would be
(Feliciter,
September
1988).
There is however, absolutely no guarantee that these exemptions will actually
I
appear in the legislation. In fact, there is a good deal of indication that CLA
members will have to continue to work diligently to demonstrate the need in the
new law, for balance between creators' and users' legitimate rights. CANCOPY
I
has already announced its intention to negotiate fees with government, education
and libraries, ?
in that order, ?
and is
?
actively engaged in making these
arrangements. It is clear that CANCOPY wishes to have in place as many signed
license agreements as possible
before
new legislation is introduced. CANCOPY's
I
plan is to negotiate photocopy license fees based on the current law, without taking
into consideration any exemptions for libraries. If library exemptions are
introduced and passed as part of phase two, CANCOPY plans to "reconcile" at a
I
future date any payments which would become exempt. This plan confirms the
untenable situation for libraries which CLA predicted during parliamentary
hearings in phase one, Bill C-60, and reinforces the need for libraries to urge the
I
Government
to early introduction of phase two
As a tangible indicator of how far copyright owners are prepared to go CLA
members should be aware that the Writers' Union of Canada has advised its
I
members
not to sign any agreements with the Canadian National Institute for the
Blind for making talking books because they expect CANCOPY will be negotiating
license fees for recording of books for the blind. In response to a question in the
I
House of Commons on May 16, Minister of Communications Marcel Masse said
that there is "every reason to believe that an exception for the handicapped,
including the Canadian National Institute for the Blind, will be part of the second
series of legislative amendments that in all probability will be tabled in this House
I
next Fall."
I
1.
Here is What CIA Members Should Be Doing Now:
Continue, ?
as you
?
have in the
?
past, to
?
deal fairly
with copyright works; make
sure library staff is aware of the law and your library's photocopy policies.
Reprinted from:
Canadian Library Association. (1989, June).
Legislative update:
Copyright and Canadian libraries.
Ottawa: CLA.

2 -
Reading 4.5
?
Canadian Library Association
2.
To reinforce your intent to comply with the law, you may now wish to post signs
near your self-service copying machines to remind users of their obligations.
The following wording is suggested:
"The copyright law of Canada governs the making of photocopies or other
reproductions of copyrighted material.
Certain copying may be an infringement of the copyright law. This library is
not responsible for infringing copies made by users of this machine."
3.
Get in touch with your local MP
now.
Invite your MP to attend one of your
Board meetings, a company reception, a local association program, or a festive
get-together. Give our MP plenty of lead-time (at least one month, preferably
two). MPs receive many invitations. You can count on them to accept yours if
they can—after all, you or your neighbours put them in office.
4.
Tell your MP the facts about copyright and the important role libraries play in
the acquisition, preservation and dissemination of information, nationally and
internally. It is a well-publicized fact that this Government listens to the
opinions reported from the local level.
5. If you cannot meet your MP in person, write to him or her at the local
constituency office. The points in CLA's Copyright factsheet may be helpful in
drafting your letters. Urge swift introduction of phase two so that libraries can
negotiate in an atmosphere of fairness and clarity.
6.
Advise CLA if you are approached by CANCOPY to sign a license agreement.
Send CLA copies of your correspondence with MPs. And please let us know
abut any problems which may arise in your institution that are related to
photocopying.
7.
If you have questions please contact the CLA office.

I
I
Reading 4.6
Chronology: Copyright Legislation in Canada
1868 - Enactment of the First Canadian
Copyright Act
(31 Vict.,
c. 54).
1886 - Signature of the
Berne Convention.
Periodic revisions
were made in Berlin (1908), Rome (1928), Brussels (1948),
Stockholm (1967), and Paris (1971). Canada is bound by the
Rome Text of 1928.
January 1924 - The
Copyright Act
of 1921 came into force.
June 1936 - Establishment of the Copyright Appeal Board to fix the
royalty rates to be paid to the performing rights societies
(Copyright Amendment Act,
1931, as amended by S.C.
1936, c. 28).
I
1952 -
Signature of
Universal Copyright Convention
which was
created to formalize the legal relationships between Berne
and non-Berne countries. A revision was made in 1971.
1
1960 - Publication of the
Royal Commission on Patents, Copy-
right and Industrial Designs
(The Ilsley Commission).
I
adopted
1962 -
Canada acceded to the
Universal Copyright Convention
as
in 1952.
January 1971 -
Publication of the Economic Council of Canada's
Report
I
on
Intellectual and Industrial Property.
April 1977 -
Publication of
Copyright in Canada, Proposals for a
Revision of the Law
(the Keyes/Brunet Report).
I
16 November 1982 -
Publication of the
Report of the Federal Cultural Review
Committee
(the Applebaum/Hebert Report).
2 May 1984 -
Tabling of the white paper on copyright reform
From
I
Gutenberg
to Telidon.
24 January 1985 -
The Government retabled the white paper on copyright
reform and referred its subject-matter to the Standing
I
House Committee on Communications and Culture. The
Sub-committee on Copyright Reform was subsequently
established.
1
10 October 1985 -
The Sub-committee on Copyright Reform tabled its report,
A Charter of Rights for Creators.
I
7 February 1986 -
The Government tabled its response to the Report of the
Sub-committee on the Revision of Copyright.
22 September 1986 -
Publication of the
Report of the Task Force on Broadcast-
ing Policy
(the CaplanlSauvageau Report). Among other
things, this report dealt with the question of copyright in
sound recordings and broadcasts, as well as a performer's
right and a retransmission right.
I
performing
Reprinted from: ?
Chronology. Copyright legislation in Canada
(pp.
17-18). Library of
iParliament.
I
I
I
I
I

2 —Reading 4.6 ?
Library of Parliament ?
I
27 May 1987 - Bill C-60, "An Act to amend the
Copyright 'Act
and to
amend other Acts in consequence thereof," was tabled in
the House of Commons.
?
I
8 June 1988 - Bill C-60 received Royal Assent (S.C. 1988, c. 15) and
sections 1 to 11, 16, 18, 19, 21 and 24 came into force.
1 February 1989 - Remaining
came into force
sections
by proclamation
of the
Act to
(Canada
amend the
Gazette,
Copyright
Part
Act
II,
?
I
Vol. 123, No. 6,
p.
1794; SI/TR/89-78 published 15 March
1989).
?
1
I
I
I
H ?
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
Reading 4.7
Principals and Criminal Investigations of Students:
Recent Developments
Educator's legal authority over their pupils has traditionally relied upon the
common law doctrine of
in loco parentis.
Modern jurisprudence, however, has
recognized, and in some cases preferred, an alternative theory of legal authority
based upon a statutory duty to maintain proper order and discipline. Thus has
arisen a duality in the legal characterization of educators' legal personality. They
are at once surrogate parents and state agents. In law, the distinction between the
two roles is often significant, especially in the exercise of discipline over pupils.
The Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms
and the
Young Offenders Act
has
served to bring the distinction to the fore as courts probe the extent of educators' legal
obligations as state agents in executing their duty. This paper examines critically
three recent cases involving the powers and obligations of principals investigating
criminal conduct in their schools.
L'autorité légale des éducateurs sur leurs élèves est généralement associée
a
Ia
doctrine du
in loco parentis
du common law. Toutefois, la jurisprudence moderne
reconnaIt, et dans certains cas, privilégie une autre théorie de l'autorité légale,
fondée celle-1,A sur le devoir statutaire de maintenir l'ordre et la discipline. Ii en
réesulte une dualité dans la description de Ia personnalité légale des éducateurs.
Ils sont
a
Ia fois des substituts parentaux et des agents de l'Etat. En droit, la
distinction entre les deux roles est souvent importante, surtout lorsqu'il s'agit de
maintenir Ia discipline
a
l'école. La
Charte canadienne des droits et libertés
et la
Lois sur les jeunes contrevenants ont servi
a mettre cette distinction de ]'avant, les
cours cherchant
a
determiner les obligations legales des éducateurs en tant
qu'agents de l'Etat dans l'exercise de leurs fonctions. Dans cet article, l'auteur fait
Ia critique de trois cas réecents impliquant les pouvoirs et les obligations des
directeurs d'école dans les enquêtes qu'ils mènent ausujet de comportements
criminels dans leurs établissements.
In 1765, Blackstone (Vol. 1) wrote about the legal authority of teachers:
The power of a parent by our English laws is much more moderate (than that of the
paterfamilias in Roman law): but still sufficient to keep the child in order and
obedience. He may lawfully correct his child, being under age, in a reasonable
manner; for this is for the benefit of his education
He may also delegate part of his parental authority during his life, to the tutor or
schoolmaster of his child; who is then
in loco parentis
(in the place of the parent),
and has such a portion of the power of the parent committed to his charge, viz, that of
restraint and correction, as may be necessary to answer the purposes for which he is
employed. (Par. 617,
pp.
452-453)
Teachers' common law authority over their students has thus been based
traditionally upon an implied delegation of parental authority under the doctrine
of
in loco parentis.
Modern jurisprudence, however, prefers to justify educators'
authority on the social-utilitarian premise that the maintenance of order and
discipline is a prerequisite of an appropriate learning environment (Murdock v.
Reprinted with permission from:
Dickinson, G.M. (1989). Principals and criminal
investigations of students: Recent developments.
Canadian Journal of Education, 14(2),
203-219.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11

2 —Recidig.4.7 ?
Q.M Dickinson
Richards, 1954; R.v. Dimmell, 1980). This notion is reinforced
by
education
statutes that impose upon teachers and principals the responsibility to
.
maintain
proper order and discipline.'
The doctrine of
in loco parentis
has not disappeared entirely, however. In fact,
its civil guise—the "careful parent" test—persists as the most commonly invoked
standard of analysis in negligence claims against teachers. Despite recent
indications that courts will entertain a professional standard of care, there is still
a general reluctance to reject the careful parent test altogether (Myers and Myers
v. Peel County Board of Education and Jowett, 1981; Thorton, Tanner et al. v.
Board of School Trustees, 1975). Moreover, section 43 of the
Criminal Code
the
common law doctrine of
in loco parentis
by permitting parents, teachers and
others standing
in loco parentis
to use reasonable force to correct children.2
This duality in the legitimation of teachers' and principals' powers has given
them a Jeckyll-and-Hyde legal personality. As Jeckyll, they embody the kind, firm
and judicious parent with all attendant authority and responsibility. As Hyde, they
are executors of state imperatives in education legislation and thus potentially
invested with other legal responsibilities. Prominent among these potential
responsibilities is the protection of suspect student offenders' rights under the
Canadian Charter of rights and Freedoms
and the
Young Offenders Act.
This
article will examine recent developments in the law with respect to principals'
authority to search students suspected of breaches of school rules or the criminal
law, and their responsibilities to respect the students' rights under the
Charter
and the
Young Offenders Act.
Three recent cases shed light on these matter. While two Ontario court
decisions reinforce principals' legal authority to investigate deviant student
behaviour through detentions and personal searches, an Alberta decision
demonstrates that extending police-like authority to educators also invests them
with responsibilities normally associated with state law enforcement officials.
Regina v. LI.3
The Facts
A theft of money had occurred at the school where L.L. was a fourteen-year-old
student. L.L. was suspected. The principal of the school and three teachers met
with L.L. in the school's infirmary to question the boy about his involvement in the
theft. During the questioning, which lasted about 1.5 hours, L.L. was never
informed that he had a right to remain silent or to retain counsel. Nor was he told
that he was free to leave the room.
Near the beginning of the questioning the principal told L.L. to empty his
pockets and place their contents on the table. The boy complied and placed a
package of cigarettes on the table. Cigarettes were Contraband in the school, so the
principal confiscated them. Originally, L.L. had been reluctant to answer
questions, but as the "interview" progressed, he confessed to having stolen the
money and to having purchased drugs with it. He also admitted that the cigarettes
confiscated by the principal contained a foil wrapper of marijuana. Upon
searching the cigarette package and locating the marijuana, the principal called
the police.
To the layman, the procedures adopted by the principal perhaps seemed
eminently reasonable; the evidence against the student appeared to be compelling
and his conviction seemed assured. Riding the back of the
Charter,
however,

Principals and Criminal Investigations ...
?
Reading 4.7— 3
L.L.'s counsel raised a series of important issues by arguing that several of L.L.'s
Charter
rights had been violated, namely, his rights not to be subject to
unreasonable search and seizure (section 8), not to be arbitrarily detained (section
9), his right to retain and instruct counsel without delay, and his right to be so
informed (section 19(b)). The defence also relied on provisions of the
Young
Offenders Act
which support the principle that young persons ought to be afforded
procedural and substantive rights and be informed as to what those rights are
when they are accused of criminal conduct (sections 3(1) (e), (f), (g), and 3(2)).
Finally, L.L.'s counsel contended that, since the evidence obtained by the principal
had been obtained in a process that violated the accused boy's rights, it ought to be
excluded by the court. Section 24(2) of the
Charter
permits a court to exclude
evidence "obtained in a manner that infringed or denied any rights of freedoms
guaranteed by [the]
Charter"
if its admission in court "would bring the
administration of justice into disrepute."
The Youth Court's Decision
Characterizing the application of the
Charter
to school situations as "uncharted
territory" and a "potential minefield," the judge recognized the delicate balance
that exists between the affirmation of children's rights and the frustration of
discipline in schools. Despite the latter concern, the judge ruled "with some
trepidation" that the evidence secured by the principal was inadmissible as he was
not convinced that "a fourteen year old boy who was summoned. to be questioned
about a
Criminal Code
offence by a principal and three teachers would not
consider himself detained" (R. v. L.L., 1985,
p.
5).
Nor was he convinced that the boys was "aware that he need not answer the
questions asked of him especially when he was being told that it was for his own
good" (R.v. L.L., 1985,
p.
5). The inadmissibility of the evidence necessarily meant
L.L.'s acquittal. The court did, however, draw a distinction between investigations
for mere breaches of school rules and those involving alleged criminal conduct.
The judge implied that the former would perhaps not invoke
Charter
obligations.
The Crown appealed the decision of the Youth Court to the District Court.
The District Court's Decision
The appeal was heard by the Honourable Pierre Mercier of the District Court.
Judge Mercier focussed on the issue whether L.L. was "detained" within the
meaning of the
Charter.
He ruled that the school authorities had not intended
their interrogation of L.L. to obtain evidence for the purposes of securing a
criminal conviction. Their original intent had been to find out whether L.L. had
committed a theft and, if so, to advise his parents with the hope of correcting his
behaviour. Even though L.L. had been ultimately charged with a criminal offence,
the detention "in respect to that charge" was "slight" (R. v. L.L., 1986,
p.
5). The
finding of the marijuana and the consequent charge were products of the seizure
of the cigarettes which represented a mere breach of school rules. Moreover, the
criminal element introduced by the discovery of the marijuana came at a late point
in the interrogation. The court also noted that the boy had been allowed to leave the
room briefly during the interrogation, presumably demonstrating that he was not
being "detained."
In summary, Judge Mercier held that the school authorities "had good reason
to question L. with respect to the theft" (R. v. L.L., 1986,
p.
4). When they embarked
upon the interrogation, they had no intention of invoking the criminal justice
system—at that point their intention was to help L.L. to straighten himself out.
The fact that during the questioning a statement by L.L. led to further

4—Readi!g 4;7
?
"
?
G.M Dickinson
investigation of the contents of the cigarette package did not, in Judge Mercier's
view, "render the detention nor [sic] the seizure of the cigarette package unlawful
or unreasonable" (R. v. L.L., 1986,
P.
5).
Judge Mercier allowed the appeal, set aside L.L.'s acquittal, entered a finding
of guilty, and granted him an absolute discharge.
Regina v J.M.G.
The Facts
J.M.G. was a fourteen-year-old grade 7 student in a Thunder Bay school. One of
the teachers in the school told the school's principal that a student had seen
J.M.G. placing drugs in his socks. The principal telephoned a policeman and a
secondary school principal for advice. Acting on this advice, the principal removed
J.M.G. from class and requested that he come to the office.
The events in the principal's office were witnessed by the vice-principal. The
principal told J.M.G. that he was suspected of having drugs and asked him to
remove his shoes and socks. At this point the student removed a rolled cigarette
from his pant leg and swallowed it. The principal reached into J.M.G.'s pant leg
or sock and retrieved a tin-foil package containing three butts which were later
analyzed and determined to be marijuana.
The principal left the room and telephoned his police acquaintance who came
to the school, arrested J.M.G., gave him the standard caution that he was not
required to say anything, and informed him of his right to speak to a lawyer.
J.M.G. was charged with possession of a narcotic and proceeded to trial in the
Youth court in Thunder Bay.
The thrust of the defence's argument at trial concerned alleged breaches of
sections 8 and 10(b) of the
Charter
which provide, respectively, a right against
unreasonable search and seizure and a right on arrest or detention to retain
counsel and be informed of that right.
The Youth Court and District Court Decisions
On
1984 August 29, J.M.G. was convicted by Provincial Court Judge G.R. Kunnas
of possession of a narcotic. In rejecting the defence's submissions based on the
Charter,
the judge stated:
search and seizure is indeed . . . in the usual point in case, occasioned by a
peace officer. In this instance, it was occasioned by a person in authority in a school
setting and looking at the sections of the
Charter
as brought forward, I do not believe
it was an unreasonable search and as a result of the search and ensuing findings
therefrom, I do not believe the admission of same
will
bring the administration of
justice into disrepute.(R. v. J.M.G., 1984,
p.
80)
J.M.G. appealed to the District court where Judge F.G. McDonald quashed his
conviction. Although he provided no formal reasons for his decision, Judge
McDonald was quoted as commenting during the course of the lawyers'
arguments that "when it comes to the administration of the law it has to be done by
people in authority" and that "the law of the land does not give a principal the right
to search and seizure in a criminal context" ('Principal ruled at fault in drug
seizure case," 1985).
The judge's comments and ruling were potentially devastating to the authority
of the principal to investigate students' misconduct independently of the police.

Principals and Criminal Investigations ...
?
Reading 4.7— 5
H
I
The case was quickly appealed to the Ontario Court of Appeal. The appeal was
heard on 1986 May 20 and 21, by Justices Brooke, Grange, and Zuber. In addition
to the lawyers for the federal Crown and the accused, the court heard argument
from counsel for the Attorney General of Ontario, who intervened on the side of the
prosecution, and from the Canadian Civil Liberties Association, who intervened
on the side of the accused. The interests of the intervenants were clear. The
Attorney-General of Ontario was there to maintain the authoritative integrity of
the Ontario
Education Act
and the province's principals.
In
particular, Ontario's
Attorney-General sought leave to make submissions concerning several issues:
a.
the application of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms ...
to the
conduct of educators in the school environment;
b.
the disciplinary authority and powers which may be lawfully and
constitutionally exercised by educators in furtherance of common law and
statutory obligations to provide education in an environment which is
conducive to learning, healthy and safe; and,
c.
the extent to which modern pedagogical science involves exercise of discipline
by educators, and, the nature of behavioural deviance requiring control in the
schools. (R. v. J.M.G., 1986, Factum of the Attorney General of Ontario,
p.
2)
After pointing out the particularly serious danger inherent in drug use and
possession in the school environment, the Attorney General went on to argue in
favour of investing school principals with sufficient legal authority to conduct
investigations in schools independently of the police:
It would seem evident that educators must correct a continuum of student behaviour
from gum chewing, smoking cigarettes in washrooms, swearing, truancy,
lateness, failure to perform assigned tasks, talking out-of-turn, to more serious
misbehaviour which may constitute, in addition to breach of school or classroom
rules, a breach of the criminal law such as vandalism (mischief), theft, assault,
narcotic possession, possession of obscene material or weapons, or falsely setting
off fire alarms. It is unreasonable to submit that an educator must summon the
police or provide a right to counsel whenever criminal conduct is uncovered. The
school official surely has a discretion to not involve the
civil
authorities (just as in
the case of the parent) by exercising discipline in the school environment and
through the parents. The exercise of such parent-like responsibility will
frequently, and reasonably turn on the subject's explanation, apology and prior
school record for misconduct. (
p
. 16)
If the Attorney General's interest was in advancing principals' investigatory
powers, the Canadian Civil Liberties Association's interest was in advancing the
Charter
rights of pupils caught up in such investigations in schools.
In a judgment released on 1986 September 23, the court allowed the appeal and
restored the conviction and sentence imposed upon J.M.G. by the Youth Court.
The Court of Appeal side-stepped the potentially thorny "threshold" issue of
whether the
Charter
applies to the actions of school principals by ruling that there
had not been any violations of the accused's
Charter
rights in any event. It was
J.M.G.,
thus unnecessary
1986,
p.
708)
to decide the difficult issue of the
Charter's
application (R. v.
Writing for the court, Justice Grange first dealt with the question of
unreasonable search under section 8 of the
Charter.
As there was no Canadian
case dealing directly with the sort of situation before the court, reference was
made to a relevant American case—the decision of the Supreme Court of the
United States in New Jersey v. T.L.O. (1985). In that case a student's purse had
H
i
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

6—Reading
4.7
G.M Dickiison
been searched by the principal on suspicion that it contained cigarettes. In the
course of the search traces of marijuana were found. While the American
Supreme Court held that the Fourth Amendment
4
protected the student's privacy
under these circumstance, it recognized the need to balance the student's
expectation of privacy against "the school's equally legitimate need to maintain an
environment in which learning can take place", (New Jersey v. T.L.O., 1985, p.
643). Justice Grange quoted a passage from the judgment of Justice White in
T.L.O. which might usefully be repeated.
We join the majority of courts that have examined this issue in concluding that the
accommodation of the privacy interests of school children with the substantial need
of teachers and administrators for freedom to maintain order in the schools does
not require strict adherence to the requirement that searches be based on probable
cause to believe that the subject of the search has violated or is violating the law.
Rather, the legality of a search of a student, should depend simply on the
reasonableness, under all the circumstances, of the search. Determining the
reasonableness of any search involves a twofold inquiry: first, one must consider
"whether the . . . action was justified at its inception," . . . second, one must
determine whether the search as actually conducted "was reasonably relate din
scope to the circumstances which justified the interference in the first place,"
Under ordinary circumstances, a search of a student by a teacher or other school
official will be "justified at its inception" when there are reasonable grounds for
suspecting that the search will turn up evidence that the student will be permissible
in its scope when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the
search and not excessively intrusive in light of the age and sex of the student and
the nature of the infraction. (R. v. J.M.G., 1986,
p
.
709)
The Ontario Court of Appeal applied the two tests suggested by the United States
Supreme Court. Not only was the search of J.M.G. "justified at its inception,"
wrote Justice Grange, but it was "dictated by the circumstances." The principal's
statutory duty under section 236(a) of the Ontario's
Education Act
"to maintain
proper order and discipline in the school" was the root of the principal's obligation
to conduct a search of J.M.G. The search was thus "reasonably related to the
desirable objective of maintaining proper order and discipline. "Nor was the scope
of the search "excessively intrusive" (R. v. J.M.G., 1986,
p.
709).
It was suggested to the court that the principal -should have called in the police
as early as the time of his receipt of the initial report of J.M.G.'s wrongful
conduct. The court rejected this suggestion and provided some guidelines for
principals faced with the question of when to involve the police in cases of
suspected criminal behaviour by students. The court recognized that in some
cases it would be advisable to involve the police early. These were cases where the
crime was "so obvious and so heinous that police participation was inevitable" (R.
v. J.M.G., 1986,
p.
710). However, in cases where there was uncertainty whether
an offence had occurred or abut the extent of the offence or where the offence was
known or abut the extent of the offence or where the offence was known but seen as
minor by the principal, discretion must be afforded the principal to decide whether
to handle the situation himself, consult the student's parents or call the police.
This discretion cannot be properly exercised, however, until the principal verifies
the nature and extent of the crime, which is exactly what the principal in J.M.G.
was attempt to do (R. v. J.M.G., 1986,
p.
710).
The court quickly disposed of the argument that a principal ought to be
required to obtain prior authorization from an impartial person before conducting
a search in the same way that police must seek search warrants from a judicial

I
Principals and Criminal Investigations . . .
?
Reading 4.7— 7
I
officer. Society's interest in maintaining a proper educational environment meant
that the principal must be able to enforce discipline "efficiently and effectively" and
"it is often neither feasible nor desirable that the principal should require
authorization before searching his or her student and seizing contraband" (R. v.
I ?
J.M.G.,
1986,
p.
710-711).
Justice Grange then turned his attention to whether the actions of the
principal has transgressed section 10(b) of the
Charter.
There was certainly no
I
denying that the principal had not informed J.M.G. of his right to retain and
instruct counsel prior to forcing him to remove his shoes and socks. The question
was, had the student been "detained" within the meaning of section 10(b)? Noting
I
that J.M.G., like all other students (presumably of compulsory school age), was
already under a kind of detention throughout his school attendance, Justice
Grange rejected the notion that he had been detained in the sense contemplated by
I
the
Charter.
He went on to state that J.M.G.
was subject to the discipline of the school and required by the nature of his
attendance to undergo any reasonable disciplinary or investigate procedure. The
I
search here was but an extension of normal discipline such as, for example, the
requirement to stay after school or to do extra assignments or the denial of
privileges. (R. v. J.M.G., 1986,
p.
712).
I
The disciplinary action in this case (the search) carried "possible significant legal
consequences." In cases where the consequences become "inevitable," the
principal becomes an agent of the police. The judgment implies that
Charter
I
obligations such as those in section 19(b) would fall on the principal under such
circumstances. Such had not been the case in the J.M.G. matter, however, since
the principal, up to the point whether J.M.G. swallowed the cigarette and
attempted to hide the foil package, had merely been discharging his statutory duty
I
to maintain order and discipline. Once the offence was confirmed, he decided to
notify the police. J.M.G. was therefore not "detained" until after the search which
provided the evidence convincing the principal to call the police. Justice Grange
I
also noted that the denial of legal advice under these circumstances was hardly
significant given that such advice could not have precluded what was a lawful
search.
I
Having found that no
Charter
rights had been violated, Justice Grange
correctly deemed it unnecessary to consider the application of the "reasonable
limits" proviso in section 1 of the
Charter.
Nevertheless, he stated that had he been
I
required to deal with the issue, he would have found that section 236(a)
5
of the
Ontario
Education Act
necessarily implied the right of search and seize in the
instant circumstances and as such represented a "reasonable limit" "prescribed by
law" that was "demonstrably justified in a free and democratic society" (R. v.
I
J.M.G.,
1986, p. 713).
I
Regina v. H.
The Facts
I
H. was a thirteen-year-old student charged with theft of $65 from his teacher's
purse. Upon discovering that the money was missing, the teacher discussed the
matter with her class and told them that if the money were returned, that would
I
be the end of the matter. H. and some other boys acted on this offer, admitted the
theft, and returned the money. When the principal learned abut this incident from
another teacher, he order the boys to the office where, in his own words, he
"interrogated" them. He obtained admissions from the boys about their
Li

8—
Reading
4.7 ?
, ?
G.M Dickinson
involvement in the theft and turned the boys and' the evidence over to the police;
There was no doubt that the teacher and the principal both failed to provide the
boys with access to counsel and to inform them of their right to consult a lawyer,
parent or other adult of their choice.
The Youth Court's Decision (R.
v.
H., 1985)
H. was tried before Her Honour Judge Russell of the Provincial Court (Youth
Division). In a coherent and carefully considered judgment released on 1985
October 24, Judge Russell set out the issues in the case as follows:
1. Whether the
Charter of Rights and Freedoms
applies to teachers and
principals who are employees of a public school board in the execution of their
duties?
2.
a. Whether a student who is required to attend the principal's office for
interrogation by the principal concerning a criminal offence is under
detention within the meaning of s. 10 of the
Charter
and entitled to the
rights guaranteed by that section?
b.
If so, whether the admission of evidence obtained as a result of that
interrogation, including that of the principal and the accomplices, would
bring the administration of justice into disrepute and should be excluded?
c.
Whether an admission of a student to a teacher should be excluded when it
was obtained as a result of the teacher telling the student there would be no
further consequences? (R. v. H., 1985,
p.
252)
After examining scholarly opinions concerning the scope of the
Charter's
application, the court concluded that the actions of teachers and principals as
employees of school boards were governed by the
Charter.
The basis for this
conclusion was that general authority to make rules regarding suspension and
expulsion of students had been delegated to school boards by the legislature. As
delegates of legislative authority, the educators were deemed subject to the
Charter's
prescriptions (R. v. H., 1985,
p.
256).
Having ruled that the
Charter
applied, Judge Russell turned to whether its
provisions had been violated, and if so, the effect of such violations. First, had H.
been under a "detention" in the principal's office within the meaning of section
10(b) of the
Charter?
Noting that she thought it unlikely that Parliament intended
the
Charter
to apply to a "detention imposed as a normal disciplinary measure
upon a school student," the judge characterized H.'s detention as something out of
the ordinary (R. v. H., 1985,
p.
256). She relied on 'Justice Le Dam's interpretation
of "detention" in R. v. Therens (1985) where he concluded that the world's meaning
was not restricted to restraint by the police:
In his view, that section necessarily refers to a variety of forms of detention,
which
may be of short duration, in which a peace officer or other agent of the state assumes
control over the movement of a person by a demand or a direction which may have
significant legal consequences, and which prevents or impedes access to counsel.
The issue, he said, is whether the person reasonably regards himself or herself as
free to refuse to comply. (R.
v. H., 1985,
p.
256)
The facts of the H. case disclosed that H.'s presence in the principal's office was
the result of the principal's command. In the court's view, "it [was] reasonable to
believe that a 13-year-old would believe that he had no other choice but to attend; it
[was] also reasonable to believe that the accused felt compelled to attend because of
the probable consequences if he failed to attend" (R. v. H., 1985,
p.
257). Moreover,

I
Principals and Criminal Investigations . ..
?
Reading 4.7— 9
I
this was no ordinary detention aimed at disciplining an unruly pupil over a
breach of school rules; this was an interrogation for the purpose of deciding
whether to report a criminal offence to the police. The accused's awareness of the
nature and purpose of the detention added to his "psychological compulsion" (R. v.
H., 1985,
p.
257). Judge Russell accordingly ruled that H. had been detained within
the meaning of section 10 of the
Charter
and that his rights to counsel and to be
told of that right had been violated.
Having thus ruled, the court was then required to consider the effect of the
violation of the accused's rights—whether the admission of evidence obtained in
violation of his rights would "tend to bring the administration of justice into
disrepute"
(Charter,
section 24(2)). Judge Russell found a direct causal connection
between the obtaining of the evidence and the
Charter
violation. (This finding may
be contrasted with the reasoning of the Ontario Court of Appeal in J.M.G. where a
denial of section 19(b) rights was held not to be related to the conducting of a lawful
search.) The violation preceded and led to the obtaining of the evidence. Moreover,
the court found an element of unfairness in the way this matter was handled since
the principal broke "a teacher's promise which the boys had reason to believe
would be honoured" (R. v. H., 1985,
p.
259). Judge Russel ruled that the nature of
the
Charter
violation in this case was such as to bring the administration of
justice into disrepute and hence she ruled inadmissible the boys' statements to the
principal.
Some passing comments by the court about the role played by the principal in
this case are worth noting. Despite the best of intentions, the principal
in handing the evidence over to the police . . . became inextricably involved in the
administration of justice by doing the work of the police themselves. The evidence
he provided the police became the evidence in the case; there was no need for the
police to attempt to obtain a statement form the accused; the principal had done their
work for
them.(R.
v. H., 1985,
p.
259).
I
Thus, in the court's view, the principal in this case had acted as the agent of the
police in gathering evidence of a criminal offence. H.'s principal had, indeed,
become Mr. Hyde.
I
Having excluded the evidence obtained by the principal, the court lastly
considered whether the inculpatory statements made to the teacher were
admissible. There was no question of detention and thus no
Charter
issue. But
I
there was the question of whether, in receiving the statements, the teacher was "a
person in authority" within the meaning of section 56 of the
Young Offenders Act
and governed by the prescriptions contained therein. Section 56 states that a
statement given by a young person to a "person in authority" is not admissible in
I
evidence unless it is given voluntarily (that is without duress, threats,
inducements, or promises of favour) and after the young person has been advised
that he is not required to give a statement, that any statement given may be used
I ?
against him, and that he has a right to consult with counsel, a parent, or other
adult chosen by him.
In deciding that the teacher was a "person in authority," Judge Russell relied
on the test established by the Ontario Court of Appeal and adopted by the Supreme
Court of Canada in R. v. Rothman (1981) in which the meaning of that phrase was
determined according to the subjective test of "whether the accused believed that
theperson he dealt with had some degree of power over him and whether he
thought that person could either make good his promise or carry out his threats"
(R. v. H., 1985, p. 261). Judge Russell found it entirely "reasonable to presume that
a 13-year-old boy would believe that his teacher would exercise power over him and
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

10—
R
ea4in g
4.7
G.M Dickinson
could make good on her promises" (R. v. H.,
1985,p.
261). The inducement offered
by the teacher's promise of no further consequences also violated the basic
common law rule that, to be admissible, statements must be voluntarily given. But
for the teacher's promise, the boys would not have confessed. The court thus ruled
the statements made to the teacher inadmissible.
The court also held that the statements 'made to the principal were
inadmissible under the
Young
Offenders
Act
sincéthe principal had not complied
with the procedural preconditions set out in section 56. The principal had thus
violated both the
Charter
and the
Young
Offenders
Act.
Since the only evidence
against the students was comprised of their statements, which were ruled
inadmissible, the charge against H. was dismissed. The Crown appealed Judge
Russell's decision to the Alberta Court of Queen's Bench.
The Decision of the Court of Queen's Bench (11. v. MJL, 1986)
The appeal was heard on 1986 June 26, by Justice Duchêne. The judgment, which
runs to only four pages, is disappointing given the importance and complexity of
the issues involved in the case. In fairness to the court, however, it appears that
there was an understanding among counsel and the judge that, in order to
expedite the release of the judgment, an oral rather than written judgment would
be given (R. v. M.H., 1986,
p.
1).
After reviewing the facts of the case, Justice Duchêne concluded that it was
unnecessary for him to decide whether the
Charter
applied to educational
institutions. He did state, however, by way of
obiter dicta
,6
that he would have
decided, if necessary, that it did not (R. v. M.H., 1986,
p.
3). It became unnecessary
to consider the
Charter's
application because 'of the court's ruling that the
evidence in this case was obtained in contravention of the
Young
Offenders
Act
and could be excluded on that ground alone.
Judge Duchêne held that the principal and teacher had been "persons in
authority" under the law and, as such, were subject to both common law and
statutory
(Young
Offenders
Act)
prescriptions concerning the admissibility of
confessions. He found that there was "a clear breach" of section 56(2) (b) of the
Young
Offenders
Act
since "there was no warning to the young person, there was
no statement of his right to consult counsel or another person or a guardian . .
(R. v. M.H., 1986,
p.
4).
The court concluded with the following statement which seems rather
puzzling: "I would therefore find that if there was a detention by the principal, that
he and the teacher were persons in authority and that the statements made were
not shown to have been made voluntarily" (R. v. M.H., 1986,
p.
4). This statement is
perplexing for a couple of reasons. First, surely the question of whether there was
a "detention" or not is relevant only to the
Charter of Rights
which the court had
already decided to ignore. It does not seem directly relevant to the
Young
Offenders Act
issue: the test established in R. v. Rothman (1981) for whether
someone is a "person in authority" is not whether he is detaining the maker of the
statement but rather whether the maker subjectively believes that the person has
authority over him and the authority to make good any threats or promises.
Moreover, section 56(2) (b) provides a set of preconditions which must all be met
before a statement will be admissible. So even if
'a statement were "voluntary"
under section 56(2) (a), a failure to follow the procedural prescriptions of section
56(2) (b), (c), and (d) would still preclude the statement's admission into evidence.
1
I

I
I
Principals and Criminal Investigations ...
?
Reading 4.7— Ii
I
Regardless of the confusion at the end of the judgment, the result was clear.
The statements of the boys were held to be inadmissible and since they formed the
only evidence of H.'s involvement in the theft, he was acquitted.
Conclusion
The decisions of the Ontario courts in J.M.G. and L.L. are distinctly conservative
and authoritarian. They provide strong judicial reinforcement of the exercise of
traditional authority in schools. Principals' worst fears abut the
Charter's
undermining of their disciplinary authority have thus not been realized in
Ontario. Similarly, the Alberta decision casts doubt on whether the
Charter will
even be held to apply at all in school settings. The Alberta case, however, clearly
conveys the message that educators may be seen in law to be "persons in authority"
for the purposes of receiving confessions from students and hence that they will be
held to the strictures of the
Young Offenders Act.
The legal dimensions of the role of the principal have been explicated to some
degree by the recent decisions. Principals' statutory and common law obligations
to enforce discipline for the recognized social-utilitarian purpose of maintaining
an appropriate learning environment, necessarily cast them in the role of a state
agent of sorts. Their disciplinary authority thus appears more firmly rooted in
notions of state agency than in the doctrine of
in loco parentis.
While in J.M.G. the
Court of Appeal left open the issue of the
Charter's
application to the actions of
principals, their finding that principals' authority to search students is implied in
section 236(a) of the Ontario
Education Act
would seem necessarily to determine
the issue. That is, it is commonly accepted that the
Charter
applies to those who
act according to statutory power (Hogg, 1985,
p.
671). Had the court characterized
principals as surrogate parents—"in effect the alter ego and delegate" of parents—
as the Crown urged them to do, the answer to the
Charter's
application might well
be different as few suppose that the
Charter
applied to parental discipline of
children. 7
As noted, however, there would seem to be a significant point of
disagreement between the Ontario Court of Appeal and the Alberta Court of
Queen's Bench concerning the threshold issue of the
Charter's
application to
schools.
Several more specific conclusions may be drawn in the wake of the L.L.,
J.M.G. and H. decisions.
1.
J.M.G. establishes a common law rule that lawful authority for principals to
search and seize is implicit in a general statutory provision to maintain order
and discipline.
2.
Reasonableness of such searches for the purposes of individuals' rights under
section 8 of the
Charter
must be considered both in terms of the reason for the
search at its inception and in terms of its degree of intrusiveness. Normally,
school officials will merely require reasonable suspicion that a search will
disclose evidence of a breach of school rules or the criminal law. Secondly, the
scope of the search will not be excessive where the "measure adopted are
reasonably related to the objectives of the search and not excessively intrusive
in light of the age and sex of the student and the nature of the infraction."
3.
Students are lawfully detained in school through their mere attendance. They
are required to submit to any reasonable disciplinary or investigatory
procedure including searches. Detentions which are merely extensions of this
normal sort of disciplinary practice do not invoke
Charter
rights on behalf of
students. Whenever students are detained, however, under circumstances
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ri
I
I
I
I
I
I

12 —Rèadihg 4:7
?
G.M Dickinson
where significant legal consequences are inevitable, they may be viewed as
being detained within the meaning of section 19(b) of the
Charter.
As such,
they would be entitled to the right to retain and instruct counsel without delay
and be informed of that right. Under these circumstances, the school
authorities are acting as agents of the police. When do principals become
agents of the police? The linch-pin of that determination is the decision to call
the police; without that decision legal consequences can hardly be said to be
"inevitable." Thus principals have substantial control over the legal features of
their role and over the extent of rights due students.
4.
The J.M.G. (1986) decision provides some limited guidance concerning when
principals ought to call in the police. When the student's crime is so obvious
and heinous that police participation is inevitable, the police should be called.
Otherwise, the decision affords principals discretion as to how they will handle
the case. But what is a heinous crime? J.M.G. (1986) provides little guidance
except that, in that case, the simple possession of marijuana while "a very
serious
'
breach of discipline . .. was not a crime of great magnitude" ( p.
710).
And, of course, as note above, the "inevitability" of police participation rests
substantially upon the principal's decision whether to notify them. To this
extent, the Court's reasoning become circular.
5.
Courts will consider teachers and principals to be "persons in authority" in law
when they receive confessions from students concerning criminal behaviour.
As such, they must conform to the strictures of the
Young Offenders Act
before
the confession will be admitted in court against the student. Some educators
will think themselves compromised by this legal characterization of their role.
They may, indeed, view the legalistic litany imposed by the
Young Offenders
Act
as at least an implied invitation to remain silent to save one's skin, and
thus inimical to their role as oral guide and exemplar. To this extent, it may
seem that they are taking a hand in reinforcing the perception that it is socially
acceptable to attempt to avoid accountability for one's misdeeds.8
The J.M.G. (1986) decision will undoubtedly be met by a collective sigh of relief by
principals across the country. It implies legal authority to search from the barest
of statutory sources thus demonstrating judicial willingness to reinforce
principals' authority in schools. Moreover, it establishes a relatively low threshold
for deciding when such searches will be legally permissible—a test of "reasonable
suspicion." As the court in New Jersey v. T.L.O. (1985) observed, this relaxed
standard means school administrators will be spared the agony of determining
before a search whether the niceties of probable cause have been established (p.
744). Meeting a test of reasonable suspicion is clearly far less onerous than a test
based on probability.
MacKay (1984) states that the degree of cause needed to justify a search rises as
a search becomes more intrusive—the "greater the invasion of the student's
privacy, the greater must be the evidence that the search is necessary" (p.
220).
MacKay's comments about the direct relationship between the degree of cause
required and the intrusiveness of the search, are reflected in the J.M.G. (1986)
judgment insofar as it incorporates the ruling of Justice White in T.L.O. (1985)
that "a search will be permissible in its scope when the measures adopted are ...
not excessively intrusive in light of the age and sex of the students and the nature
of the infraction" (p. 743). It is clear from this statement that the more serious the
misconduct, the more intrusive the search may be. Presumably, such cases would
involve weapons or other substances that posed immediate and serious threats of
harm to the student and others in the school. One is left wondering, however,

I
I
Principals and Criminal Investigations . . .
?
Reading 4.7— 13
I
whether greater justification will be required in the search of a female rather than
a male student or a younger as opposed to an older student, and what rationales
exist for such discriminations. In fact, an argument might be mounted that such
differential treatment transgresses the equality provision of section 15 f the
I ?
Charter.
These relationships are left tantalizingly undeveloped by the Ontario
Court of Appeal.
I
Although recent Ontario decisions reinforce principals' authority in schools,
they ought not to be viewed as providing a carte blanche for overzealous
administrators. Legal precedents are no substitute for circumspection and
common sense. The legal acceptability of principals' disciplinary actions will still
I
be
determined in the light of the unique facts in individual cases.
Notes
1
1 ?
See, for example, the
Education Act
(Ontario) R.S.O. 1980, c. 129, sections 235(1) (e) and 236(a).
2
?
Renewed emphasis on parental delegation of authority appears in recent Law Reform
Commission of Canada recommendations tabled in the House of Commons on December 3, 1986.
I
Among them was the suggestion that teachers be allowed to strap a misbehaving student only
with the permission of the child's parents ("Tougher penalties," 1986).
Pursuant to the
Young Offenders Act,
the names of young offenders may not be published.
4 ?
The Fourth Amendment provides a right to be secure against unreasonable search and seizure
I
(Constitution of the United States).
The Judgment reads section "8(a)" which can only be construed as a clerical error since there is
I
no such section.
6 ?
Ohiter dicta,
literally "things said in passing," while not forming part of the decision of the court
for purposes of binding precedence, nevertheless can influence decisions of subsequent courts.
7 ?
In R. v. A.B. (1986) the Ontario Court of Appeal overturned a Youth Court's ruling that the
I
accused's confession to his mother was made to "a person in authority" for the purposes of s. 56 of
the Young Offenders Act.
8
?
Recent research conducted by Jaffe, Leschied, and Farthing (in press) suggests, however, that
young offenders take a rather tough attitude toward criminal justice, and, in some instances,
I
endorse punishments which is harsher than what would be imposed by a judge. The relationship
of the degree of students' knowledge about the law and their attitudes toward criminal
responsibility—especially their own—is an area that begs further research.
'
References
Blackstone.
Commentaries on the Laws of England (Vol. 1),
1765.
I
Constitution Act,
1982, as enacted by the
Canada Act,
1982 (U.K.),
c. 11
(the
Charter is
Part 1).
Constitution of the United States. American Bill of Rights,
1789.
I
Criminal
Code.
R.S.C.
1985.
c.
C-46.
Education Act.
R.S.O.
1980.
c.
129.
I ?
Hogg, P.W. (1985).
Constitutional Law
of
Canada
(2nd ed.). Toronto: Carswell.
Jaffe, P., Leschied, A., & Farthing, J. (1987). Youths' knowledge and attitudes about the
Young
Offenders
Act.
Does
anyone care what they think?
Canadian Journal
of
I
Criminology, 29,
309-316.
MacKay, A.W. (1984).
Education Law in Canada.
Toronto: Emond Montgomery.
Murdock v. Richards. [1954] 1 D.L.R. 766 (N.S.S.C.).
I ?
Myers and Myers v. Peel County Board
of
Education and Jowett (1981), 37 N.R. 227
(S.C.C.).
New Jersey v. T.L.O. (1985) 105 S. Ct. 733.
I

14
.q d44
g
4.7
?
G.M Dickinson
Principal ruled at fault in drug seizures case.
London Free Press
(1985, September 5).
p. A-2.
R. v. A.B. (1986), 13 O.A.C. 68 (C.A.).
R. v. Dimmell (1980), 55 C.C.C. (2d) 239.
R. v. H. (1985), 43 Alta. L.R. (2d) 250.
R. v. J.M.G. (1984). Unreported. Ontario Provincial Court (Family DivisionJudicial
District of Thunder Bay). Kunnas, J., 1984 August 29.
R. v. J.M.G. (1986), 56 O.R. (2d) 705 (C.A.).
R. v. L.L. (1985). Unreported. Ontario Provincial Court (Family Division-Judicial
District of Ottawa-Carleton). Michel, J., 1985 June 26.
R. v. L.L. (1986). Unreported. Ontario District Court (Judicial District
of
Ottawa-
Carleton). Mércier, J., 1986 April.
R. v. M.H. (1986). Unreported. Alberta Court
of
Queen's Bench (Judicial District
of
Edmonton). Duchêne, J., 1986 July 11.
R. v. Rothman (1981), 42 C.C. (2d) 377 (Ont. C.A.); (1981), 121 D.L.R. (3d) 578 (S.C.C.).
R. v. Therens, [198511 S.C.R.613.
Thorton, Tanner, et a]. v. Board of School Trustees of School District No. 57 (Prince
George). Edamura and Harrower, [1975] 3 W.W.R. 622 (B.C.S.C.).
Tougher penalties suggested for wife beaters. (1986, December 4). Toronto
Star, p. AlO).
Young Offenders Act
R.S.C. 1985, c.
Y-1.
Greg M. Dickinson
is in the Division of Educational Policy Studies, Faculty of Education,
University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, N66 1G7.

I
I
Reading Al
?
The Basics Of Legal Research?
I. Introduction
Researching Canadian law can be a frustrating task unless you have some idea of
the basics.
This paper will discuss the basics of researching law in the common law
jurisdictions of Canada. As such, no information will be given for researching the
civil law of Quebec.
H. The Common Law System—An Overview
Before describing the basics of researching law, it might be useful to first note that
there are two main systems of law followed in the world today - the common law
system (which developed in Britain, beginning with the Norman Conquest in 1066)
and the civil law system (which began with the codification of Roman laws by
Augustus between 63 B.C. and 14 A.D., and was modernized by Napoleon during
his reign). It is the Napoleonic Code, with some modernization, that is used in
Europe, Scotland, Louisiana and Quebec today.
The rest of Canada follows the British common law system, as does the rest of
the United States.
Common law really means that the laws throughout the land are the same,
those commonly followed. It was Henry 1(1100-1135) and his son Henry 11(1154-
1189) who began the process that formalized our legal system. They sent judges out
on circuit to travel throughout Britain to bring the law to the people, rather than
requiring those seeking justice to travel to Westminster where the court was
headquartered.
Each year these circuit judges would return to Westminster to meet and
discuss the cases they had heard. It is out of these meetings that our present
precedent system developed. Judges would discuss their cases and the judgments
they made, share ideas for better solutions, and eventually settle on a common
solution for cases with substantially similar facts.
Later separate courts were created to look after specialized legal problems, and
the judges would be chosen from the legal profession practicing in that specialized
area of law. For example, the Court of Exchequer looked after tax matters, the
Court of Common Pleas looked after law suits between individuals, and the King's
(or Queen's) Bench looked after criminal matters.
In Canada today we still have some vestige of the separation of jurisdiction
between courts. For example, the Federal Court of Canada handles tax matters,
and the Supreme Court of the Province (in some provinces called the Queen's
Bench) handles both civil and serious criminal matters.
In addition, some provinces have a separate Surrogate Court which handles
matters of probate and administration of estates. In British Columbia this is
handled by the Supreme Court of B.C.
Reprinted with permission from:
Cochran, Valerie. (April 1992).
The basics of legal
research.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

.
?
.
?
V, Cochran
See the schedule attached for a description of the Court systernas it appliesto
British, Columbia.
Inthebeginning, the rules of law were entirely judge made except Tforthe
exceptional taxing statute that would be, passed by the Monarch. This contrasts
dramatically with a civil law or civil code system, where the laws are all written
down in a Code. Judges do have a role in interpreting the Code, as it. is written in
general
.
principles rather than in explicit detail.
In a common law system, one must read judges' decision to know what much
of the law is. Hence the description that common law is judge-made law.
Over the centuries judges have moved from makers of the law to interpreters. of
the law. There have been periods when judges seem' to act more as legislators, and
others when they steadfastly refuse to use any creativity in interpreting . the
legislation or past precedents. Today, the
Charter of Rights and Freedoms
requires judges to take a more critical look at legislation, and many see this as
turning judges into makers of law once again.
Another important aspect of the common law system that sets it apart from the
civil code system is the doctrine of
stare decisis
'
often
called precedent. Since the
common law is judge-made, once a court decides how a legal issue should be
resolved, that decision is the law. All other cases involving the same, or
substantially similar facts, should be decided in the same way.
Stare decisis
simply means that like cases should be decided alike. This doctrine provides
certainty and predictability in the law. It would be intolerable to live in a system
where "justice" would be at the whim of a particular judge, without sign-posts in
place to
.
guide the judge's decision.
This system has an hierarchical component to it. Decisions of higher courts
are binding on lower courts. For example, the decisions of the Supreme Court of
B.C. are binding on the Provincial Courts, the decisions of the Court of Appeal of
B.C. are binding on both the Supreme Court of B.C. and the Provincial Courts, and
the decisions of the Supreme Court of Canada are binding on all other courts in
Canada.
In theory each court is bound by its own past decisions. This means that a
decision made 100 years ago by the Supreme Court of B.C. is binding on that court
today, and only the Court of Appeal or the Supreme Court of Canada can change
it. Because the Supreme Court of Canada is the last appeal court it has determined
that it is not bound by its own past decisions. This is important as otherwise the
law would become stagnant.
Some legal theorists predict that the courts of appeal in the provinces may also
determine that they, too, are not bound by their past decisions. This is because it is
extremely difficult to obtain leave to appeal to the Supreme Court of Canada and
most cases go no further than the Court of Appeal.. To allow flexibility in the law so
it can keep pace with changing times and social policies, it may be necessary for
the courts of appeal to take a more proactive stance.
One further background point, when a judgegives the reasons for her decision
(called Reasons for Judgment) she will set out the important facts of the case (as
found by her after hearing all of the evidence at trial), formulate the legal issues
raised by these facts, set out the arguments presented to her at trial by legal
counsel, and then analyze that law as it applies to these facts. This is how a judge
determines the appropriate outcome of each case. The outcome is the decision in
the case, but the law that flows from each decision comes from the judge's
analysis of-the legal arguments placed before her.

I
The Basics
of
Legal Research
?
Reading A. I - 3
I
I
The legal principle in each case is the law. This legal principle is called the
ratio decidendi,
(or simply the
ratio).
This is the main principle of law for which
the case stands.
I
Judges sometimes wish to make comments about the law that do not directly
deal with the facts before them. These comments, made "by the way", are called
obiter dicta,
(or simply
obiter).
Comments made
obiter
are not binding on other
I ?
courts, although they may be highly persuasive. Judges make these
obiter
comments as a guide for future cases and they usually contain a statement that if
the facts were slightly different than in the present case, the judge would have
I ?
come to a different conclusion.
M. Sources oF Law
There are two main sources where the law can be found: these are referred to as
I
primary and secondary sources. Primary sources are Statutes (which include
subordinate legislation such as Regulations, Orders-in-Council, etc.) and cases
(Reasons for Judgment prepared by judges). As noted above, cases, or judges'
decisions, make up an important component of our law. Even where there is a
I
statute involved, cases interpreting the statute need to be researched before a
researcher can determine what the statute really means.
I
Secondary sources, which help you locate the primary sources, are textbooks,
treatises, law journals, digests and Encyclopaedias.
You usually begin your research by using secondary sources to give you an
I
overview
of the law and to locate applicable legislation and important cases.
IV.
Using Secondary Sources
I
A.
Identifying the Legal Issues
Before you can begin to research an area of law you must first identify the issues
involved in your research problem. You can waste a considerable amount of
I
valuable time researching irrelevant issues. For example: Suppose I wanted to
know whether a teacher would be liable for an injury to a student which occurred
during a P.E. class, where the teacher did not herself spot the student, but used
I
other students to do the spotting.
The first question to be asked is "What area of law is this?" The two main, areas
of law are Public International Law and Domestic Law. Public international law
I
deals with the affairs of nations. Domestic law deals with the law that governs all
persons living within a nation.
Domestic law is divided into two main parts: public law (constitutional law,
I
criminal law, administrative law and taxation) and private law (contracts, torts
and property law).
I
Within the private law area there are many sub-divisions such as family law,
wills and trusts, real estate transactions, consumer law, environmental law,
employment law, corporate law, patents, trademarks, copyright, etc.
I
In the above example, the main area of law involved is torts. There are many
torts textbooks, but one can hardly find a quick answer to the question posed if you
have to read a whole textbook. Therefore, you first need to determine which tort is
involved. One could look at the Table of Contents in a torts text to see if any one
I
chapter seemed to fit. For example, if you looked at the Table of Contents in
The
I

4.-- Reading A.1 ?
V. Cochran
Law of Torts in Canada,
Volume 1, by G.H.L. Eridman, published by Carswell,
you would see:
Trespass - General Principles
iTrespass to Land
Trespass to the Person
Trespass to goods
Conversion, Detinue and Replevin
Nuisance
Strict Liability for Dangerous Things
Animals
Negligence
as chapter headings. Any other general torts textbook would have similar chapter
headings. In reviewing this list one might guess that negligence is the tort
involved. However, this is still a considerable area to research, and one would
want to narrow down even this heading. Looking at the subjects discussed in the
chapter on negligence, you would see:
Duty of Care
Standard of Care
Accident S
and Error
Failure to Take Precautions
Proof of Negligence
Damages Caused by Negligence
Defences
From this list you would probably want to review the section on Standard of
Care, particularly with respect to accident and error and the failure to take
precautions. This would give you an overview of the approach taken by courts
when dealing with issues of this nature, as well as a reference to important cases.
However, you would likely need to do further research if you wanted to find
cases specific to teachers. If we are researching the law in a specialized area,
there may be specialized texts written that contain cases applicable to our
research. With respect to the above problem, a text like
Legal Handbook for School
Administrators
(2ed) by Anthony F. Brown, published by Carswell, might be of
assistance. On page 67 of that text Brown deals with negligence as it relates to
Physical Education and sets out the test as follows:
1.
The exercise must be suitable to the student's age and condition (mental
and physical).
2.
The student must be progressively trained to do the exercise properly and
avoid danger.
3.
The equipment must be adequate and suitably arranged.
4.
The performance of the exercise must be properly supervised, having
regard to its inherently dangerous nature.
See Thornton v. Prince George (Bd. of School Trustees)
(1976), 73 D.L.R. (3d) 35
(B.C.C.A.), varied [1978] 2 S.C.R. 267. This leading case dealt with a
gymnastics accident. . .
This particular text is written specifically for
t
school administrators and is an
overview of legal issues that school administrators are commonly required to deal
with. It does not go indepth into the law of negligence, but it does give a concise

The Basics of Legal Research
?
Reading A. 1 —5
I
I
overview of the issues involved in this area specific to schools, and sets out leading
cases. It is a good place to start.
Next, I will review the various types of secondary materials available and give
you a very brief overview of their use.
C. Textbooks
There are many texts written on legal subjects, some more authoritative than
others. You will begin to learn which textbook writers are more authoritative by
reading cases where Judges have referred to a particular author, or by noting
references to those authors by other authors.
The best way to find texts is to use the library card index file or microfiche
under subject headings. Usually you want to find Canadian authors as the law in
Canada can be significantly different from Britain or the U.S.A.
Using the above example, you would find whole texts written on the subject of
negligence which would give you even more depth on each of the sub-headings
reviewed above.
D. Periodicals/Journals
In an area where there have been recent developments in the law, periodicals or
journals are a good place to look for commentaries on these developments. Again,
you would use the subject index in the library. In addition, there are other indices
that specifically deal with legal periodicals, such as:
Canadian Abridgment, Index to Canadian Legal Literature
Index to Legal Periodicals (U.S. but does refer to Canadian sources)
Dalhousie University, Current Index to Commonwealth Legal Periodicals
University of Washington, Current Periodical Index
Index to Periodical Articles Related to Law
A journal that may assist in the research of topics dealing with teaching and
the law would be the Education and Law Journal.
E. Encyclopedias And Digests
Encyclopedias are useful because they give a very short and concise overview of an
area of law, usually in point form. Some are more accurate than others or more
up-to-date, but they are a good overview source. Encyclopedias specializing in the
law are:
Haisbury's (British, the third edition has a Canadian Converter which lists
Canadian cases on the topic, the 4th edition does not)
Canadian Encyclopedic Digest (Western) or Canadian Encyclopedic Digest
(Ontario)
Corpus Juris Secundum (U.S.)
Digests are short reports on various cases and they usually set out one line of
facts, the important issues involved, and one or two lines regarding the decision of
the court. They are used to find cases, but you will then need to go and read fully to
ensure that they are applicable to your research problem. Digests specializing in
the law are:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

6 Readi4g4.1
?
V. Cochran
English and Empire Digest
• Canadian Abridgment, including Canadian Current Law
CCH Dominion Report Service
B.C. Decisions
All Canada Weekly Summaries
Weekly Criminal Bulletin
Charter of Rights Newsletter
When using digests one must first review the volume of the digest that
describes the indexing protocol for that particular digest. To find. e1evant.cases
one needs to become adept at narrowing down the subject to be researched, which
requires a knowledge of the naming protocol (or key words) used for each digest.
For example, our research problem may be similar to a case already decided by
the courts. This could be indexed under the following key-words:
negligence - standard of care - schools - sports - teacher
standard of care - negligence - schools - sports - teacher
schools - . negligence, standard of care - sports - teacher
teacher - negligence - standard of care - schools - sports
V. Finding Legislation
A.
Origin of Statutes
As you know, there are two levels of government in Canada, both with jurisdiction
to enact statutes. The legislative jurisdiction of the federal and provincial
governments is principally set out in sections 91 and 92 of the
Constitution Act
1867. In addition, s. 93 gives each province exclusive jurisdiction over laws in
relation to education, with some limitations on the scope of this power.
The basic process for passing legislation is as follows:
a.
a bill is introduced in the parliament or the legislature for first reading.
This literally means that it is read in for the record. No debate takes place at
this stage.
b.
usually the bill passes on to second reading, where debate will take place. It
may be referred to a committee for review prior to the debate.
c.
once the debate, or committee process and debate, has taken place, third
reading happens. This is when the bill, with any amendments, is read in
and a vote takes place.
d.
the bill then receives Royal Assent and becomes an Act (or a statute).
One must review the history of any bill to see if all the sections were proclaimed
at the time of Royal Assent. It is not unusual for Royal Assent to put in place an
Act where several of the sections have not yet been proclaimed. Without
,proclamation the statute, or the sections, have no legal force and effect. This can
be confusing when reading a statute because the statute itself will not indicate
which sections, if any, have not been proclaimed:'
Canadian Current Law will
tell you when bills receive Royal Assent and are
proclaimed as acts. This information deals with all provinces as well as federal
legislation.

I
I
The Basics of Legal Research
?
Reading A. I - 7
I
The
British Columbia Legislative Digest is
even more useful because it comes
out weekly when the Legislature is in session. This is a digest, so it does more
than list the name of the bill. It briefly outlines each new bill and gives the stage
I ?
the bill is at, including proclamation information.
B.
Basic Format of Statutes
I
Many statutes begin with a contents list, but this listing is often inadequate as it is
very general. Some often-used statutes have an Index in the back of the
consolidated version, which is more helpful in locating appropriate sections.
U
While there is no one format for all statutes, many follow a similar pattern.
The first section is often an interpretation section, which sets out specific
definitions for words used in that particular statute. The Interpretation Acts
federally and provincially are further guides for defining words found in statutes.
Next come the substantive sections, the meat of the statute.
The last sections are often the enabling section and the commencement clause
(whenthe statute comes into force). It is important to look at the commencement
clause to determine if the whole act came into force on Royal Assent, or if some
sections, or indeed the entire statute, comes into force only on proclamation. If, on
I ?
proclamation you must research to see if, and when, this was done.
The enabling sections specify who has the power to make regulations under the
act, and it will also set out the matters that can be dealt with by regulation.
I ?
Authority to make regulations regarding different matters encompassed by the
legislation can be given to different bodies.
C.
Researching Statutes
Researching legislation can be difficult, particularly if you wish to find
Regulations or By-laws that are currently in force. The very easiest way to do this
I ?
is to write to The Queens Printer and request a copy of the statute and the
regulations. They will send you the latest version of both, with any amendments.
This is not the end of your research however as they will not inform you if all of
I ?
the sections of the statute, regulations or the amendments have actually been
proclaimed and are in force. That research you have to do separately!
If you use the library you will find a set of looseleaf provincial and federal
statutes. These looseleaf binders are referred to as the Revised Statutes of Canada
and the Revised Statutes of British Columbia. They contain the most up-to-date
consolidated version of the legislation and should be no more than 18 months out of
I
?
date at any one time. Again, these will not tell you if all the sections of a statute
have been proclaimed and are in force.
To complete your research of the legislation, you will need to locate any court
I
decisions that have interpreted sections in the legislation.
D.
Researching Regulations
I
Regulations are harder to find. There is a
Consolidated, regulations of British
Columbia
which is in looseleaf format and organized according to the governing
Act. For the most up-to-date information on regulations you must review the
I
British Columbia Gazette. Pt. H. Regulations under the Regulation Act
which is
published every two weeks. You will have to review each of the bi-weekly Gazettes
back in time to the latest consolidation of the regulations to ensure there are no
changes. There is also an annual index to the
B.C. Gazette Part II.
I

8—
Reading A.!
?
V. Cochran
You can also use the
Index of Current
B.C.
Regulations
filed under the
Regulations Act which lists all regulations filed since March 20, 1958 which are
still in effect. The
B.C. Legislative Digest
added 'a section on regulations in 1988
and
Canadian Current Law
lists statutes under which regulations have been
passed. This comes out monthly.
Regulations generally begin with an interpretation section, followed by the
enabling section and then the content, the details of the regulations. Regulations
are frequently amended so it is essential to know if you are reading the latest
version.
VI. Finding The Law
The purpose of using these secondary materials is to get you to "the law". That
means to find the legislation that is applicable, or the cases that set out the law or
have interpreted the legislation.
For example, in
The Law of Torts in Canada,
Eridman states at
p.
293:
In this regard, it may be necessary for a defendant to provide a warning to those
likely to be harmed by some activity, thereby affording such persons adequate
information by virtue of which they can protect themselves from harm, or at the
very least can appreciate the risks to which they may be exposed.414
Footnote 414 states:
Laurie's Caterers Ltd. v. North Vancouver
(1984), 53
B.C.L.R.
381 (S.C.). For
example a dangerous condition of a road:
The Queen v. Cote,
[1976]
1 S.C.R.
595;
Rajotte v City of Winnipeg
(1988), 48 D.L.R.
(4th) 655 (Man. Q.B.)
This footnote sets out the cases that Fridman says stands for the principle of
law set out by him in the previous sentence. You now need to locate these cases
(which is discussed later) and read them to see if you agree with Fridman that this
is what the cases really stand for.
If the cases you have found are helpful (helpful is used here to mean they are
applicable to your research problem, even if they go against the outcome you
desire), then you must ensure that the cases you' have found are still "good law".
This is called up-dating the law, or annotating the cases.
A.
Up-Dating Your Cases (or, Is this still good law?)
There are many tools to help you up-date the cases. This is called annotating the
case law. To determine if this case is still good law, you need to know how courts
have treated this case after it was first decided. Basically courts may have
routinely followed or applied this decision in other cases. This is a strong
precedent case, and is still good law.
A court may have distinguished this case. This means that the court found
that the facts in the precedent case were not quite' the same as the facts in the case
to be decided by that court, so the court has said the precedent does not really
apply. If a precedent case is frequently distinguished and seldom followed, it is
still good law, but not a very strong or persuasive precedent.
If a higher court has overruled the case, it is. no longer good law and has no
persuasive effect at all. It would not be useful-'to you except in an historical
capacity.
Some case reporters have their own annotation service. Case citators list every
subsequent case which discusses the precedent case you have found. These are

The Basics of Legal Research
?
Reading A. 1 - 9
sometimes referred to as "Cases Judicially Considered", see the
Canadian
Abridgment.
The Dominion Law Reports produce their own annotation service. These
services will list the case you have found, and then list other cases where this case
has been considered, and tell you what use that later court made of the case. For
example, they may say the case was "consd" (considered), "apid" (applied or
followed), "rev" (reversed or overruled) or "dist" (distinguished).
From this you can determine if you wish to look up the new case and review it.
Obviously, it is very important to look at cases that overruled or reversed the case
you wish to rely on. Considered usually means the case was mentioned, but not
much said about it. Applied or followed means that the new case adopted the
statement of the law in the precedent case to the facts in the new case. It is
worthwhile to look at some of the cases that have distinguished your precedent
case to see on what grounds they did so. This may assist you in determining if the
court would also distinguish the precedent case based on the facts in your case.
The Vancouver Court House Library has an annotation service that it provides
for most case report series. This means that librarians at the Court House Library
note in the margin of each case the newer cases that have made reference to it and
whether it was followed, distinguished, etc. This is a very quick way to up-date a
case, but is only available at the Vancouver Court House Library.
B. Statutes Judicially Considered
There are several resources available to find cases that have considered particular
statutes or regulations. For a commonly used statute (and one that is commonly
litigated), you may find an annotated version of the statute. This means that the
statute is reproduced, section by section, with a list of the cases that have
considered that section, and a short summary of the legal principle that the case
stands for. Some examples of annotated statutes are the
Insurance (Motor
Vehicle) Act
and the B.C.
Company Act.
There are also statute citators for federal and provincial statutes. These
citators are organized in alphabetical order according to the title of the statute, and
then sections that have been judicially considered are reproduced, with the name
of the case and a short summary of the court's decision.
VIII. Citing Statutes And Cases
A. Statutes
Statutes are cited (or referred to) by first giving its short title, for example
"School
Act",
and then where it can be found. In 1979 British Columbia up-dated all of its
legislation and reprinted them in a set of volumes known as the Revised Statutes of
British Columbia, 1979, or R.S.B.C. 1979.
If the statute you are referring to was in place in 1979 and has not been
considerably altered, it would be referred to as:
Company Act,
R.S.B.C. 1979, C. 59 and amendments thereto.
This is a reference to the full statute, and includes the various amendments
that have occurred since the 1979 consolidation. If I were to refer to a particular
section that had been amended since that date, I would need to note the statute
that created the amendment.

10 Reading A. I
?
V. Cochran
Statutes enacted since the 1979 consolidation are referred to as follows:
School Act,
S.B.C. 1989, C. 61 and amendments thereto
This is a reference to the Statutes of British Columbia which were passed in the
year 1989. The chapter number for this statute is 61.
Federal statutes are cited in a similar fashion. The federal statutes were last
revised in a consolidated fashion in 1985 and are cited as R.S.C. 1985. An example
of this is the federal
Divorce Act,
R.S.C. 1985, C. D-4. Statutes passed since the
consolidation in 1985 are cited as S.C. and the year that they were passed.
B. Citing Cases
Cases are cited by first setting out the name of the case, and then were .to find it.
For example:
Laurie's Caterers Ltd. v North Vancouver
(1984), 53 B.C.L.R. 381 (S.C.)
The parties are Laurie's Caterers Ltd. (who is the plaintiff or the party
bringing the action as this is a trial court decision') and North Vancouver (who is
the defendant). This case was reported in the B.C. Law Report series (B.C.L.R.), in
volume 53 and can be found at page 381. This case was reported in 1984 (although
it could have been decided earlier). The year is in round brackets (and a comma
appears after the year) because the year is not essential to finding this particular
case. In this report series they use volume numbers, not years, to identify their
reports. The court level (Supreme Court of B.C.) is in brackets because this is not
correctly part of the citation, but is useful information.
Another example would be:
The Queen v Cote,
11976] 1 S.C.R. 595 (S.C.C.)
This case has square brackets around the year and a comma in front of the
year. This indicates that the year is essential to locating the case in this particular
report series - the Supreme Court Reports. Therefore, you would go to the shelf in
the library where the Supreme Court Reports are housed, find the reports for 1976,
locate volume 1 and turn to page 595. There you would find
The Queen v Cote.
Another interesting thing to note about this particular case is the fact that the
Queen is part of it. This tells you that the government is a party to the litigation.
Because this is a Supreme Court of Canada case, we do not know if the Queen was
the plaintiff or the defendant at the trial level, but we do know that the government
is the appellant (the person bringing the appeal) in
1
the Supreme Court of Canada.
It tells us one more thing, that this case is a civil law suit and not a criminal
one. Here we use the term "civil" in a different sense than earlier, when it referred
to the Quebec system of law. Lawyers divide a litigation (or court) practice into two
main areas, civil and criminal. Civil in this sense simply means it is not a
criminal matter.
The case citation does not tell us if the Queen' is the federal or the provincial
government. However, if we were to go and find the case in the report series, it
would probably say either "The Queen, in Right of the Province of British
Columbia" or "The Queen". In this way we would know which level of government
was involved.
If it were a criminal case, then the citation would read:
R. v. Jones
(1989), 23 C.C.C. 385 (B.C.C.A.)

The Basics of Legal Research
?
Reading A. 1 - ii
This means that Jones is being criminally prosecuted by the Crown. The "R."
stands for Regina or Rex, depending on the year of the case and the sex of the
reigning monarch. In the above example, the case was reported in 1989 (year not
needed to find the case), in volume 23 of the Canadian Criminal Cases report
series at page 385. This was a decision of the B.C. Court of Appeal.
IX. Reading Cases
When you find a case in a case report series, you will find that the editors of the
report series have produced a Headnote to the case. This headnote is the editor's
opinion as to what the case stands for, and is a summary of the facts, the legal
issues and the principle of law to be found in the case.
The headnote will begin with the court level and the judge's name. It will tell
you when the case was heard, and the date when judgment was entered.
This headnote will also set out all the previously decided cases that the judge in
this case has referred to, and a short note as to the way in which this judge dealt
with them, i.e. followed, distinguished, etc. If any legislation was dealt with in the
case, that will be noted as well.
The headnote will also tell you the key words used by this publisher for
indexing this case in other encyclopaedias or digests produced by them. This is
helpful in further research as you can see the naming protocol of this particular
publisher. This may give you clues on where to further search for cases.
X. Conclusion
This has been a brief overview of the process of legal research in our common law
system. I have not touched on the computer research available, but the librarian
in the library you are using can given you basic information on how to use
computer legal research.
There are many other texts devoted solely to legal research and legal citation,
three are:
Legal Research Handbook
by Douglas T. MacEllven, published by
Butterworths
Taking the Law Into Your Own Hands: a guide to legal research
by Tim
Roberts, published by the Legal Services Society of B.C.
Guide to Legal Citation
by Chin-Shih Tang, published by Richard De Boo
In addition, many libraries have keys to researching particular topics, such as
statutes, regulations and cases. These can be very helpful and quick reminders on,
how to do it.

12 -- Reading A. 1
?
V. Qqq4ran
Heirarchy of the Courts in British Columbia and Canada
?
A. BRITISH COLUMBIA
COURT OF APPEAL OF B.C.
?
Hears only appeals from trial courts. No witnesses are
?
called and legal argument only is heard.?
Judges are federally appointed. At least 3 judges, and?
always an odd number, will sit to hear any appeal.
SUPREME COURT OF B.C. ?
Trial court. Hears both civil and serious criminal matters.
?
Witnesses are called to give evidence. Sometimes the court will
?
sit with a jury. If no jury, then single judge presides.?
Judges are federally appointed.
Judges in the Supreme Court of B.C. and the Court of Appeal are
?
referred to as the Honourable Madam or Mr. Justice
?
or in court as My Lady, My Lord or Your Ladyship or Your Lordship.
PROVINCIAL COURT OF B.C.
Criminal Division
?
Family Division ?
Small Claims Court
All criminal matters
?
Family Relations Act and Civil suites for $10,000 or
begin here. Less serious Young Offenders Act
?
less.
ones are tried here.
?
trials.
Judges in the Provincial Court are provincially appointed
?
and are referred to as His Honour/Her Honour Judge?
in court as Your Honour.
If a litigant is not happy with a decision in the Provincial Court or the Supreme
Court of B.C. they can appeal to the Court of Appeal of B.C. (although some
appeals from Provincial Court are heard in the Supreme Court of B.C.).
If you are unhappy with a decision of the Court of Appeal of B.C. you must
?
I
apply to the Supreme Court of Canada for leave to appeal to that court. You will not
receive leave unless your case is of precedent setting value as that court is too busy
to hear all matters that parties wish to bring to it.
I
I
I
I
1
I

The Basics of LeEal Research ?
ReadinE A. 1 - 13
B. FEDERALLY
SUPREME COURT OF CANADA
The Supreme Court of Canada is the final court of appeal for Canada.
It hears both criminal and civil appeals, and hears appeals from the
common law provinces as well as from Quebec.
FEDERAL COURT OF CANADA ?
Thai Division ?
Appellate Division
This is a specialized court and has jurisdiction over a
limited area. Examples are admiralty law, tax appeals,
UIC appeals, and when suing the Federal Government
Justices in the Supreme Court of Canada and the Federal Court
?
are federally appointed. They are referred to as The Honourable
?
Mr. or Madam Justice, or in court as My Lady, My Lord,?
Your Ladyship, Your Lordship.
Appeals from the Appellate Division of the Federal Court are to the Supreme Court
of Canada, if leave can be obtained.

Reading A.2?
Taking the law into your own hands
PARLIAMENTARY PROCESS
?
PRIMARY MATERIALS
(Accounts of what happens in
the Legislative Assembly;
bills, acts)
PUBLICATIONS
Updating Tools
(sources which:
a)
clarify progress of bills
b)
list Royal Assents
c)
list Proclamations
d)
list amendments to Statutes)
Introduction of Bills
First Reading
Second Reading
debate
—j-committee
Third Reading
Royal Assent
Proclamation
Publication of Acts
First Reading Bills
?
Orders of the Day
Votes and Proceedings
Canadian Current Law
Hansard ?
/ (Statutes" and Progress of Bills'
/ ?
sections)
Third Reading Bills
?
/' ?
B.C. Legislative Digest
t> B.C. Gazette Part II
----4.> Public Acts of B.C.
1 ?
(2-3 months after session)
.t> B.C.
(3-5
Statutes
months after
(looseleaf)
session)
?
amendments
for consolidations of
?
B.C. Statutes (looseleaf)
- ?
Statutes of B.C. (sessional volumes) ---- for unconsolidated amendments:
(5-6 months after session)
?
"Table of Statutes" in bound
sessional volumes.
-C> Revised Statutes of B.C. (1979)
(periodic revisions)
Figure 3. The Process of Statutory Enactment with Corresponding Publications: Provincial (British Columbia) Level
Vancouver:
Reprinted
Legal
from:
Services
Roberts,
Society.T.
(Ed.), (1984).
Taking the law into your own hands (
p
. 31).

Centre for Distance Edu
Simon Fraser University
WMC 1300 291-3524
Faculty of Education

Back to top


EDUCATION 445-4
LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
This course is primarily for educators: teachers, administrators,
counsellors, librarians, and anyone else with an interest in serving students
and staying within the law. Students who have taken this course have
commented on the gulf dividing the disciplines of law and education. To
date, there has been too little dialogue between their members. This course
is designed to enable students to take steps toward closing this gap and
improving their legal literacy. Former Chief Justice Bora Laskin remarked:
"It's very important to have a citizenry which is socially literate and social
literacy involves some appreciation of the legal system." The legal context of
teaching is important to day to day life in classrooms, the staff-room and
other school-related settings. This course will provide a framework for
weighing the legal factors in daily decision-making.
Unit 1 Intersection of Law and Education
Unit 2 Part One: Teacher Rights and Responsibilities
Part Two: Negligence, Intentional Torts, and Educational
Malpractice
Unit 3 Student and Parent Rights and Responsibilities
Unit 4 Criminal Law and Wrap Up
PREREQUISITE:
60 hours of credit.
REQUIRED TEXTS:
B.C. Ministry of Education.
B.C. School Act.
Proudfoot, Alex J. & Hutchings, Lawrence.
Teacher Beware: A Legal
Primer for the Classroom Teacher.
Calgary: Detselig, 1988.
Manley-Casimir, Michael E. & Sussel, Terri A.
Courts in the Classroom:
Education and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
Calgary:
Detselig, 1986.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
Four assignments (15% each) and one major project (40%). The four
assignments vary in type; the project is a 15 - 20 page research paper.
SUPPLEMENTARY FEES:
Course Materials & Service Fee
?
$30
Deposit for Additional Materials
?
$20
03/13/98
90

Centre
Simon Fraser
for Distance
University
Educ
?
bi ?
14
Faculty of Education
WMC 1300 291-3524

Back to top


EDUCATION 445-4
LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
This course is primarily for educators: teachers, administrators,
counsellors, librarians, and anyone else with an interest in serving students
and staying within the law. Students who have taken this course have
commented on the gulf dividing the disciplines of law and education. To
date, there has been too little dialogue between their members. This course
is designed to enable students to take steps toward closing this gap and
improving their legal literacy. Former Chief Justice Bora Laskin remarked:
"It's very important to have a citizenry which is socially literate and social
literacy involves some appreciation of the legal system." The legal context of
teaching is important to day to day life in classrooms, the staifroom and
other school-related settings. This course will provide a framework for
weighing the legal factors in daily decision-making.
Unit 1 Intersection of Law and Education
Unit 2 Part One: Teacher Rights and Responsibilities
Part Two: Negligence, Intentional Torts, and Educational
Malpractice
Unit 3 Student and Parent Rights and Responsibilities
Unit 4 Criminal Law and Wrap Up
PREREQUISITE:
60 hours of credit.
REQUIRED TEXTS:
B.C. Ministry of Education.
B. C. School Act.
Proudfoot, Alex J. & Hutchings, Lawrence.
Teacher Beware: A Legal
Primer for the Classroom Teacher.
Calgary: Detselig, 1988.
Manley-Casimir, Michael E. & Sussel, Terri A.
Courts in the Classroom:
Education and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
Calgary:
Detselig, 1986.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
Four assignments (15% each) and one major project (40%). The four
assignments vary in type; the project is a 15 - 20 page research paper.
SUPPLEMENTARY FEES:
Course Materials & Service Fee
?
$30
Deposit for Additional Materials
?
$20

Centre for Distance Edn ?
Faculty of Education
Simon Fraser University
WMC 1300 291-3524

Back to top


EDUCATION 445-4
LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
This course is primarily for educators: teachers, administrators,
counsellors, librarians, and anyone else with an interest in serving students
and staying within the law. Students who have taken this course have
commented on the gulf dividing the disciplines of law and education. To
date, there has been too little dialogue between their members. This course
is designed to enable students to take steps toward closing this gap and
improving their legal literacy. Former Chief Justice Bora Laskin remarked:
"It's very important to have a citizenry which is socially literate and social
literacy involves some appreciation of the legal system." The legal context of
teaching is important to day to day life in classrooms, the staffroom and
other school-related settings. This course will provide a framework for
weighing the legal factors in daily decision-making.
Unit 1 Intersection of Law and Education
Unit 2 Part One: Teacher Rights and Responsibilities
Part Two: Negligence, Intentional Torts, and Educational
Malpractice
Unit 3 Student and Parent Rights and Responsibilities
Unit 4 Criminal Law and Wrap Up
PREREQUISITE:
60 hours of credit.
REQUIRED TEXTS:
B.C. Ministry of Education.
B.C. School Act.
Proudfoot, Alex J. & Hutchings, Lawrence.
Teacher Beware: A Legal
Primer for the Classroom Teacher.
Calgary: Detselig, 1988.
Manley-Casimir, Michael E. & Sussel, Terri A.
Courts in the Classroom:
Education and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
Calgary:
Detselig, 1986.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
Four assignments and one major project.
SUPPLEMENTARY FEES:
Course Materials & Service Fee
?
$30
Deposit for Additional Materials ?
$20
6/12/96
7-3

Centre for Distance Educon
?
Faculty of Education
Simon Fraser University
WMC 1300 291-3524

Back to top


EDUCATION 445-4
LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
This course is primarily for educators: teachers, administrators,
counsellors, librarians, and anyone else with an interest in serving students
and staying within the law. Students who have taken this course have
commented on the gulf dividing the disciplines of law and education. To
date, there has been too little dialogue between their members. This course
is designed to enable students to take steps toward closing this gap and
improving their legal literacy. Former Chief Justice Bora Laskin remarked:
"It's very important to have a citizenry which is socially literate and social
literacy involves some appreciation of the legal system." The legal context of
teaching is important to day to day life in classrooms, the staffroorn and
other school-related settings. This course will provide a framework for
weighing the legal factors in daily decision-making.
Unit 1 Intersection of Law and Education
Unit 2 Part One: Teacher Rights and Responsibilities
Part Two: Negligence, Intentional Torts, and Educational
Malpractice
Unit 3 Student and Parent Rights and Responsibilities
Unit 4 Criminal Law and Wrap Up
PREREQUISITE:
60 hours of credit.
REQUIRED TEXTS:
B.C. Ministry of Education.
B.C. School Act.
Proudfoot, Alex J. & Hutchings, Lawrence.
Teacher Beware: A Legal
Primer for the Classroom Teacher.
Calgary: Detselig, 1988.
Manley-Casimir, Michael E. & Sussel, Terri A.
Courts in the Classroom:
Education and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
Calgary:
Detselig, 1986.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
Four assignments and one major project.
SUPPLEMENTARY FEES:
Course Materials & Service Fee
?
$30
Deposit for Additional Materials
?
$20
6/12/96

Centre for Distance Etion
?
Faculty of Education
Simon Fraser University
WMC 1300 291-3524

Back to top


EDUCATION 445-4
LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
This course is primarily for educators: teachers, administrators,
counsellors, librarians, and anyone else with an interest in serving students
and staying within the law. Students who have taken this course have
commented on the gulf dividing the disciplines of law and education. To
date, there has been too little dialogue between their members. This course
is designed to enable students to take steps toward closing this gap and
improving their legal literacy. Former Chief Justice Bora Laskin remarked:
"It's very important to have a citizenry which is socially literate and social
literacy involves some appreciation of the legal system." The legal context of
teaching is important to day to day life in classrooms, the staifroom and
other school-related settings. This course will provide a framework for
weighing the legal factors in daily decision-making.
Unit 1 Intersection of Law and Education
Unit 2 Part One: Teacher Rights and Responsibilities
Part Two: Negligence, Intentional Torts, and Educational
Malpractice
Unit 3 Student and Parent Rights and Responsibilities
Unit 4 Criminal Law and Wrap Up
PREREQUISITE:
60 hours of credit.
REQUIRED TEXTS:
B.C. Ministry of Education.
B.C. School Act.
Proudfoot, Alex J. & Hutchings, Lawrence.
Teacher Beware: A Legal
Primer for the Classroom Teacher.
Calgary: Detselig, 1988.
Manley-Casimir, Michael E. & Sussel, Terri A.
Courts in the Classroom:
Education and the Charter
of
Rights and Freedoms.
Calgary:
Detselig, 1986.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
Four assignments and one major project.
SUPPLEMENTARY FEES:
Course Materials & Service Fee
?
$30
Deposit for Additional Materials ?
$20
6/12/96
COURSE INSTRUCTOR RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES WITHOUT NOTICE.

Centre for Distance ron
?
Faculty of Education
WMC
Simon
1300
Fraser
?
Univei
2913524
P
?
0

Back to top


EDUCATION 445-4
LEGAL CONTEXT OF TEACHING
This course is primarily for educators: teachers, administrators,
counsellors, librarians, and anyone else with an interest in serving students
and staying within the law. Students who have taken this course have
commented on the gulf dividing the disciplines of law and education. To
date, there has been too little dialogue between their members. This course
is designed to enable students to take steps toward closing this gap and
improving their legal literacy. Former Chief Justice Bora Laskin remarked:
"It's very important to have a citizenry which is socially literate and social
literacy involves some appreciation of the legal system." The legal context of
teaching is important to day to day life in classrooms, the staifroom and
other school-related settings. This course will provide a framework for
weighing the legal factors in daily decision-making.
Unit 1 Intersection of Law and Education
Unit 2 Part One: Teacher Rights and Responsibilities
Part Two: Negligence, Intentional Torts, and Educational
Malpractice
Unit 3 Student and Parent Rights and Responsibilities
Unit 4 Criminal Law and Wrap Up
PREREQUISITE: 60 hours of credit.
REQUIRED TEXTS:
B.C. Ministry of Education.
B.C. School Act.
Proudfoot, Alex J. & Hutchings, Lawrence.
Teacher Beware: A Legal
Primer for the Classroom Teacher.
Calgary: IJetselig, 1988.
Manley-Casimir, Michael E. & Sussel, Terri A.
Courts in the Classroom:
Education and the Charter
of Rights and Freedoms.
Calgary:
Detselig, 1986.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
Four assignments and one major project.
03/07/95
COURSE INSTRUCTOR RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES WITHOUT NOTICE.

Back to top